e10vq
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the quarterly period ended April 3, 2010.
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from
to
Commission file number: 1-7685
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
95-1492269
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
150 North Orange Grove Boulevard |
|
|
Pasadena, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
91103
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (626) 304-2000
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o
No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ |
|
Accelerated filer o |
|
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
Smaller Reporting Company o |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
Number of shares of $1 par value common stock outstanding as of May 1, 2010: 110,440,662
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
FISCAL FIRST QUARTER 2010 FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
Avery Dennison Corporation
PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
143.6 |
|
|
$ |
138.1 |
|
Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $58.6 and $56.2 for
2010 and 2009, respectively |
|
|
963.1 |
|
|
|
918.6 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
519.0 |
|
|
|
477.3 |
|
Current deferred and refundable income taxes |
|
|
98.0 |
|
|
|
103.5 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
103.0 |
|
|
|
95.7 |
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
1,826.7 |
|
|
|
1,733.2 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
|
3,140.0 |
|
|
|
3,207.9 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(1,847.1 |
) |
|
|
(1,853.2 |
) |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
1,292.9 |
|
|
|
1,354.7 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
930.7 |
|
|
|
950.8 |
|
Other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions, net |
|
|
250.2 |
|
|
|
262.2 |
|
Non-current deferred and refundable income taxes |
|
|
226.4 |
|
|
|
236.6 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
465.0 |
|
|
|
465.3 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,991.9 |
|
|
$ |
5,002.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt |
|
$ |
628.3 |
|
|
$ |
535.6 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
695.9 |
|
|
|
689.8 |
|
Current deferred and payable income taxes |
|
|
28.1 |
|
|
|
40.8 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
509.3 |
|
|
|
601.5 |
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
1,861.6 |
|
|
|
1,867.7 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
1,073.7 |
|
|
|
1,088.7 |
|
Long-term retirement benefits and other liabilities |
|
|
552.5 |
|
|
|
556.0 |
|
Non-current deferred and payable income taxes |
|
|
122.7 |
|
|
|
127.8 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 14) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized - 400,000,000 shares at April
3, 2010 and January 2, 2010; issued - 124,126,624 shares at April 3,
2010 and January 2, 2010; outstanding - 105,557,660 shares and
105,298,317 shares at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, respectively |
|
|
124.1 |
|
|
|
124.1 |
|
Capital in excess of par value |
|
|
722.9 |
|
|
|
722.9 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
1,532.0 |
|
|
|
1,499.7 |
|
Employee stock benefit trust, 4,868,002 shares and 6,744,845 shares at
April 3, 2010 and
January 2, 2010, respectively |
|
|
(174.1 |
) |
|
|
(243.1 |
) |
Treasury stock at cost, 13,685,962 shares and 12,068,462 shares at April
3, 2010 and
January 2, 2010, respectively |
|
|
(652.1 |
) |
|
|
(595.8 |
) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(171.4 |
) |
|
|
(145.2 |
) |
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
1,381.4 |
|
|
|
1,362.6 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,991.9 |
|
|
$ |
5,002.8 |
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
3
Avery Dennison Corporation
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
(In millions, except per share amounts) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,554.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,426.2 |
|
Cost of products sold |
|
|
1,113.9 |
|
|
|
1,081.1 |
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
440.8 |
|
|
|
345.1 |
|
Marketing, general and administrative expense |
|
|
340.1 |
|
|
|
304.2 |
|
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
832.0 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
17.5 |
|
|
|
27.5 |
|
Other expense |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
97.3 |
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
|
76.9 |
|
|
|
(915.9 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
|
|
22.2 |
|
|
|
(17.0 |
) |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
54.7 |
|
|
$ |
(898.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per share amounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share |
|
$ |
.52 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share, assuming dilution |
|
$ |
.51 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
|
Dividends |
|
$ |
.20 |
|
|
$ |
.41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares |
|
|
105.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Common shares, assuming dilution |
|
|
106.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
Common shares outstanding at period end |
|
|
105.6 |
|
|
|
105.0 |
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
4
Avery Dennison Corporation
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
54.7 |
|
|
$ |
(898.9 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
|
|
44.1 |
|
|
|
49.3 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
17.7 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
832.0 |
|
Asset impairment and net loss on sale and disposal of assets |
|
|
.7 |
|
|
|
25.3 |
|
Loss from debt extinguishment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.2 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Other non-cash expense and loss |
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Other non-cash income and gain |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
Changes in assets and liabilities and other adjustments, net of the
effect of business acquisitions |
|
|
(171.2 |
) |
|
|
(51.9 |
) |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
|
(27.9 |
) |
|
|
16.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
|
|
(15.0 |
) |
Purchase of software and other deferred charges |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(8.2 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of investments, net |
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
.6 |
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(18.9 |
) |
|
|
(22.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in borrowings (maturities of 90 days or less) |
|
|
90.5 |
|
|
|
89.8 |
|
Payments of debt (maturities longer than 90 days) |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
|
|
(58.1 |
) |
Dividends paid |
|
|
(22.4 |
) |
|
|
(43.7 |
) |
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
.2 |
|
Other |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
52.5 |
|
|
|
(14.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances |
|
|
(.2 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
(22.5 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
|
|
138.1 |
|
|
|
105.5 |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
143.6 |
|
|
$ |
83.0 |
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
5
Avery Dennison Corporation
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. General
In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements include normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of Avery Dennison
Corporations (the Companys) interim results. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements and notes in this Form 10-Q are presented as permitted by Article 10 of Regulation S-X.
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not contain certain information
included in the Companys 2009 annual financial statements and notes. This Form 10-Q should be
read in conjunction with the Companys consolidated financial statements and notes included in the
Companys 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The first three months of 2010 and 2009 consisted of thirteen-week and fourteen-week periods ending
April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, respectively. The interim results of operations are not
necessarily indicative of future financial results.
Financial Presentation
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
Note 2. Inventories
Inventories consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Raw materials |
|
$ |
233.7 |
|
|
$ |
217.9 |
|
Work-in-progress |
|
|
129.9 |
|
|
|
119.6 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
219.1 |
|
|
|
205.2 |
|
|
Inventories at lower of FIFO cost or market (approximates replacement cost) |
|
|
582.7 |
|
|
|
542.7 |
|
Inventory reserves |
|
|
(63.7 |
) |
|
|
(65.4 |
) |
|
Inventories, net |
|
$ |
519.0 |
|
|
$ |
477.3 |
|
|
Note 3. Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from Business Acquisitions
Goodwill
Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill from operations for 2010 and 2009, by reportable
segment, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure- |
|
|
Retail |
|
|
Office and |
|
|
specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
sensitive |
|
|
Information |
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
converting |
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
Materials |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Products |
|
|
businesses |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Balance as of December 27, 2008 |
|
$ |
334.4 |
|
|
$ |
1,211.6 |
|
|
$ |
167.2 |
|
|
$ |
3.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,716.7 |
|
Acquisition adjustments(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.9 |
|
Goodwill impairment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(820.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(820.0 |
) |
Translation adjustments |
|
|
17.0 |
|
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Balance as of January 2, 2010 |
|
$ |
351.4 |
|
|
$ |
422.8 |
|
|
$ |
173.0 |
|
|
$ |
3.6 |
|
|
$ |
950.8 |
|
|
Acquisition adjustments(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(.3 |
) |
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(11.5 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
(.1 |
) |
|
|
(19.8 |
) |
|
Balance as of April 3, 2010 |
|
$ |
339.9 |
|
|
$ |
421.2 |
|
|
$ |
166.1 |
|
|
$ |
3.5 |
|
|
$ |
930.7 |
|
|
Goodwill Summary: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
$ |
339.9 |
|
|
$ |
1,241.2 |
|
|
$ |
166.1 |
|
|
$ |
3.5 |
|
|
$ |
1,750.7 |
|
Accumulated impairment losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(820.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(820.0 |
) |
|
Balance as of April 3, 2010 |
|
$ |
339.9 |
|
|
$ |
421.2 |
|
|
$ |
166.1 |
|
|
$ |
3.5 |
|
|
$ |
930.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Acquisition adjustments in 2009 consisted of opening balance sheet adjustments
associated with the DM Label Group (DM Label) acquisition in April 2008 of $32.6 and other
acquisition adjustments of $(1.7). |
|
(2) |
|
Acquisition adjustments in 2010 consisted of adjustments associated with the Paxar
Corporation (Paxar) acquisition in June 2007. |
The Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $820 million for the retail information
services reporting unit in the first three months of 2009.
6
Avery Dennison Corporation
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
In connection with the acquisition of Paxar, the Company acquired approximately $30 million of
indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, which are not
subject to amortization because they have an indefinite useful life. The Company recorded a
non-cash impairment charge of $12 million related to these indefinite-lived intangible assets in
the first three months of 2009. The carrying value of these indefinite-lived intangible assets was
$17.8 million and $17.9 million at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, respectively, which included
$.2 million and $.1 million of negative currency impact, respectively.
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
The following table sets forth the Companys finite-lived intangible assets resulting from business
acquisitions at April 3, 2010 and January 2, 2010, which continue to be amortized:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Carrying |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Carrying |
|
(In millions) |
|
Amount |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
288.7 |
|
|
$ |
98.8 |
|
|
$ |
189.9 |
|
|
$ |
295.0 |
|
|
$ |
94.8 |
|
|
$ |
200.2 |
|
Patents and other acquired technology |
|
|
53.6 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
28.9 |
|
|
|
53.6 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
30.1 |
|
Trade names and trademarks |
|
|
44.7 |
|
|
|
37.6 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
47.0 |
|
|
|
39.8 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
Other intangibles |
|
|
13.8 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
400.8 |
|
|
$ |
168.4 |
|
|
$ |
232.4 |
|
|
$ |
409.5 |
|
|
$ |
165.2 |
|
|
$ |
244.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense on finite-lived intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions was
$8.2 million and $8.6 million for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009,
respectively. As of April 3, 2010, the estimated amortization expense for finite-lived intangible
assets resulting from completed business acquisitions for each of the next five fiscal years is
expected to be approximately $32 million in 2010, $32 million in 2011, $32 million in 2012, $31
million in 2013, and $27 million in 2014.
The weighted-average amortization periods from the date of acquisition for finite-lived intangible
assets resulting from business acquisitions are fourteen years for customer relationships, thirteen
years for patents and other acquired technology, twelve years for trade names and trademarks, seven
years for other intangibles, and thirteen years in total. As of April 3, 2010, the
weighted-average remaining useful life of acquired finite-lived intangible assets are nine years
for customer relationships, seven years for patents and other acquired technology, five years for
trade names and trademarks, four years for other intangibles, and eight years in total.
Note 4. Debt
On April 13, 2010, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of 2010, the Company issued $250
million senior notes bearing an interest rate of 5.375% per year, due April 2020. Proceeds from
the offering, net of underwriting discount and offering expenses, were approximately $248 million
and were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a term loan credit facility
of one of the Companys wholly-owned subsidiaries. The outstanding balance of
the term loan credit facility of $325 million was fully repaid in May 2010 using the proceeds from
the issuance of the senior notes and commercial paper borrowings.
On March 10, 2009, the Company completed an exchange of approximately 6.6 million units (or 75.15%)
of its HiMEDS units. As a result of this exchange, the Company recorded a debt extinguishment loss
of approximately $21 million (included in Other expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income)
in the first quarter of 2009, which included a write-off of $9.6 million related to unamortized
debt issuance costs.
As of April 3, 2010, the Company was in compliance with its financial covenants.
The fair value of the Companys debt is estimated based on the discounted amount of future cash
flows using the current rates offered to the Company for debt of similar remaining maturities. The
fair value of the Companys total debt, including short-term borrowings, was $1.68 billion at April
3, 2010 and $1.60 billion at January 2, 2010. Fair value amounts were determined primarily based
on Level 2 inputs, which are defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are
either directly or indirectly observable.
7
Avery Dennison Corporation
Note 5. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost for the periods shown:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits |
|
|
U.S. Postretirement Health Benefits |
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
(In millions) |
|
U.S. |
|
|
Intl |
|
|
U.S. |
|
|
Intl |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost |
|
$ |
5.4 |
|
|
$ |
2.5 |
|
|
$ |
5.4 |
|
|
$ |
2.8 |
|
|
$ |
.3 |
|
|
$ |
.2 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
Expected return on plan assets |
|
|
(12.3 |
) |
|
|
(6.8 |
) |
|
|
(12.2 |
) |
|
|
(6.4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
.6 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
|
|
.4 |
|
Amortization of prior service cost |
|
|
.2 |
|
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
.2 |
|
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
(.5 |
) |
|
|
(.5 |
) |
Amortization of transition asset |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost |
|
$ |
8.0 |
|
|
$ |
2.7 |
|
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
|
$ |
3.1 |
|
|
$ |
.8 |
|
|
$ |
.6 |
|
|
The Company contributed $.9 million and $.8 million to its U.S. pension plans during the three
months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, respectively. The Company expects to contribute $2.3
million (and may contribute up to an additional $25 million) to its U.S. pension plans for the
remainder of 2010. Additionally, the Company contributed $.8 million and $.7 million to its U.S.
postretirement health benefit plan during the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009,
respectively. For the remainder of 2010, the Company expects to contribute an additional $2.3
million to its U.S. postretirement health benefit plan.
The Company contributed $7.8 million and $6.4 million to its international pension plans during the
three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, respectively. For the remainder of 2010, the
Company expects to contribute an additional $9.8 million to its international pension plans.
During the three months ended April 3, 2010, the Company recognized $3.5 million related to the
Companys matching contribution to participant contributions in the Companys defined contribution
plan. This expense was recorded in Marketing, general and administrative expense in the
unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income and was funded through the issuance of shares from the
Companys Employee Stock Benefit Trust.
Note 6. Research and Development
Research and development expense for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009 was
$22.8 million and $23.2 million, respectively.
Note 7. Stock-Based Compensation
Net income included stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, performance units
(PUs), restricted stock units (RSUs) and restricted stock of $7.5 million and $6.4 million for
the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, respectively. Total stock-based
compensation expense was included in Marketing, general and administrative expense in the
unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income and was recorded in corporate expense and the Companys
operating segments, as appropriate.
In February 2010, the Company granted its annual stock-based compensation awards to its employees.
Awards granted to retirement-eligible employees are treated as though the awards were immediately
vested; as a result, the compensation expense related to these awards of $.6 million and $.9
million were recognized during the three months ended April 3, 2010 and April 4, 2009, respectively,
and were included in the stock-based compensation expense noted above.
As of April 3, 2010, the Company had approximately $68 million of unrecognized compensation cost
related to unvested stock options, PUs, RSUs and restricted stock under the Companys plans. The
total unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over the remaining
weighted-average requisite service period of approximately three years for stock options and
approximately two years for RSUs, PUs and restricted stock, respectively.
Note 8. Cost Reduction Actions
Severance charges recorded under the restructuring actions below are included in Other current
liabilities in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Severance and other employee
costs represent cash paid or to be paid to employees terminated under these actions. Asset
impairments are based on the estimated market value of the assets. Charges below are included in
Other expense in the unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income.
2010
During the first three months of 2010, the Company continued its cost reduction efforts that were
initiated in late 2008, and recorded
8
Avery Dennison Corporation
charges of $4.9 million, which consisted of $4.7 million of
severance and other employee costs and $.2 of asset impairment changes. These actions are resulting in a reduction of approximately 230
positions impacting all segments and geographic regions. As
of April 3, 2010, approximately 95 of these employees remain with the Company and are expected to
leave in 2010.
The table below details the accruals and payments related to these actions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure- |
|
|
Retail |
|
|
Office and |
|
|
specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
sensitive |
|
|
Information |
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
converting |
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
Materials |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Products |
|
|
businesses |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Total severance and other employee costs accrued
during the period ended: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
$ |
1.5 |
|
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
.7 |
|
|
$ |
.3 |
|
|
$ |
4.7 |
|
2010 Settlements |
|
|
(.9 |
) |
|
|
(.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
Balance at April 3, 2010 |
|
$ |
.6 |
|
|
$ |
1.5 |
|
|
$ |
.7 |
|
|
$ |
.3 |
|
|
$ |
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Impairment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
$ |
.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
.2 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
.2 |
|
|
2009
In 2009, the Company continued its cost reduction efforts that were initiated in late 2008,
resulting in a reduction of approximately 3,335 positions, impairment of certain assets, and lease
cancellations. At April 3, 2010, approximately 580 of these employees remain with
the Company and are expected to leave in 2010. Pretax charges related to these actions totaled
$129.1 million, including severance and related costs of $86.8 million, impairment of fixed assets,
buildings, land and patents of $39.9 million, and lease cancellation charges of $2.4 million. The
table below details the accruals and payments related to these actions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure- |
|
|
Retail |
|
|
Office and |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
sensitive |
|
|
Information |
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
specialty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Materials |
|
|
Services |
|
|
Products |
|
|
converting |
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
Segment |
|
|
Segment |
|
|
Segment |
|
|
businesses |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Total severance and other
employee costs accrued during
the period ended: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
$ |
7.6 |
|
|
$ |
5.8 |
|
|
$ |
.9 |
|
|
$ |
2.8 |
|
|
$ |
17.1 |
|
July 4, 2009 |
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
25.8 |
|
October 3, 2009 |
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
21.0 |
|
|
|
(.2 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
27.0 |
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
16.9 |
|
|
Total expense accrued during 2009 |
|
|
27.2 |
|
|
|
37.7 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
|
86.8 |
|
2009 Settlements |
|
|
(19.5 |
) |
|
|
(23.6 |
) |
|
|
(.3 |
) |
|
|
(11.0 |
) |
|
|
(54.4 |
) |
2010 Settlements |
|
|
(5.6 |
) |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(16.5 |
) |
|
Balance at April 3, 2010 |
|
$ |
2.1 |
|
|
$ |
8.7 |
|
|
$ |
4.3 |
|
|
$ |
.8 |
|
|
$ |
15.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Impairments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
$ |
2.7 |
|
|
$ |
10.6 |
|
|
$ |
.7 |
|
|
$ |
14.0 |
|
|
$ |
28.0 |
|
Buildings |
|
|
.7 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
.9 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Land |
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.1 |
|
Patents |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
.2 |
|
|
|
.4 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease cancellations |
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7.1 |
|
|
$ |
13.9 |
|
|
$ |
5.0 |
|
|
$ |
16.3 |
|
|
$ |
42.3 |
|
|
Note 9. Financial Instruments and Foreign Currency
The Company enters into certain foreign exchange hedge contracts to reduce its exposure to risk
from exchange rate fluctuations associated with receivables, payables, loans and firm commitments
denominated in certain foreign currencies that arise primarily as a result of its operations
outside the U.S. The Company enters into certain interest rate contracts to help manage its
exposure to interest
9
Avery Dennison Corporation
rate fluctuations. The Company also enters into certain natural gas and other
commodity futures contracts to hedge price fluctuations for a portion of its anticipated domestic
purchases. The maximum length of time in which the Company hedges its exposure to the variability
in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is generally 12 to 24 months.
As of April 3, 2010, the U.S. dollar equivalent notional values of the Companys outstanding
commodity contracts and foreign currency contracts were approximately $14 million and $.9 billion,
respectively.
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in
the statement of financial position. The Company designates commodity forward contracts on
forecasted purchases of commodities and foreign currency contracts on forecasted transactions as
cash flow hedges and designates foreign currency contracts on existing balance sheet items as fair
value hedges.
On April 1, 2010, the Company entered into a contract to lock in the Treasury rate component of the
interest rate on its $250 million debt issuance, which is discussed in Note 4, Debt. The
mark-to-market value of the contract of $1.2 million was recorded as a gain in accumulated other
comprehensive loss during the three months ended April 3, 2010. On April 9, 2010, subsequent to the
end of the first quarter of 2010, the contract settled at a loss of $.3 million which will be
amortized into interest expense over the term of the related debt.
The following table provides the balances and locations of derivatives as of April 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset |
|
|
Liability |
|
(In millions) |
|
Balance Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Balance Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Other current assets |
|
$ |
7.1 |
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
$ |
6.1 |
|
Commodity contracts |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
.5 |
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
4.2 |
|
Interest rate contract |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.8 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.3 |
|
|
The following table provides the balances and locations of derivatives as of January 2, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset |
|
|
Liability |
|
(In millions) |
|
Balance Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Balance Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Other current assets |
|
$ |
5.0 |
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
Commodity contracts |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
.5 |
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5.5 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
10.0 |
|
|
Fair Value Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss
on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the
hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings, resulting in no net material impact to income.
The following table provides the components of the gain (loss) recognized in income related to fair
value hedging contracts. The corresponding gains or losses on the underlying hedged items
approximated the net gain on these fair value hedging contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions) |
|
Location of Gain (Loss) in Income |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Cost of products sold |
|
$ |
(.8 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.1 |
) |
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Marketing, general and administrative expense |
|
|
15.9 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15.1 |
|
|
$ |
23.1 |
|
|
Cash Flow Hedges
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective
portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the
hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge
ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in
current earnings.
The following table provides the components of the gain (loss) recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive loss on derivatives (effective portion) related to cash flow hedging contracts:
10
Avery Dennison Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
$ |
(1.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(.1 |
) |
Commodity contracts |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
Interest rate contract |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(2.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.4 |
) |
|
The following table provides the components of the gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss (effective portion) related to cash flow hedging contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions) |
|
Location of Gain (Loss) in Income |
|
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts |
|
Cost of products sold |
|
|
$ |
(.7 |
) |
|
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
Commodity contracts |
|
Cost of products sold |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
Interest rate contracts |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
|
(3.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(3.8 |
) |
|
As of April 3, 2010, a net loss of approximately $7 million is expected to be reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive loss to earnings within the next 12 months. See Note 12,
Comprehensive Income (Loss), for more information.
The amount of gain or loss recognized in income related to the ineffective portion of, and the
amounts excluded from, effectiveness testing for cash flow hedges and derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments were not significant for the first three months of 2010 and 2009.
Foreign Currency
Transactions in foreign currencies (including receivables, payables and loans denominated in
currencies other than the functional currency) decreased net income by $1.1 million and increased
net income by $.4 million for the first three months of 2010 and 2009, respectively. These results
exclude the effects of translation of foreign currencies on the Companys financial statements.
In the first three months of 2010 and 2009, no translation gains or losses for hyperinflationary
economies were recognized in net income since the Company had no operations in hyperinflationary
economies.
Note 10. Taxes Based on Income
The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 was approximately 29%. In the first three
months of 2009, the effective tax rate of approximately 2%, which
applied to a loss, resulted in a
tax benefit. The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 includes a benefit of
approximately $3 million from discrete events, primarily the release of certain tax contingencies
due to statute expirations, statutory tax rate changes and the release of certain valuation
allowances. The Companys effective tax rate is lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%
due to the Companys operations outside the U.S. where the statutory tax rates are generally lower.
Additional taxes are not provided for most foreign earnings because the Company currently plans to
indefinitely reinvest these amounts.
The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by taxing jurisdictions
around the world. The Companys estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is
subject to managements assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that
time. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for reasonably foreseeable outcomes
related to these matters. However, the Companys future results may include favorable or
unfavorable adjustments to its estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or
resolved, which may impact the Companys effective tax rate. With some exceptions, the Company and
its subsidiaries are no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years
prior to 2005.
It is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months, the Company may realize a decrease in its
gross uncertain tax positions by approximately $58 million, primarily as the result of cash
payments and closing tax years. The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that cash
payments of up to $12 million relating to gross uncertain tax positions could be paid within the
next 12 months.
11
Avery Dennison Corporation
Note 11. Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Net income (loss) per common share amounts were computed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions, except per share amounts) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
(A) Net income (loss) available to common
shareholders |
|
$ |
54.7 |
|
|
$ |
(898.9 |
) |
|
(B) Weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding |
|
|
105.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
Dilutive shares (additional common shares
issuable under employee stock-based awards) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding, assuming dilution |
|
|
106.4 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
|
Net income (loss) per common share (A) ÷ (B) |
|
$ |
.52 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share, assuming
dilution (A) ÷ (C) |
|
$ |
.51 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
|
Certain employee stock-based awards were not included in the computation of net income (loss) per
common share, assuming dilution, because they would not have had a dilutive effect. Employee
stock-based awards excluded from the computation totaled approximately 9 million shares for the
three months ended April 3, 2010.
In the first three months of 2009, the effect of dilutive securities (for example, employee
stock-based awards) was not dilutive because the Company generated a net operating loss. Employee
stock-based awards excluded from the computation totaled approximately 12 million shares for the
three months ended April 4, 2009.
Note 12. Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustment,
net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition assets, net of tax, and the gains or
losses on the effective portion of cash flow and firm commitment hedges, net of tax, that are
currently presented as a component of shareholders equity. The Companys total comprehensive
income (loss) was $28.5 million and $(942.0) million for the three months ended April 3, 2010 and
April 4, 2009, respectively.
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of tax, with the exception of the
foreign currency translation adjustment) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
$ |
138.4 |
|
|
$ |
169.2 |
|
Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition assets, less amortization |
|
|
(300.0 |
) |
|
|
(303.4 |
) |
Net loss on derivative instruments designated as cash flow and firm commitment hedges |
|
|
(9.8 |
) |
|
|
(11.0 |
) |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
$ |
(171.4 |
) |
|
$ |
(145.2 |
) |
|
Cash flow and firm commitment hedging instrument activities in other comprehensive loss, net of
tax, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Beginning accumulated derivative loss |
|
$ |
(11.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(15.8 |
) |
Net loss reclassified to earnings |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
Net change in the revaluation of hedging transactions |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
(10.4 |
) |
|
Ending accumulated derivative loss |
|
$ |
(9.8 |
) |
|
$ |
(11.0 |
) |
|
12
Avery Dennison Corporation
Note 13. Fair Value Measurement
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value, measured on a
recurring basis, as of April 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
(In millions) |
|
Total |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
|
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for sale securities |
|
$ |
12.0 |
|
|
$ |
12.0 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
8.8 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
$ |
10.3 |
|
|
$ |
4.2 |
|
|
$ |
6.1 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value, measured on a
recurring basis, as of January 2, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
(In millions) |
|
Total |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
|
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for sale securities |
|
$ |
11.9 |
|
|
$ |
11.9 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Derivative assets |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
.5 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities |
|
$ |
10.0 |
|
|
$ |
3.5 |
|
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Available for sale securities are measured at fair value using quoted prices and classified within
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives that are exchange-traded are measured at fair value
using quoted market prices and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Derivatives measured based on inputs that are readily available in public markets are classified
within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements
Fair value measurements of assets on a non-recurring basis during the three months ended April 3,
2010 were not significant.
The following table summarizes the fair value measurements of assets on a non-recurring basis
during the three months ended April 4, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Total |
|
(In millions) |
|
Total |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
|
Gains (Losses) |
|
|
Goodwill |
|
$ |
415.0 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
415.0 |
|
|
$ |
(820.0 |
) |
Indefinite-lived intangible asset |
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
(12.0 |
) |
Long-lived assets |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
(12.4 |
) |
|
Long-lived assets with carrying amounts totaling $16.4 million were written down to their fair
values of $4 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $12.4 million, which was included in
Other expense in the unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months ended April
4, 2009.
Goodwill with a carrying amount of $1.2 billion was written down to its implied fair value of $415
million, resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $820 million. Additionally, certain
indefinite-lived assets with a total carrying value of approximately $30 million were written down to their
implied fair value of $18 million, resulting in a non-cash impairment of $12 million. These
charges are included in Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges in the
unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income for the three months ended April 4, 2009. Refer to Note
3, Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from Business Acquisitions, for further information.
13
Avery Dennison Corporation
Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries, and other
legal, regulatory and compliance matters, most of which are routine to the nature of the business.
Based upon current information, management believes that the impact of the resolution of these
matters is not material to the Companys financial position, or is not estimable.
Environmental
As of April 3, 2010, the Company has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) and/or other responsible state agencies as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at
fourteen waste disposal or waste recycling sites, which are the subject of separate investigations
or proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or groundwater contamination and for which no settlement
of the Companys liability has been agreed. The Company is participating with other PRPs at such
sites, and anticipates that its share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial
agreements entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other governmental
authorities.
The Company has accrued estimated liabilities for these and certain other sites, including sites in
which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a PRP, where it is probable that a loss
will be incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of
the uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future
expense to remediate the currently identified sites and any sites that could be identified in the
future for cleanup could be higher than the liability currently accrued.
The activity for the first three months of 2010 and full-year 2009 related to environmental
liabilities, which include costs associated with compliance and remediation, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
56.5 |
|
|
$ |
58.5 |
|
Purchase price adjustments related to acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Accruals |
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Payments |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.1 |
) |
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
55.4 |
|
|
$ |
56.5 |
|
|
As of April 3, 2010, approximately $11 million of the total balance was classified as short-term.
These estimates could change depending on various factors, such as modification of currently
planned remedial actions, changes in remediation technologies, changes in site conditions, changes
in the estimated time to complete remediation, changes in laws and regulations affecting
remediation requirements, as well as other factors.
Product Warranty
The Company provides for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty
at the time product revenue is recognized. These costs primarily include materials and labor
associated with the service or sale of the product. Factors that affect the Companys warranty
liability include the number of units installed or sold, historical and anticipated rate of
warranty claims on those units, cost per claim to satisfy the Companys warranty obligation and
availability of insurance coverage. Because these factors are impacted by actual experience and
future expectations, the Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and
adjusts the amounts as necessary. As of April 3, 2010, the Companys product warranty liabilities
were approximately $1.9 million.
Other
On September 9, 2005, the Company completed the lease financing for a commercial facility (the
Facility) located in Mentor, Ohio, used primarily for the new headquarters and research center
for our roll materials division. The Facility consists generally of land, buildings, equipment and
office furnishings. The Company leased the Facility under an operating lease arrangement, which
contains a residual value guarantee of $33.4 million.
The Company participates in international receivable financing programs with several financial
institutions whereby advances may be requested from these financial institutions. Such advances
are guaranteed by the Company. At April 3, 2010, the Company had guaranteed approximately $17
million.
As of April 3, 2010, the Company guaranteed up to approximately $17 million of certain foreign
subsidiaries obligations to their suppliers, as well as approximately $213 million of certain
subsidiaries lines of credit with various financial institutions.
As of April 3, 2010, approximately 2 million HiMEDS units with a carrying value of approximately
$109 million remained outstanding. The purchase contracts related to these units obligate the
holders to purchase from the Company a certain number of shares in November 2010, dependent upon
the stock price at the time. Based upon the Companys share price as of April 3, 2010, the holders would purchase approximately 2 million shares from the Company.
14
Avery Dennison Corporation
Note 15. Segment Information
Financial information by reportable segment and other businesses is set forth below. Certain prior
year amounts have been restated to reflect a transfer of a business from the Retail Information
Services segment to other specialty converting businesses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Net sales to unaffiliated customers: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure-sensitive Materials |
|
$ |
897.2 |
|
|
$ |
808.8 |
|
Retail Information Services |
|
|
344.8 |
|
|
|
315.2 |
|
Office and Consumer Products |
|
|
179.9 |
|
|
|
184.4 |
|
Other specialty converting businesses |
|
|
132.8 |
|
|
|
117.8 |
|
|
Net sales to unaffiliated customers |
|
$ |
1,554.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,426.2 |
|
|
Intersegment sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure-sensitive Materials |
|
$ |
41.4 |
|
|
$ |
37.4 |
|
Retail Information Services |
|
|
.7 |
|
|
|
.3 |
|
Office and Consumer Products |
|
|
.2 |
|
|
|
.3 |
|
Other specialty converting businesses |
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Eliminations |
|
|
(48.1 |
) |
|
|
(41.3 |
) |
|
Intersegment sales |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pressure-sensitive Materials |
|
$ |
87.8 |
|
|
$ |
(.2 |
) |
Retail Information Services |
|
|
(.5 |
) |
|
|
(853.0 |
) |
Office and Consumer Products |
|
|
19.4 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
Other specialty converting businesses |
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
(27.9 |
) |
Corporate expense |
|
|
(15.1 |
) |
|
|
(30.7 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
(17.5 |
) |
|
|
(27.5 |
) |
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
76.9 |
(1) |
|
$ |
(915.9 |
) (2) |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating income for the first three months of 2010 included Other expense
totaling $6.3, consisting of restructuring costs of $4.7, asset impairment charges of $.2, and
an accrual for legal settlements of $1.4. Of the total $6.3, the Pressure-sensitive Materials
segment recorded $1.9, the Retail Information Services segment recorded $3.4, the Office and
Consumer Products segment recorded $.7, and the other specialty converting businesses recorded
$.3. |
|
(2) |
|
Operating loss for the first three months of 2009 included Other expense totaling
$97.3, consisting of asset impairment charges of $21.9, restructuring costs of $17.1, lease
cancellation charges of $.1, an accrual for a legal settlement of $37, and a loss of $21.2
from debt extinguishment. Of the total $97.3, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment
recorded $48.1, the Retail Information
Services segment recorded $9.6, the Office and Consumer Products segment recorded $2.7, the other
specialty converting businesses recorded $15.7, and Corporate recorded $21.2. |
|
|
|
Additionally, operating loss for the Retail Information Services segment for the first three
months of 2009 included $832 of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment
charges. |
Note 16. Recent Accounting Requirements
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) updated accounting guidance
regarding fair value measurement disclosure. This guidance requires companies to disclose the
amount of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the
reasons for these transfers and for any transfers in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
In addition, the guidance clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements. This updated guidance
was effective at the beginning of 2010 and did not have a material impact on the Companys
disclosures.
15
Avery Dennison Corporation
In June 2009, the FASB issued changes to consolidation accounting. Among other items, these
changes respond to concerns about the application of certain key provisions of previous accounting
standards, including those regarding the transparency of the involvement with variable interest
entities. The Company adopted these changes at the beginning of 2010. These changes did not have a
material impact on the Companys financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or
disclosures.
The FASB issued in May 2009, and amended in February 2010, a new accounting standard on subsequent
events. This standard defines what qualifies as a subsequent eventthose events or transactions
that occur following the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued, or are
available to be issued. This standard was effective for interim and annual periods ending after
June 15, 2009. The Company adopted this accounting standard in the second quarter of 2009.
In April 2009, the FASB issued changes to disclosure requirements regarding fair value of financial
instruments, which require disclosure about fair value of financial instruments, whether recognized
or not recognized in the statement of financial position, in interim financial information. These
changes also require fair value information to be presented together with the related carrying
amount and disclosure regarding the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair
value. These changes were effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with
early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company has included the
required disclosures in Note 4, Debt.
The FASB issued in December 2007, and amended in April 2009, a revised accounting standard for
business combinations. This standard defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one
or more businesses in the business combination and establishes the acquisition date as the date
that the acquirer achieves control. In general, this standard requires the acquiring entity in a
business combination to recognize the fair value of all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date as the fair value measurement point; and
modifies the disclosure requirements. This standard applies prospectively to business combinations
for which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or
after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard has not had a material impact on the
Companys financial results of operations and financial condition.
16
Avery Dennison Corporation
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION
Managements Discussion and Analysis provides a narrative concerning our financial performance and
condition that should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements. It
includes the following sections:
|
|
|
|
|
Definition of Terms |
|
|
17 |
|
Forward-Looking Statements |
|
|
17 |
|
Overview and Outlook |
|
|
17 |
|
Analysis of Results of Operations for the First Three Months |
|
|
19 |
|
Results of Operations by Segment for the First Three Months |
|
|
21 |
|
Financial Condition |
|
|
23 |
|
Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures |
|
|
27 |
|
Recent Accounting Requirements |
|
|
27 |
|
Safe Harbor Statement |
|
|
28 |
|
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. Our discussion of financial results
includes several non-GAAP measures to provide additional information concerning Avery Dennison
Corporations (the Companys) performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are not in
accordance with, nor are they a substitute for, GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial
measures are intended to supplement our presentation of our financial results that are prepared in
accordance with GAAP. Refer to Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures.
We use the following terms:
|
|
Organic sales growth (decline) refers to the change in sales excluding the estimated impact
of currency translation, acquisitions and divestitures, and the extra week in fiscal year
2009; |
|
|
Segment operating income (loss) refers to income (loss) before interest and taxes; |
|
|
Free cash flow refers to cash flow from operations and net proceeds from sale of
investments, less net payments for capital expenditures, software and other deferred charges; |
|
|
Operational working capital refers to trade accounts receivable and inventories, net of
accounts payable. |
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in Managements Discussion and Analysis are forward-looking
statements and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Refer to our Safe Harbor
Statement contained elsewhere in this report.
OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK
Overview
Sales
Our sales increased 9% in the first three months of 2010 compared to the same period last year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
Estimated change in sales due to: |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
Organic sales growth (decline) |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
(15 |
)% |
Extra week in fiscal year 2009 (1) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Acquisitions, net of divestitures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
Reported sales growth (decline) |
|
|
9 |
% |
|
|
(13 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our 2009 fiscal year includes a 53-week period, with the extra week reflected in the
first quarter. Normally, each fiscal year consists of 52 weeks, but every fifth or sixth year
consists of 53 weeks. The estimated impact of the extra week on growth rates for each period
reflected both the number of days, and the impact of holidays
in each quarter. |
17
Avery Dennison Corporation
Net Income
Net income increased approximately $954 million in the first three months of 2010 compared to the
same period in 2009, which included an impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible
assets totaling $832 million.
Positive factors affecting net income included:
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which impacted results in
the prior year |
|
|
|
|
Cost savings from productivity improvement initiatives, including savings from
restructuring actions |
|
|
|
|
Higher volume |
|
|
|
|
Lower accrual for legal settlements |
|
|
|
|
Lower restructuring, asset impairment, and lease cancellation charges related to cost
reduction actions |
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment, which impacted results in the prior year |
Negative factors affecting net income included:
|
|
|
Higher tax expense resulting from higher taxable income and a higher tax rate |
|
|
|
|
Investments in growth and infrastructure |
|
|
|
|
Net impact of changes in pricing and raw material costs |
Cost Reduction Actions
Q4 2008 2010 Actions
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated restructuring actions that are expected to generate
approximately $180 million in annualized savings by the middle of 2010, of which $75 million, net
of transition costs, was realized in 2009, and an incremental $25 million, net of transition costs,
was realized in the first quarter of 2010. We expect to incur approximately $160 million of total
restructuring charges associated with these actions, of which approximately $110 million represents
cash charges.
From the fourth quarter of 2008 through the end of the first quarter of 2010, we recorded
approximately $146 million in pretax charges related to these restructuring actions, consisting of
severance and related employee costs, asset impairment charges, and lease cancellation costs.
Severance and employee-related costs related to approximately 4,265 positions, impacting all of our
segments and geographic regions.
The remainder of the costs associated with these actions are expected to be incurred during 2010.
Refer to Note 8, Cost Reduction Actions, to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements for further detail.
Effective Rate of Taxes on Income
The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 was approximately 29%. In the first
three months of 2009, the effective tax rate of approximately 2%, which applied to a loss,
resulted in a tax benefit. The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 includes a
benefit of approximately $3 million from discrete events, primarily the release of certain tax
contingencies due to statute expirations, statutory tax rate changes and the release of certain
valuation allowances. Refer to Note 10, Taxes Based on Income, to the unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
Free Cash Flow
Free cash flow, which is a non-GAAP measure, refers to cash flow from operating activities and net
proceeds from sale of investments less net spending on property, plant, equipment, software and
other deferred charges. We use free cash flow as a measure of funds available for other corporate
purposes, such as dividends, debt reduction, acquisitions, and repurchases of common stock.
Management believes that this measure provides meaningful supplemental information to our investors
to assist them in their financial analysis of the Company. This measure is not intended to
represent the residual cash available for discretionary purposes. Refer to the Uses and
Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures section for further information regarding limitations of this
measure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
(27.9 |
) |
|
$ |
16.0 |
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
(13.7 |
) |
|
|
(15.0 |
) |
Purchase of software and other deferred charges |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(8.2 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of investments, net |
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
.6 |
|
|
Free cash flow |
|
$ |
(46.8 |
) |
|
$ |
(6.6 |
) |
|
18
Avery Dennison Corporation
Free cash flow in the first three months of 2010 reflected payments of trade rebates, bonuses
and severance and other accrued costs related to various restructuring programs; the timing of
collections of accounts receivable; and higher inventory purchases to support an increase in sales.
These negative factors were partially offset by higher income from operations and the timing of
payments of accounts payable, as well as lower net spending on property, plant, and equipment,
software, and other deferred charges. See Analysis of Results of Operations and Liquidity
below for more information.
Legal Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries, and other legal,
regulatory and compliance matters, most of which are routine to the nature of the business. Based
upon current information, management believes that the impact of the resolution of these matters is
not material to our financial position, or is not estimable.
2010 Outlook
Certain factors that we believe may contribute to 2010 results are listed below.
We expect revenue and earnings to increase in 2010, the extent
of which is subject, but not limited, to changes in global economic conditions and the amount
of higher costs that can be offset with productivity measures and/or price increases.
We expect incremental pension expense of approximately $10 million.
We anticipate restructuring charges of approximately $15 million to $20 million, including the remaining charges associated with the Q4 2008-2010 Actions. We expect to
realize an incremental $70 million of restructuring savings, net of transition costs.
We anticipate lower interest expense (approximately $75 million) due primarily to retirements of
certain indebtedness. Our assumptions on interest expense are subject to changes in market rates
through the remainder of the year.
The annual effective tax rate will be impacted by future events including changes in tax laws,
geographic income mix, tax audits, closure of tax years, legal entity restructuring, and release
of, or accrual for, valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate can
potentially have wide variances from quarter to quarter, resulting from interim reporting
requirements and the recognition of discrete events.
We anticipate increased investment in new growth opportunities and infrastructure, including higher
spend related to innovation, as well as demand creation in the Office and Consumer Products
segment.
We anticipate our capital and software expenditures to be in the range of $125 million to $150
million.
ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE FIRST THREE MONTHS
Income (Loss) Before Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,554.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,426.2 |
|
Cost of products sold |
|
|
1,113.9 |
|
|
|
1,081.1 |
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
440.8 |
|
|
|
345.1 |
|
Marketing, general and administrative expense |
|
|
340.1 |
|
|
|
304.2 |
|
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
832.0 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
17.5 |
|
|
|
27.5 |
|
Other expense |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
97.3 |
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
76.9 |
|
|
$ |
(915.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a Percent of Sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (margin) |
|
|
28.4 |
% |
|
|
24.2 |
% |
Marketing, general and administrative expense |
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
(64.2 |
) |
|
19
Avery Dennison Corporation
Sales
Sales increased 9% in the first three months of 2010 compared to the same period last year, due
largely to higher sales on an organic basis, partially offset by the impact of the extra week in
the first three months of 2009. In addition, foreign currency translation had a favorable impact
on the change in sales of approximately $67 million in the first three months of 2010.
On an organic basis, sales increased 7% in the first three months of 2010, reflecting increased
demand across all major regions, with particular strength in the emerging markets, partially offset
by the negative impact of pricing.
Refer to Results of Operations by Segment for information by reportable segment.
Gross Profit Margin
Gross profit margin for the first three months of 2010 improved compared to the same period last
year, reflecting increased volume and the benefits from restructuring and productivity initiatives.
Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses
The increase in marketing, general and administrative expense in the first three months of 2010
compared to the same period last year primarily reflected the impact of foreign currency
translation (approximately $10 million), variable costs associated with higher volume, and
investments in growth and infrastructure, partially offset by savings from restructuring and
productivity initiatives.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset Impairment Charges
In the first three months of 2009, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $832 million for the
retail information services reporting unit. Refer to Note 3, Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Resulting from Business Acquisitions, to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for more information.
Other Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Restructuring costs |
|
$ |
4.7 |
|
|
$ |
17.1 |
|
Asset impairment charges and lease cancellation costs |
|
|
.2 |
|
|
|
22.0 |
|
Other |
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
58.2 |
|
|
Other expense |
|
$ |
6.3 |
|
|
$ |
97.3 |
|
|
In the first three months of 2010, Other expense consisted of charges for severance and other
employee-related costs resulting in the reduction in headcount of approximately 230 positions
across all segments and geographic regions and asset impairment charges in the Pressure-sensitive
Materials segment, as well as accruals for legal settlements.
In the first three months of 2009, Other expense consisted of asset impairment and lease
cancellation charges, severance and other employee-related costs resulting in the reduction in
headcount of approximately 725 positions across all segments and geographic regions, as well as an
accrual for a legal settlement and a loss from debt extinguishment. For more information regarding
the debt extinguishment, refer to Financial Condition and Note 4, Debt, to the unaudited
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Refer to Note 8, Cost Reduction Actions, to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements for more information.
Net Income (Loss) and Earnings per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
76.9 |
|
|
$ |
(915.9 |
) |
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
|
|
22.2 |
|
|
|
(17.0 |
) |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
54.7 |
|
|
$ |
(898.9 |
) |
|
Net income (loss) per common share |
|
$ |
.52 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
Net income (loss) per common share, assuming dilution |
|
$ |
.51 |
|
|
$ |
(8.99 |
) |
|
20
Avery Dennison Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net income (loss) as a percent of sales |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
(63.0 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change in: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
106.1 |
% |
|
|
(1,414.2 |
)% |
Net income (loss) per common share |
|
|
105.8 |
|
|
|
(1,384.3 |
) |
Net income (loss) per common share, assuming dilution |
|
|
105.7 |
|
|
|
(1,402.9 |
) |
|
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 was approximately 29%. In the first
three months of 2009, the effective tax rate of approximately 2%, which applied to a loss,
resulted in a tax benefit. The effective tax rate for the first three months of 2010 includes a
benefit of approximately $3 million from discrete events, primarily the release of certain tax
contingencies due to statute expirations, statutory tax rate changes and the release of certain
valuation allowances. Refer to Note 10, Taxes Based on Income, to the unaudited Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT FOR THE FIRST THREE MONTHS
Pressure-sensitive Materials Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net sales including intersegment sales |
|
$ |
938.6 |
|
|
$ |
846.2 |
|
Less intersegment sales |
|
|
(41.4 |
) |
|
|
(37.4 |
) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
897.2 |
|
|
$ |
808.8 |
|
Operating income (loss) (1) |
|
|
87.8 |
|
|
|
(.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes lease
cancellation costs in 2009, and
restructuring costs, asset impairment
charges, and an accrual for legal
settlement in both years |
|
$ |
1.9 |
|
|
$ |
48.1 |
|
|
Net Sales
Sales in our Pressure-sensitive Materials segment increased 11% in the first three months of 2010
compared to the same period last year, reflecting higher sales on an organic basis and the
favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $48 million), partially offset by
the impact of the extra week in the first three months of 2009. On an organic basis, sales grew 8%
resulting from higher volume driven by increased demand, partially offset by the negative impact of
pricing.
On an organic basis, sales in our roll materials business in the first three months of 2010
increased at a mid single-digit rate in both Europe and North America, and by
a rate greater than twenty percent in emerging markets (Asia, Eastern Europe, South America)
compared to the same period last year.
On an organic basis, sales in our graphics and reflective business increased at a double-digit
rate, reflecting a modest increase in promotional spending by businesses in response to improved
market conditions, and new product launches.
Operating Income (Loss)
Increased operating income in the first three months of 2010 reflected higher volume and cost
savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives, partially offset by the net
impact of changes in pricing and raw material costs. In addition, operating income in the first
three months of 2010 included lower restructuring and asset impairment charges and a lower accrual
for legal settlement compared to the prior year.
Retail Information Services Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net sales including intersegment sales |
|
$ |
345.5 |
|
|
$ |
315.5 |
|
Less intersegment sales |
|
|
(.7 |
) |
|
|
(.3 |
) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
344.8 |
|
|
$ |
315.2 |
|
Operating loss (1) (2) |
|
|
(.5 |
) |
|
|
(853.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes an accrual for legal settlement in 2010, asset impairment charges in
2009, and restructuring costs in both years |
|
$ |
3.4 |
|
|
$ |
9.6 |
|
(2) Includes goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges in 2009 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
832.0 |
|
|
21
Avery Dennison Corporation
Net Sales
Sales in our Retail Information Services segment increased 9% in the first three months of
2010 compared to the same period last year, reflecting higher sales on an organic basis and the
favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $9 million), partially offset by
the impact of the extra week in the first three months of 2009. On an organic basis, sales
increased 10% due in part to significant inventory reductions by apparel retailers during the first
half of 2009, as well as improved end-market demand.
Operating Loss
Decreased operating loss in the first three months of 2010 reflected goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible asset impairment charges in the prior year, as well as lower restructuring costs
compared to the prior year. The improvement also reflected increased volume and benefits from
restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives.
Office and Consumer Products Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net sales including intersegment sales |
|
$ |
180.1 |
|
|
$ |
184.7 |
|
Less intersegment sales |
|
|
(.2 |
) |
|
|
(.3 |
) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
179.9 |
|
|
$ |
184.4 |
|
Operating income (1) |
|
|
19.4 |
|
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes asset impairment charges in 2009 and restructuring costs in both years |
|
$ |
.7 |
|
|
$ |
2.7 |
|
|
Net Sales
Sales in our Office and Consumer Products segment decreased 2% in the first three months of 2010
compared to the same period last year, reflecting lower sales on an organic basis and the impact of
the extra week in the first three months of 2009, partially offset by the favorable impact of
foreign currency translation (approximately $6 million). On an organic basis, sales declined 2%
due primarily to continued weak end-market demand and changes in customer programs, partially
offset by a reduced rate of inventory destocking in the first quarter of 2010 compared to that in
the first quarter of 2009.
Operating Income
Decreased operating income in the first three months of 2010 reflected lower sales and higher
investment in consumer promotions and marketing, partially offset by benefits from restructuring
and productivity improvement initiatives and lower restructuring costs compared to the prior year.
Other specialty converting businesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net sales including intersegment sales |
|
$ |
138.6 |
|
|
$ |
121.1 |
|
Less intersegment sales |
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
132.8 |
|
|
$ |
117.8 |
|
Operating income (loss) (1) |
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
(27.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes asset impairment charges in 2009 and restructuring costs in both years |
|
$ |
.3 |
|
|
$ |
15.7 |
|
|
Net Sales
Sales in our other specialty converting businesses increased 13% in the first three months of 2010
compared to the same period last year, reflecting higher sales on an organic basis and the
favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $4 million), partially offset by
the impact of the extra week in the first three months of 2009. On an organic basis, sales
increased 13% due primarily to increased demand for products for automotive applications, which was
down significantly in the first quarter of 2009.
Operating Income (Loss)
Operating income in the first three months of 2010 reflected higher volume, the benefit of
productivity improvement initiatives, and lower restructuring costs compared to the prior year.
22
Avery Dennison Corporation
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Liquidity
Cash Flow from Operating Activities for the First Three Months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
54.7 |
|
|
$ |
(898.9 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
61.8 |
|
|
|
71.2 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
832.0 |
|
Asset impairment and net loss on sale and disposal of assets |
|
|
.7 |
|
|
|
25.3 |
|
Loss from debt extinguishment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.2 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
Other non-cash items, net |
|
|
9.6 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities and other adjustments, net of
the effect of business acquisitions |
|
|
(171.2 |
) |
|
|
(51.9 |
) |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
(27.9 |
) |
|
$ |
16.0 |
|
|
For cash flow purposes, changes in assets and liabilities and other adjustments, net of the effect
of business acquisitions, exclude the impact of foreign currency translation (discussed in
Analysis of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts below).
In 2010, cash flow from operating activities reflected payments of trade rebates, bonuses and
severance and other accrued costs related to various restructuring programs; the timing of
collections of accounts receivable; and higher inventory purchases to support an increase in sales.
These negative factors were partially offset by higher income from operations and the timing of
payments of accounts payable.
In 2009, cash flow from operating activities reflected timing of payments of accounts payable and
lower inventory purchases, as well as payments of bonuses and trade rebates, and lower income from
operations. These negative factors were partially offset by the timing of collection of accounts
receivable.
Cash Flow from Investing Activities for the First Three Months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net |
|
$ |
(13.7 |
) |
|
$ |
(15.0 |
) |
Purchase of software and other deferred charges |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
(8.2 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of investments, net |
|
|
.3 |
|
|
|
.6 |
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
$ |
(18.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(22.6 |
) |
|
Capital and Software Spending
During the first three months of 2010 and 2009, we invested in various small capital projects
companywide. We also invested in projects associated with the expansion in Japan during the first
three month of 2009.
Information technology projects during the first three months of 2010 and 2009 included customer
service and standardization initiatives.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities for the First Three Months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Net change in borrowings and payments of debt |
|
$ |
75.4 |
|
|
$ |
31.7 |
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
(22.4 |
) |
|
|
(43.7 |
) |
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
.2 |
|
Other |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
$ |
52.5 |
|
|
$ |
(14.7 |
) |
|
Borrowings and Repayment of Debt
On April 13, 2010, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of 2010, we issued $250 million
senior notes bearing an interest rate of 5.375% per year, due April 2020. Proceeds from the
offering, net of the underwriting discount and offering expenses, were approximately $248 million
and were used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under a term loan credit facility
of one of our subsidiaries. The outstanding balance of the term loan credit
facility of $325 million was fully repaid in May 2010 using the proceeds from the issuance of the
senior notes and commercial paper borrowings.
In March 2009, we completed an exchange of approximately 6.6 million of our Corporate HiMEDS units,
or approximately 75.15% of
the outstanding Corporate HiMEDS units. In aggregate, the exchange resulted in the extinguishment
of approximately $331 million of senior notes that are part of the Corporate HiMEDS units, the
issuance of approximately 6.5 million shares of Avery Dennisons common stock (par value $1.00 per
share) with a book value of approximately $297 million, and the payment of approximately $43 million in cash to
23
Avery Dennison Corporation
participating holders who validly tendered their Corporate HiMEDS units.
As a result of this exchange, we recorded a debt extinguishment loss of approximately $21 million,
which included a write-off of $9.6 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs. As of April
3, 2010, approximately two million HiMEDS units with a carrying value of approximately $109 million
remained outstanding. The purchase contracts related to these units obligate the holders to
purchase from us a certain number of common shares in November 2010. The actual number of shares
will be dependent upon the stock price at the time. Based upon our share price as of April 3,
2010, the holders would purchase approximately 2 million shares from us.
Refer to Note 4, Debt, to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more
information.
Dividend Payments
Our dividend per share was $.20 in first three months of 2010 compared to $.41 in the first three
months of 2009, reflecting our decision to reduce dividend per share in the second half of 2009.
Analysis of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts
Long-lived Assets
Goodwill decreased approximately $20 million during the first three months of 2010, which primarily
reflected the impact of foreign currency translation.
Other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions, net decreased approximately $12 million
during the first three months of 2010, which reflected normal amortization expense ($8 million), as
well as the impact of foreign currency translation ($4 million).
Refer to Note 3, Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from Business Acquisitions, to the
unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
During the first three months of 2010, other assets decreased due to normal amortization and
disposals of software and other deferred charges ($9 million); the impact of foreign currency
translation ($2 million); and other ($1 million). These decreases were partially offset by
purchases of software and other deferred charges ($6 million) and an increase in cash surrender
value of corporate-owned life insurance ($6 million).
Other Shareholders Equity Accounts
Our shareholders equity was approximately $1.38 billion at April 3, 2010 compared to approximately
$1.36 billion at January 2, 2010. The increase in our shareholders equity was primarily due to an
increase in net income, partially offset by dividend payments and the impact of foreign currency
translation.
The value of our employee stock benefit trust decreased $69 million during the first three months
of 2010 due to transfers of common shares from the Employee stock benefit trust to Treasury
stock at cost ($56 million) reflecting the funding of employee benefit obligations, the issuance
of shares under our employee stock option and incentive plans ($9 million) and a decrease in the
market value of shares held in the trust ($4 million).
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation for the First Three Months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Change in net sales |
|
$ |
67 |
|
|
$ |
(114 |
) |
Change in net income |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
International operations generated approximately 68% of our net sales in the first three months of
2010. Our future results are subject to changes in political and economic conditions and the
impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates.
The effect of currency translation on sales in the first three months of 2010 primarily reflected a
positive impact from sales in the currencies of Australia, Brazil, Canada and South Korea.
Effect of Foreign Currency Transactions
The impact on net income from transactions denominated in foreign currencies may be mitigated
because the costs of our products are
generally denominated in the same currencies in which they are sold. In addition, to reduce our
income and cash flow exposure to transactions in foreign currencies, we may enter into foreign
exchange forward, option and swap contracts, where available and appropriate.
24
Avery Dennison Corporation
Analysis of Selected Financial Ratios
We utilize certain financial ratios to assess our financial condition and operating performance, as
discussed below.
Operational Working Capital Ratio
Working capital deficit (current assets minus current liabilities), as a percent of annualized net
sales, increased in 2010 primarily due to a decrease in short-term and current portion of long-term
debt and an increase in net trade accounts receivable, partially offset by an increase in accounts
payable and annualized net sales.
Operational working capital, as a percent of annualized net sales, is a non-GAAP measure and is
shown below. We use this non-GAAP measure as a tool to assess our working capital requirements
because it excludes the impact of fluctuations attributable to our financing and other activities
(that affect cash and cash equivalents, deferred taxes, other current assets, and other current
liabilities) that tend to be disparate in amount and timing, and therefore, may increase the
volatility of the working capital ratio from period to period. Additionally, the items excluded
from this measure are not necessarily indicative of the underlying trends of our operations and are
not significantly influenced by the day-to-day activities that are managed at the operating
level. Refer to Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures. Our objective is to
minimize our investment in operational working capital, as a percentage of sales, by reducing this
ratio to maximize cash flow and return on investment.
Operational Working Capital for the First Three Months:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
(A) Working capital deficit (current assets minus current liabilities) |
|
$ |
(34.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(257.2 |
) |
Reconciling items: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(143.6 |
) |
|
|
(83.0 |
) |
Current deferred and refundable income taxes and other current assets |
|
|
(201.0 |
) |
|
|
(208.6 |
) |
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
628.3 |
|
|
|
812.4 |
|
Current deferred and payable income taxes and other current liabilities |
|
|
537.4 |
|
|
|
584.9 |
|
|
(B) Operational working capital |
|
$ |
786.2 |
|
|
$ |
848.5 |
|
|
(C) Annualized net sales (quarterly sales, multiplied by 4) |
|
$ |
6,218.8 |
|
|
$ |
5,297.3 |
(1) |
|
Working capital deficit, as a percent of annualized net sales (A) ¸ (C) |
|
|
(.6 |
)% |
|
|
(4.9 |
)% |
|
Operational working capital, as a percent of annualized net sales (B) ¸ (C) |
|
|
12.6 |
% |
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted for the extra week in the first quarter of 2009 |
As a percent of annualized sales, operational working capital in the first three months of 2010
decreased compared to the same period in the prior year. The primary factors contributing to this
change, which includes the impact of foreign currency translation, are discussed below.
Accounts Receivable Ratio
The average number of days sales outstanding was 56 days in the first three months of 2010 compared
to 59 days in the first three months of 2009, calculated using the trade accounts receivable
balance at quarter end divided by the average daily sales for the quarter. The change from prior
year in the average number of days sales outstanding reflected an increase in sales and improved
collection efforts.
Inventory Ratio
Average inventory turnover was 8.6 in the first three months of 2010 compared to 7.5 in the first
three months of 2009, calculated using the annualized cost of sales (quarterly cost of sales,
multiplied by 4, adjusted for the extra week in the first quarter of 2009) divided by the inventory
balance at quarter end. The change from prior year in the average inventory turnover reflected the
timing of inventory purchases and a continued focus on inventory management.
Accounts Payable Ratio
The average number of days payable outstanding was 57 days in the first three months of 2010
compared to 50 days in the first three months of 2009, calculated using the accounts payable
balance at quarter end divided by the average daily cost of products sold for the quarter. The
change from prior year in the average number of days payable outstanding reflected the timing of
inventory purchases and timing of payments.
Capital Resources
Capital resources include cash flows from operations, cash and cash equivalents and debt
financing. At April 3, 2010, we had cash and
25
Avery Dennison Corporation
cash equivalents of approximately $144 million held in accounts managed by third-party
financial institutions. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested
cash or cash equivalents; however, there is no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash
equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.
Our $1 billion revolving credit facility, which supports our commercial paper programs in the U.S.
and Europe, matures in 2012. Based upon our current outlook for our business and market
conditions, we believe that this facility, in addition to the uncommitted bank lines of credit
maintained in the countries in which we operate, provide the liquidity to fund our operations.
We are exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest and foreign currency
rates, and to possible liquidity and credit risks of our counterparties.
Capital from Debt
Our total debt increased approximately $78 million in the first three months of 2010 to
approximately $1.70 billion compared to approximately $1.62 billion at year end 2009, reflecting an
increase in commercial paper borrowings to support operational requirements, partially offset by a
decrease in long-term borrowings. Refer to Borrowings and Repayment of Debt above for further
information.
Credit ratings are a significant factor in our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing.
The credit ratings assigned to us also impact the interest rates paid and our access to commercial
paper and other borrowings. A downgrade of our short-term credit ratings below the current A-2
and P2 levels would impact our ability to access the commercial paper markets. If our access to
commercial paper markets is limited, our revolving credit facility and other credit facilities are
available to meet our short-term funding requirements, if necessary. When determining a credit
rating, the rating agencies place significant weight on our competitive position, business outlook,
consistency of cash flows, debt level and liquidity, geographic dispersion and management team. We
remain committed to retaining an investment grade rating.
Our Credit Ratings as of April 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term |
|
|
Long-term |
|
|
Outlook |
|
|
Standard & Poors Rating Service
(S&P) |
|
|
A-2 |
|
|
BBB |
|
|
Stable |
|
Moodys Investors Service (Moodys) |
|
|
P2 |
|
|
Baa2 |
|
|
Negative |
|
|
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Contractual Obligations, and Other Matters
Legal Proceedings
We and our subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries, and other legal,
regulatory and compliance matters, most of which are routine to the nature of the business. Based
upon current information, management believes that the impact of the resolution of these matters is
not material to our financial position, or is not estimable.
Environmental
As of April 3, 2010, we have been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
and/or other responsible state agencies as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at fourteen
waste disposal or waste recycling sites, which are the subject of separate investigations or
proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or groundwater contamination and for which no settlement of
our liability has been agreed upon. We are participating with other PRPs at such sites, and
anticipate that our share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial agreements to be
entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other governmental authorities.
We have accrued liabilities for these and certain other sites, including sites in which
governmental agencies have designated us as a PRP, where it is probable that a loss will be
incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the
uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future expense
to remediate the currently identified sites and any sites that could be identified in the future
for cleanup could be higher than the liability currently accrued.
The activity for the first three months of 2010 and full-year 2009 related to environmental
liabilities, which include costs associated with compliance and remediation, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
January 2, 2010 |
|
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
56.5 |
|
|
$ |
58.5 |
|
Purchase price adjustments related to acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Accruals |
|
|
.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Payments |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.1 |
) |
|
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
55.4 |
|
|
$ |
56.5 |
|
|
26
Avery Dennison Corporation
As of April 3, 2010, approximately $11 million of the total balance was classified as short-term.
These estimates could change depending on various factors, such as modification of currently
planned remedial actions, changes in remediation technologies, changes in site conditions,
changes in the estimated time to complete remediation, changes in laws and regulations affecting
remediation requirements, as well as other factors.
Product Warranty
We provide for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty at the
time product revenue is recognized. These costs primarily include materials and labor associated
with the service or sale of products. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the
number of units installed or sold, historical and anticipated rate of warranty claims on those
units, cost per claim to satisfy our warranty obligation and availability of insurance coverage.
Because these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, we assess the
adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjust the amounts as necessary. As of April 3,
2010, our product warranty liabilities were approximately $1.9 million.
Other
On September 9, 2005, we completed the lease financing for a commercial facility (the Facility)
located in Mentor, Ohio, used primarily for the new headquarters and research center for our roll
materials division. The Facility consists generally of land, buildings, equipment and office
furnishings. We have leased the Facility under an operating lease arrangement, which contains a
residual value guarantee of $33.4 million.
We participate in international receivable financing programs with several financial institutions
whereby advances may be requested from these financial institutions. Such advances are guaranteed
by us. At April 3, 2010, we had guaranteed approximately $17 million.
As of April 3, 2010, we guaranteed up to approximately $17 million of certain of our foreign
subsidiaries obligations to their suppliers, as well as approximately $213 million of certain of
our subsidiaries lines of credit with various financial institutions.
As of April 3, 2010, approximately two million HiMEDS units with a carrying value of approximately
$109 million remained outstanding. The purchase contracts related to these units obligate the
holders to purchase from us a certain number of shares in November 2010. The actual number of
shares will be dependent upon the stock price at the time. Based upon our share price as of April
3, 2010, the holders would purchase approximately 2 million shares from us.
USES AND LIMITATIONS OF NON-GAAP MEASURES
We use certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of certain events, activities or
strategic decisions. The accounting effects of these events, activities or decisions, which are
included in the GAAP measures, may make it difficult to assess the underlying performance of the
Company in a single period. By excluding certain accounting effects, both positive and negative
(e.g. gains on sales of assets, restructuring charges, asset impairments, etc.), from certain of
our GAAP measures, management believes that it is providing meaningful supplemental information to
facilitate an understanding of the Companys core or underlying operating results. These
non-GAAP measures are used internally to evaluate trends in our underlying business, as well as to
facilitate comparison to the results of competitors for a single period.
Limitations associated with the use of our non-GAAP measures include (1) the exclusion of foreign
currency translation, the impact of acquisitions and divestitures, and the impact of the extra week
in fiscal year 2009 from the calculation of organic sales growth; (2) the exclusion of mandatory
debt service requirements, as well as the exclusion of other uses of the cash generated by
operating activities that do not directly or immediately support the underlying business (such as
discretionary debt reductions, dividends, share repurchases, acquisitions, etc.) for calculation of
free cash flow; and (3) the exclusion of cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt, deferred
taxes, other current assets, and other current liabilities, as well as current assets and current
liabilities of held-for-sale businesses, for the calculation of operational working capital. While
some of the items the Company excludes from GAAP measures recur, these items tend to be disparate
in amount and timing. Based upon feedback from investors and financial analysts, we believe that
supplemental non-GAAP measures provide information that is useful to the assessment of the
Companys performance and operating trends.
RECENT ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS
During the first three months of 2010, certain other accounting and financial disclosure
requirements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) were issued. Refer to Note
16, Recent Accounting Requirements, to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for more information.
27
Avery Dennison Corporation
SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
The matters discussed in this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations and other sections of this Quarterly Report contain forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These
statements, which are not statements of historical fact, may contain estimates, assumptions,
projections and/or expectations regarding future events, which may or may not occur. Words such as
aim, anticipate, assume, believe, continue, could, estimate, expect, guidance,
intend, may, might, objective, plan, potential, project, seek, shall, should,
target, will, would, or variations thereof and other expressions, which refer to future
events and trends, identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements, and
financial or other business targets, are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, which could
cause actual results to differ materially from expected results, performance or achievements of the
Company expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Certain of such risks and uncertainties are discussed in more detail in Part I, Item 1A, Risk
Factors, to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2010, and
include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties relating to investment in development
activities and new production facilities; fluctuations in cost and availability of raw materials;
ability of the Company to achieve and sustain targeted cost reductions; ability of the Company to
generate sustained productivity improvement; successful integration of acquisitions; successful
implementation of new manufacturing technologies and installation of manufacturing equipment; the
financial condition and inventory strategies of customers; customer and supplier concentrations;
changes in customer order patterns; loss of significant contract(s) or customer(s); timely
development and market acceptance of new products; fluctuations in demand affecting sales to
customers; collection of receivables from customers; impact of competitive products and
pricing; selling prices; business mix shift; volatility of capital and credit markets; impairment
of capitalized assets, including goodwill and other intangibles; credit risks; ability of
the Company to obtain adequate financing arrangements and to maintain access to capital;
fluctuations in interest and tax rates; fluctuations in pension, insurance and employee benefit
costs; impact of legal proceedings; changes in tax laws and regulations; changes in governmental
regulations; changes in political conditions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and
other risks associated with foreign operations; worldwide and local economic conditions; impact of
epidemiological events on the economy and the Companys customers and suppliers; acts of war,
terrorism and natural disasters; and other factors.
The Company believes that the most significant risk factors that could affect its financial
performance in the near-term include (1) the impact of economic conditions on underlying demand for
the Companys products and on the carrying value of its assets; (2) the impact of competitors
actions, including pricing, expansion in key markets, and product offerings; (3) the degree to
which higher costs can be offset with productivity measures and/or passed on to customers through
selling price increases, without a significant loss of volume; and (4) the impact of changes in tax
laws and regulations throughout the world.
The Companys forward-looking statements represent judgment only on the dates such statements were
made. By making such forward-looking statements, the Company assumes no duty to update them to
reflect new, changed or unanticipated events or circumstances, other than as may be required by
law.
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
There are no material changes in the information provided in Part II, Item 7A of the Companys Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010.
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule
13a-15(f)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Companys
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated
to the Companys management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any
controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable
assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily is required to
apply its judgement in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and
procedures.
The Companys disclosure controls system is based upon a global chain of financial and general
business reporting lines that converge in the Companys headquarters in Pasadena, California. As
required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and
with the participation of the Companys management, including the Companys Chief Executive Officer
and the Companys Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the quarter covered by this report.
28
Avery Dennison Corporation
Based on the foregoing, the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable
assurance that information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated
to the Companys management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
The Company periodically assesses its overall control environment, including the control
environment of acquired businesses.
There has been no change in the Companys internal control over financial reporting during the
Companys most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
29
Avery Dennison Corporation
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits, claims, inquiries, and other
legal, regulatory and compliance matters, most of which are routine to the nature of the business.
Based upon current information, management believes that the impact of the resolution of these
matters is not material to the Companys financial position, or is not estimable.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our ability to attain our goals and objectives is materially dependent on numerous factors and
risks, including but not limited to matters described in Part I, Item 1A, of the Companys Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010 .
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
(a) |
|
Not Applicable |
|
(b) |
|
Not Applicable |
|
(c) |
|
Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer |
The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of shares of the Companys outstanding common
stock. Repurchased shares may be reissued under the Companys stock option and incentive plans or
used for other corporate purposes. The Company did not repurchase any registered equity securities
in the first three months of 2010.
ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
Not Applicable
ITEM 4. (RESERVED)
Not Applicable
ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION
Not Applicable
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit 3.1
|
|
Restated Certification of Incorporation, as amended as of April 22, 2010 |
|
|
|
Exhibit 3.2
|
|
By-laws, as amended and restated, are incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K, filed April
27, 2010 |
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.14
|
|
2007 Amendment and Restatement of Avery Dennison Corporation Employee Savings Plan |
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.18.2
|
|
2005 Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated |
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.31.2
|
|
2005 Executive Variable Deferred Retirement Plan, amended and restated |
|
|
|
Exhibit 12
|
|
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges |
|
|
|
Exhibit 31.1
|
|
D. A. Scarborough Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
Exhibit 31.2
|
|
D. R. OBryant Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
Exhibit 32.1
|
|
D. A. Scarborough Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
Exhibit 32.2
|
|
D. R. OBryant Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
30
Avery Dennison Corporation
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
(Registrant)
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel R. OBryant
|
|
|
Daniel R. OBryant |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Finance, and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mitchell R. Butier
|
|
|
Mitchell R. Butier |
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Global Finance, and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
May 12, 2010 |
|
|
31
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
(Originally Incorporated on February 23, 1977 under the name
AVERY INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION)
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is:
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
ARTICLE II
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711
Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its
registered agent at that address is United States Corporation Company.
ARTICLE III
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
(a) The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated,
respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is Four Hundred Five Million (405,000,000) shares, and
the aggregate par value of all shares which are to have a par value is Four Hundred Five Million
Dollars ($405,000,000). The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is Five Million (5,000,000) shares, and the par value of each share of
Preferred Stock is One Dollar ($1.00). The total number of shares of Common Stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is Four Hundred Million (400,000,000) shares, and the par
value of each share of Common Stock is One Dollar ($1.00).
(b) The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series, each series to be appropriately
designated by a distinguishing letter or title, prior to the issue of any shares thereof.
(c) The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend
rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms or redemption (including sinking fund
provisions, if any), the redemption price or prices, the liquidation
preferences, any other designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and any
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such
unissued series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number
of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, but not below the number
of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so
decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to
the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
(d) Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article IV upon the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, the Board of Directors created a series of 1,300,000 shares of Preferred Stock
designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock by filing a Certificate of Designations
of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 10, 1997 and
the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Corporations Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock are set forth in Appendix A hereto and are incorporated herein
by reference.
ARTICLE V
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of
Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the
Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
[repealed].
ARTICLE VII
The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly
adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.
ARTICLE VIII
The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class
III. The number of directors in each class shall be the whole number contained in the quotient
arrived at by dividing the authorized number of directors by three, and if a fraction is also
contained in such quotient then if such fraction is one-third (1/3) the extra director shall be a
member of Class III and if the fraction is two-thirds (2/3) one of the extra directors shall be a
member of Class III and the other shall be a member of Class II. Each director shall serve for a
term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such
director was elected; provided, however, that the directors appointed in Article IX herein to Class
I shall serve
2
for a term ending on the date of the first annual meeting next following November 30,
1977, the directors appointed in Article IX herein to Class II shall serve for a term ending on the
date of the second annual meeting next following November 30, 1977, and the directors appointed in Article IX herein to Class III shall serve for a term ending on the date of
the third annual meeting next following November 30, 1977.
In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (a) each
director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he is
a member until the expiration of his current term, or his prior death, retirement, resignation or
removal, and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or
decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors to such class or classes as shall, so far
as possible, bring the number of directors in the respective classes into conformity with the
formula in this Article, as applied to the new authorized number of directors.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve
until his successor is elected and qualified or until his death, retirement, resignation or
removal. No director may be removed during his term except for cause. Should a vacancy occur or
be created, the remaining directors (even though less than a quorum) may fill the vacancy for the
full term of the class in which the vacancy occurs or is created.
ARTICLE IX
The names and addresses of the initial directors of the Corporation, and the class to which
each is hereby appointed, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Address |
|
Class |
R. Stanton Avery |
|
Avery International Corporation |
|
III |
|
|
415 Huntington Drive |
|
|
|
|
San Marino, California 91108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Russell Smith |
|
Avery International Corporation |
|
III |
|
|
415 Huntington Drive |
|
|
|
|
San Marino, California 91108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H. Safford Nye |
|
1275 Oak Grove |
|
III |
|
|
San Marino, California 91108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Austin H. Peck, Jr. |
|
Latham & Watkins |
|
II |
|
|
555 South Flower Street |
|
|
|
|
Los Angeles, California 90071 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Tollenaere |
|
Ameron, Inc. |
|
II |
|
|
400 South Atlantic Blvd. |
|
|
|
|
Monterey Park, California 91754 |
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Address |
|
Class |
F. Daniel Frost |
|
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher |
|
II |
|
|
515 South Flower Street |
|
|
|
|
Los Angeles, California 90071 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dennis S. Avery |
|
City Attorney's Office |
|
I |
|
|
San Diego, California 92101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paolo N. Rogers |
|
106 Piazza Navona |
|
I |
|
|
Rome, Italy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles D. Miller |
|
Avery International Corporation |
|
I |
|
|
415 Huntington Drive |
|
|
|
|
San Marino, California 91108 |
|
|
ARTICLE X
Elections of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be by written
ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE XI
No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders.
ARTICLE XII
Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be
called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors, or by a committee of the Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board
of Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors
or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, include the power to call such meetings, but such special
meetings may not be called by any other person or persons; provided, however, that if and to the
extent that any special meeting of stockholders may be called by any other person or persons
specified in any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto or any
certificate filed under Section 151(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, then such special
meeting may also be called by the person or persons, in the manner, at the times and for the
purpose so specified.
ARTICLE XIII
[Intentionally omitted]
4
ARTICLE XIV
[repealed].
ARTICLE XV
[repealed].
ARTICLE XVI
The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained
in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all
rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
ARTICLE XVII
Each reference to this Certificate of Incorporation to any provision of the Delaware General
Corporation Law refers to the specified provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as the same now exists or as it may hereafter be amended or superseded.
ARTICLE XVIII
[repealed].
ARTICLE XIX
A director shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this Article XIX shall not
eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derives an improper personal benefit.
If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is hereafter amended to authorize
corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the
liability of the director to the Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent
permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended from time to time.
An repeal or modification of this Article XIX by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be
prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a
director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
5
Appendix A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
of
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
of
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 151 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law)
Avery Dennison Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the Corporation), hereby certifies that the
following resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as required by
Section 151 of the General Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held on October 23, 1997:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of this
Corporation (hereinafter called the Board of Directors or the Board) in accordance with the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of
Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation (the Preferred Stock) and hereby
states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences, and
limitations thereof as follows:
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock:
Section I. Designation and Amount.The shares of such series shall be designated as
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred Stock) and the number of
shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 1,300,000. Such number of shares may be
increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease
shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of
shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued
by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
Section II. Dividends and Distributions.
A. Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any
similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to
dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the Common Stock), of the Corporation, and of any other
junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out
of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of
March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after
the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per
share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision
for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash
dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends
or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common
Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any
dividend on the Common Stock
6
payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
B. The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as
provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution
on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in
the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the
period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be
payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
C. Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares,
unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date
of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a
date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either
of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time
accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all
such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a
dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior
to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
Section III. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
the following voting rights:
A. Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred
Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any
dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number
of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted
by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
B. Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series
of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation
having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders of the Corporation.
C. Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent
they are entitled
7
to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
corporate action.
Section IV. Certain Restrictions.
A. Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A
Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock
outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
1. declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
Stock;
2. declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a
parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity
stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
holders of all such shares are then entitled;
3. redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares
of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
Stock; or
4. redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in
accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of
Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes.
B. The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise
acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could,
under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and
in such manner.
Section V. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or
otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled
promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become
authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the
Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of
Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.
Section VI. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution of winding up) to the
Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the
holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per
share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the
aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the
holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on
the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which
the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In
the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable
in shares of Common Stock,
8
or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be
adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section VII. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any
consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in
any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged
or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property
(payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is
changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on
the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or
consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by
payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of
Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to
the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such
amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section VIII. No Redemption.The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be
redeemable.
Section IX. Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all series of any other class of the
Corporations Preferred Stock.
Section X. Amendment. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be
amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special
rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting
together as a single class.
9
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
2007 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
Avery International Corporation, now known as Avery Dennison Corporation (the Company), a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, by resolution of its Board of
Directors adopted on January 27, 1985, approved the adoption of The Employee Stock Accumulation
Plan of Avery International Corporation which was later renamed The Stock Holding and Retirement
Enhancement Plan of Avery Dennison Corporation (the Plan) for the exclusive benefit of its
eligible Employees. By action of the chief executive officer of the Company, the Plan was adopted
February 6, 1985 effective as of December 1, 1984. The Plan has been amended in 1986, on August
25, 1987, March 11, 1988, July 14, 1988, January 19, 1989, November 29, 1989, December 19, 1990,
December 20, 1990, January 14, 1993, October 3, 1994 and December 18, 1996. The Avery Dennison
Corporation Employee Savings Plan (the Savings Plan) merged into the Plan, effective following
the close of business on November 30, 1997 (the Merger) and in conjunction with the amendment
which documented the Merger (the 1997 Amendment and Restatement to the Plan which was adopted on
November 25, 1997), the Plan was renamed as the Avery Dennison Corporation Employee Savings Plan.
The Plan was further amended on March 24, 2000, July 12, 2000, October 18, 2000, November 14,
2001, December 6, 2001, April 24, 2002, July 24, 2002, September 30, 2003, December 11, 2003,
January 4, 2005 and November 28, 2005.
In order to amend the Plan in certain respects, this 2007 Amendment and Restatement to the
Plan has been adopted by the Company on January 25, 2007, effective as of December 1, 2004, unless
otherwise provided in the Plan and Exhibit 1 which is attached hereto and incorporated in the Plan
by this reference. This 2007 Amendment and Restatement of the Plan constitutes a complete
amendment, restatement and continuation of the Plan.
The purposes of the Plan are:
(1) To permit Participants to share in the Companys success.
(2) To stimulate and maintain among Participants a sense of responsibility, cooperative
effort and a sincere interest in the progress and success of the Company.
(3) To increase the efficiency of Participants and to encourage them to remain with the
Company until retirement from active service.
(4) To provide security for Participants by establishing a plan under which each
Participants share of Company contributions, his personal contributions, his deferrals and
the earnings thereon will be invested and accumulated to create a fund to benefit him in the
event of his disability or other termination of employment.
The Plan consists of two plans, a profit-sharing plan and a leveraged ESOP, under a single
document. The document consists of Articles I-XVIII and Supplements containing special provisions
documenting the merger of plan assets and liabilities with, or the transfer of accounts to,
the Savings Plan prior to the Merger and after the Merger. The provisions of a Supplement
apply only to individuals with respect to whom assets and liabilities were transferred to the
Savings Plan or this Plan as described in such Supplement.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of Sections
401, 401(k), 402(a) and other applicable provisions of the Code, similar provisions of the
California Revenue and Taxation Code, ERISA and Section 7(e)(4) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of
1938, as amended. Its assets consist of all Accounts other than the ESOP Accounts, the Qualified
Accounts (but including Qualified Company Contributions Accounts) and the SHARE Accounts, and
includes any Account described in a Supplement as constituting part of the profit-sharing portion
of the Plan and all allocations thereto.
The leveraged ESOP portion of the Plan is a stock bonus plan which is intended to form an
employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6)(A) of ERISA and Section
4975(d)(3) of the Code. This portion of the Plan is designed to invest in qualifying employer
securities within the meaning of ERISA Section 407(d)(5) and Code Section 4975(e)(8) and is
intended to comply with the provisions of Sections 401, 402(a), 404(a)(3), 404(a)(9) and 404(k) and
other applicable provisions of the Code, similar provisions of the California Revenue and Taxation
Code or other applicable state law and ERISA and Section 7(e)(4) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of
1938, as amended. Its assets consist of the SHARE Accounts, the ESOP Accounts and the Qualified
Accounts (excluding Qualified Company Contributions Accounts), and includes any Account described
in a Supplement as constituting part of the ESOP portion of the Plan and all allocations thereto.
Any Company Stock held by the profit-sharing portion of the Savings Plan and the Plan shall
not be considered to be held by a trust which is part of an employee stock ownership plan.
It is also intended that disability payments received by Participants pursuant to the Plan
shall qualify for exclusion from income under Section 105 of the Internal Revenue Code.
References to events occurring prior to the date of the Merger with respect to a plan or an
account shall be deemed to refer to such plan or account as it existed prior to the Merger but the
effect of such references shall be carried forward to the Plan as merged.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1. - General
Whenever any of the following terms is used in the Plan with the first letter or letters
capitalized, it shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the
contrary.
Section 1.2. - Accounts
Account or Accounts of a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant shall mean,
as the context indicates, any one or more of his Pretax Savings (PTS) Account, his After-tax
Savings (ATS) Account, his Qualified Account, his Rollover Account, his ESOP
2
Account, if any, in the Trust Fund established in accordance with Sections 6.1, 4.4, 6.2(b),
15.12, and 6.2(a), respectively.
Section 1.3. - Active Participant
Active Participant shall mean a Participant who is an Employee and is not in a Bargaining
Unit.
Section 1.4. - Administrator
Administrator shall mean Avery Dennison Corporation, acting through its chief executive
officer or his delegate.
Section 1.5. - After-Tax Savings (ATS) Account
After-Tax Savings Account (ATS Account) of a Participant, consisting of his Basic ATS
Account and his Unmatched ATS Account, shall mean his individual Account in the Trust Fund
established in accordance with Section 4.4, each consisting of two sub-accounts, the Pre-1987
Basic ATS Sub-Account and the Pre-1987 Unmatched ATS Sub-Account (which consist of allocations
to his Basic ATS Account and his Unmatched ATS Account, respectively, made prior to January 1, 1987
as a result of transfers thereto attributable to personal after-tax contributions made prior to
January 1, 1987 together with earnings thereon) and the Post-1986 Basic ATS Sub-Account and
Post-1986 Unmatched ATS Sub-Account (which consist of allocations to his Basic ATS Account and
Unmatched ATS Account, respectively, made after December 31, 1986 which includes transfers thereto
attributable to after-tax personal contributions made after December 31, 1986 together with
earnings thereon).
Section 1.6. - Annual Addition
(a) Annual Addition of a Participant for the Plan Year in question shall mean the sum of
(i) Company contributions and forfeitures allocated to his ESOP Account and Qualified
Account for that Plan Year,
(ii) Company contributions and forfeitures allocated to his PTS Account for that Plan
Year (excluding any excess amounts determined under Code Section 402(g) which are
distributed to him pursuant to Section 18.4(b) not later than the April 15 following the
calendar year in which such excess amounts were deferred),
(iii) Company contributions and forfeitures allocated to his accounts under all other
qualified defined contribution plans, if any, of the Company and any Company Affiliate for
that Plan Year,
(iv) His contributions to his ATS Account under the Plan (excluding any excess amounts
distributed to him pursuant to Section 18.4(b)) and his personal contribution under all
other qualified defined contribution plans, if any, of the Company and any Company Affiliate
for that Plan Year,
(v) Except for purposes of Section 18.4(a)(ii), the sum of
3
(A) Company contributions allocated after March 31, 1984 to an
individual medical account as defined in Code Section 415(l)(1), if any,
which is maintained under a qualified pension or annuity plan, and
(B) Company contributions paid or accrued for Plan Years ending after
December 31, 1985, if any, and allocated to the separate account of a Key
Employee (as defined in Section 14.1(b)(iv)) for the purpose of providing
post-retirement medical benefits; and
(vi) Any other amounts described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(c)-1(b),
whether or not the allocations or contributions have been recharacterized or distributed
pursuant to Sections 3.5, 6.11, 9.2, 9.3, 9.5 or otherwise.
(b) Provided however, that for any Plan Year for which no more than one third of the Company
contributions which are deductible under Code Section 404(a)(9) are allocated to Highly Compensated
Employees, the Annual Addition of a Participant shall not include
(i) his share of Company contributions for such Plan Year which are deductible under
Code Section 404(a)(9)(B), or
(ii) his share of forfeitures of Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of a loan or
installment obligation described in Code Section 404(a)(9)(A).
(c) If, in a particular Plan Year, the Company contributes an amount to a Participants
Accounts because of an erroneous forfeiture in a prior Plan Year, or because of an erroneous
failure to allocate amounts in a prior Plan Year, the contribution shall not be considered an
Annual Addition with respect to the Participant for that particular Plan Year, but shall be
considered an Annual Addition for the Plan Year to which it relates. If the amount so contributed
in the particular Plan Year takes into account actual investment gains attributable to the period
subsequent to the Plan year to which the contribution relates, the portion of the total
contribution which consists of such gains shall not be considered as an Annual Addition for any
Plan Year.
Section 1.7. - Bargaining Unit
(a) Bargaining Unit shall mean a bargaining unit covered by a collective bargaining
agreement with the Company
(a) if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining with respect to
such agreement, and
(b) if such agreement does not provide for the coverage under the Plan of Employees in
such unit, or
(c) (i) where such collective bargaining agreement has expired but the terms of
the agreement continue to apply to the bargaining unit by agreement or by operation
of law, or
4
(ii) when a party to the agreement has unilaterally implemented terms and
conditions for the bargaining unit after a good faith impasse in negotiations, and
in either paragraph (i) or (ii), the terms do not provide for coverage under the Plan of
Employees in such unit.
Section 1.8. - Basic ATS Account
Basic ATS Account of a Participant shall mean the portion of his ATS Account so designated,
as described in Section 4.4.
Section 1.9. - Basic PTS Account
Basic PTS Account of a Participant shall mean his individual Account established in
connection with Section 6.1.
Section 1.10. - Beneficiary
Beneficiary shall mean a person or trust properly designated by a Participant, former
Participant or Merged Participant to receive benefits, or such Participants Spouse or heirs at
law, as provided in Article XII or any Supplement.
Section 1.11. - Board
Board shall mean the board of directors of Avery Dennison Corporation.
Section 1.12. - Break in Service Year
Break in Service Year of an Employee or former Employee shall mean the three hundred and
sixty-five day period
(a) which begins on the later of
(i) the date of his last Separation from the Service, or
(ii) if the Employee furnishes to the Administrator such timely information as the
Administrator may reasonably require to establish that the Employees absence from work is
for any of the following reasons or purposes, the second anniversary of the first day of his
absence from work
a by reason of pregnancy of the Employee,
b by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee,
c by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection
with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or
d for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement, and
5
(b) during no part of which he was an Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
Section 1.13. - Cash Account
Cash Account of a Participant shall mean that portion of his Stock Accounts which has not
yet been used to purchase Company Stock.
Section 1.14. - Catch-Up Eligible Participant
Catch-Up Eligible Participant for a Plan Year shall mean an Eligible Employee who
(a) is eligible to make contributions to his PTS Account during such Plan Year
(without regard to Code Section 414(v)); and
(b) will be age 50 or older before the end of such Plan Year.
Section 1.15. - Code
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Section 1.16. - Company; Company Affiliate
(a) Company shall mean Avery Dennison Corporation, Dennison Manufacturing Company,
Avery Dennison Office Products Company, any other Company Affiliate which subsequently
adopts the Plan as a whole or as to any one or more divisions, in accordance with Section
16.4(c), and any successor company which continues the Plan under Section 16.4(a).
(b) Company Affiliate shall mean any employer which, at the time of reference, was
with Avery Dennison Corporation, a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades
or businesses under common control, or a member of an affiliated service group, as
determined under regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate under
Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and 415(h) and any other entity required to be aggregated
with Avery Dennison Corporation pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 414(o).
Section 1.17. - Company Stock
Company Stock shall mean common stock of Avery Dennison Corporation that, at the time of
reference is either:
(a) publicly traded as that term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iv) or any successor regulation thereto, and not subject to a trading
limitation as that term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(10) or
any successor regulation thereto or
(b) not publicly traded (as defined above) but having a combination of voting power and
dividend rights equal to or in excess of
6
(i) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such
corporation) having the greatest voting power and
(ii) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such
corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
Section 1.18. - Company Stock Fund
Company Stock shall mean common stock of Avery Dennison Corporation that, at the time of
reference is either:
(a) publicly traded as that term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iv) or any successor regulation thereto, and not subject to a trading
limitation as that term is defined under Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(10) or
any successor regulation thereto or
(b) not publicly traded (as defined above) but having a combination of voting power and
dividend rights equal to or in excess of
(i) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such
corporation) having the greatest voting power and
(ii) that class of common stock of the Company (or of any other such
corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
Section 1.19. - Compensation
(a) Compensation of a Participant for any Plan Year shall mean his Statutory
Compensation (including differential wage payments described in Code Sections 414(u)(12)(A)
and (D)) from a Company for such Plan Year and excluding all reimbursements or other
expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred
compensation, any awards pursuant to the Key Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan, short term
disability payments, salary continuation under workers compensation and welfare benefits,
severance benefits and other payments described in Section 1.64(e), payments described in
Sections 1.64(b) and (c) which are paid to the Participant more than thirty days after the
date of his severance from employment and amounts described in Section 1.64(d) (except to
the extent they are differential wage payments described above) (even if includable in
gross income), but in no event greater than the limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) (which,
effective as of December 1, 2009, is $245,000) (adjusted for increases in the cost of
living as described in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B)) and, if the Plan Year is less than
twelve months, such limit shall be reduced to an amount equal to such limit multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator representing the number of months in the Plan Year and the
denominator of which is twelve).
(b) The Administrator may elect for any Plan Year and solely for the purposes of
Sections 1.20 and 1.22 to amend the Plan to
(i) apply an alternate definition of Compensation; provided, however, that such
definition shall satisfy the requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Regulations
thereunder; and/or
7
(ii) exclude from Compensation of Participants that part thereof deferred under Article
III and under cafeteria plans.
Section 1.20. - Contribution Percentage
(a) Contribution Percentage for a Plan Year shall mean, with respect to eligible
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees as a group and to eligible Participants
who are not Highly Compensated Employees as a group, the average of the decimal numbers
obtained, as to each such Participant, by dividing
(i) his allocations described in subsection (b), by
(ii) his Compensation for that portion of the Plan Year during which he was eligible to
contribute to his ATS Account or to receive allocations to his ESOP Account.
(b) The allocations described in this subsection are
(i) allocations to his ATS Account, excluding any excess amounts distributed to him
pursuant to Section 18.4(b),
(ii) allocations to his ESOP Account under Section 6.3(b),
(iii) allocations to his PTS Account, to the extent that the Administrator elects to
take such allocations into account under Section 6.11(b)(ii),
(iv) allocations to his Qualified Matching Account and Qualified Non-Matching Account
to the extent the Administrator elects to take such allocations into account under Section
6.11(b), and
(v) allocations deemed to be personal contributions under Section 3.5(b)(v).
(c) (i) For purposes of this Section, all plans required to be taken into account
under Code Section 401(m)(2)(B) shall be treated as a single plan.
(ii) This Section shall be applied separately with respect to each plan, within the
meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4).
(d) The Administrator may elect to expand the Compensation of a Participant taken into
account for purposes of subsection (a)(ii) to such amounts received by him for that entire
Plan Year; provided, however, that such determination shall be applied uniformly to all
Participants for the year in question.
Section 1.21. - Current Obligations
Current Obligations shall mean obligations of the Trust arising from extensions of credit to
the Trust, in connection with the purchase by the Trust of Leveraged Company Stock, and either
8
(a) payable in cash within one year from the date of reference pursuant to the terms of
the applicable credit agreement, or
(b) specified by the Administrator as subject to current payment with Trust assets
available therefor pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
Section 1.21A DB Eligible Participant
A DB Eligible Participant shall mean a Participant who is eligible to accrue benefits under
the Associate Retirement Plan for Employees of Avery Dennison Corporation, a component plan under
the Dennison Retirement Plan (or any successor thereto).
Section 1.22. - Deferral Percentage
(a) Deferral Percentage for a Plan Year shall mean, with respect to eligible
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees as a group and to eligible Participants
who are not Highly Compensated Employees as a group, the average of the decimal numbers
obtained, as to each such Participant, by dividing
(i) the amount, if any, credited to his PTS Account for that Plan Year in question
under this Plan and any other plans which are aggregated with this Plan under Code Section
401(k)(3)(A) (including any excess amounts described in Code Section 402(g) if he is a
Highly Compensated Employee but excluding any excess amounts distributed to him pursuant to
Section 18.4(b)) (and, to the extent elected by the Administrator under Section 3.5(b)
amounts credited to his Qualified Account for that Plan Year), by
(ii) his Compensation for that portion of the Plan Year during which he was eligible to
defer Compensation to his PTS Account.
(b) The Administrator may elect to expand the Compensation of a Participant taken into
account for purposes of subsection (a)(ii) to such amounts received by him for that entire
Plan Year; provided, however, that such determination shall be applied uniformly to all
Participants for the year in question.
(c) This Section shall be applied separately with respect to each plan, within the
meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4).
Section 1.23. - Deferred Compensation
Deferred Compensation of a Participant shall mean an amount contributed by the Company to
the Plan for him under Section 5.1(a).
Section 1.24. - Direct Rollover
Direct Rollover shall mean a payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan designated
by a Distributee.
Section 1.25. - Distributee
Distributee shall mean
9
(a) a Participant, former Participant, Merged Participant,
(b) the Surviving Spouse or other designated Beneficiary of such a Participant, or
(c) a Spouse or former Spouse of such a Participant who is an alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
Section 1.26. - Disability Retirement
Disability Retirement of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his Separation from
the Service as a result of mental or physical disease or condition which entitles the Participant
(or would entitle the Participant, after expiration of applicable waiting periods,) to long term
disability benefits under the long term disability plan offered to its Employees by the Company or,
if such Participant does not participate in such plan, would entitle the Participant to such
benefits if he did participate.
Section 1.27. - Disability Retirement Date
Disability Retirement Date of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean the date (prior
to his Normal Retirement Date) fixed by the Administrator for his Disability Retirement.
Section 1.28. - Eligible Retirement Plan
(a) Eligible Retirement Plan shall mean
(i) an individual retirement account (described in Code Section 408(a)),
(ii) an individual retirement annuity (described in Code Section 408(b) other than an
endowment contract),
(iii) an annuity plan (described in Code Section 403(a)),
(iv) a qualified trust (described in Code Section 401(a)),
(v) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or
(vi) an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b) which is
maintained by an eligible employer described in Code Section 457(e)(1)(A) (a state,
political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
subdivision of a state) and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into
such plan from the Plan,
that will accept a Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution. This definition shall apply to a
Distributee who is a Participant, a Surviving Spouse of a Participant or to a spouse or former
spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code
Section 414(p).
10
(b) In addition, effective January 1, 2008, a Roth IRA (described in Code Section 408A) is an
Eligible Retirement Plan that may accept a Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution subject to
the applicable rules for such rollovers.
(c) This definition of an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a
distribution to a Surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse of former Spouse who is an alternate payee under
a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). However, in the case of
an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a non-Spouse Beneficiary, Eligible Retirement Retirement shall
mean only an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual
retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). A Direct Rollover to a non-Spouse Beneficiary
must be accomplished through a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer to an Eligible Retirement Plan
described in the preceding sentence.
Section 1.29. - Eligible Rollover Distribution
(a) Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c), Eligible Rollover Distribution shall mean
any distribution of all or any portion of a Participants, former Participants or Merged
Participant s Accounts to a Distributee.
(b) Eligible Rollover Distribution shall not mean any distribution
(i) that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the
joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee s
Beneficiary,
(ii) that is paid for a specified period of ten years or more,
(iii) that is part of a series of distributions during a calendar year to the extent
that such distributions are expected to total less than $200 or a total lump sum
distribution which is equal to less than $200, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
1.401(a)(31) 1 A-11,
(iv) that is a Hardship withdrawal pursuant to Section 9.2 and Section 9.3,
(v) to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9) except as
provided in subsection (d) and Section 11.4(c),
(vi) that is paid to a Beneficiary under Article XII other than the Surviving Spouse or
the spouse or former spouse of the Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified
domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p),
(vii) to the extent such distribution is not includable in gross income (determined
without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
securities), except as described in subsection (c).
(c) An Eligible Rollover Distribution shall include after-tax contributions only to the extent
such distribution is transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan described in Section 1.28(a)(i),
(ii), (iv) or (v). Any such transfers of after-tax contributions to an Eligible Retirement Plan
described in Section 1.28(a)(iv) or (v) must be accomplished through a direct trustee-to-trustee
transfer which provides for separate accounting for amounts so transferred (including separately
11
accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includable in gross income and the
portion of such distribution which is not so includable).
(d) A Distributee who receives an amount that would have been a 2009 RMD (as defined in
Section 11.4(c)) may direct the Administrator or its delegate to transfer such amount to an
Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover.
Section 1.30. - Employee; Leased Employee
(a) Employee shall mean any person who renders services to the Company in the status of an
employee as the term is defined in Code Section 3121(d), including any United States citizen
employed by a foreign subsidiary of the Company to which there applies an agreement under Code
Section 3121(1) and if no contributions to a funded plan of deferred compensation (whether or not a
plan described in Code Sections 401(a), 403(a), or 405(a)) are provided by any other person with
respect to the compensation paid to such citizen by the foreign subsidiary. Employee shall also
include any Included Affiliate Employee and any citizen of a foreign country who is employed by the
Company or a Company Affiliate in the United States and is thereby prevented from participating in
a thrift or savings plan maintained by the Company or a Company Affiliate for citizens of a foreign
country. Except as provided in subsection 1.35(b) and Section 1.36, Employee shall not include
(i) Leased Employees treated as Employees of the Company pursuant to Code Sections
414(n) and 414(o),
(ii) employees of a Company Affiliate that is not a Company,
(iii) any person who participates in The Avery Dennison Pension Plan for Key
International Expatriate Staff (TCN),
(iv) any person whose services with the Company are performed pursuant to a contract or
an arrangement that purports to treat the individual as an independent contractor even if
such individual is later determined (by judicial action or otherwise) to have been a common
law employee of the Company rather than an independent contractor, or
(v) any employee who is listed on Exhibit 4 of the Plan which is attached hereto and
incorporated in the Plan by this reference. The Vice President, Compensation and Benefits
of Avery Dennison Corporation is authorized to amend Exhibit 4 as described in this
paragraph and Section 1.37.
(b) For purposes of subsection (a), a Leased Employee means any individual who is not an
Employee of the Company who provides services to the Company if
(i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Company and any
other person,
(ii) such individual has performed such services for the Company or a Company Affiliate
on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year, and
(iii) such services are performed under primary direction of control by the Company.
12
Section 1.31. - ERISA
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Section 1.32. - ESOP Account
ESOP Account of a Participant shall mean his individual account established in accordance
with Section 6.2(a), together with such other accounts received by this Plan in a trust-to-trust
transfer, as the Administrator shall designate.
Section 1.33. - [Reserved.]
Section 1.34. - Hardship
(a) Hardship of a Participant as determined by the Administrator in its discretion
on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances and in accordance with the following
nondiscriminatory and objective standards, uniformly interpreted and consistently applied,
and without regard to the existence of other resources which are reasonably available to
the Participant in question, shall mean any one or more of the following:
(i) Unreimbursed expenses for medical care described in Code Section 213(d) previously
incurred by him, his spouse, or his dependent (as described in Code Section 152 and, for
Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1),
(b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)) or necessary for him, his spouse or his dependent to obtain medical
care.
(ii) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
principal residence for him.
(iii) Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next twelve months of
post-secondary education for him, his spouse, children, or his dependents (as so described).
(iv) Payments necessary to prevent his eviction from his principal residence, or
foreclosure on the mortgage of his principal residence.
(v) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for his parent, spouse, children or
dependents (as so described).
(vi) Expenses for the repair of damage to his principal residence that would qualify
for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the
loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).
(vii) Any other event identified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue in revenue
rulings, notices and/or other documents of general applicability for inclusion in the
foregoing list.
13
(viii) Costs and expenses for any of the following which constitute an immediate and
heavy financial need of the Participant, if as to him, it is a rare and unusual event.
a Withholding and/or payment of taxes attributable to a Hardship
withdrawal.
b Any of the following events if the event described in the last
sentence of Section 15.14(b)(viii) has occurred:
1 The purchase or repair of a vehicle for his transportation to
and from work at the Company when no other method of such transportation
(including rental or lease of a vehicle) is reasonably available.
2 The payment of his taxes when necessary to avoid penalties or
seizure of his property.
3 The satisfaction of a substantial judgment, award, fine,
levy, garnishment or other liability of his.
4 An increase in the size of, or of living space in, his
principal residence, when reasonably necessary for the housing of his
immediate family and/or dependents (as so described).
5 Repair or reconstruction of his principal residence due to
fire, flood, wind, earthquake, vandalism or other casualty.
6 Any other event of equal seriousness and financial impact.
(b) A financial need shall not constitute a Hardship unless satisfaction thereof
requires at least $1,000.00 (or the entire principal amount of the Participants PTS
Account, if less).
(c) A financial need shall not fail to qualify as immediate and heavy merely because
such need was reasonably foreseeable by the Participant or voluntarily incurred by him.
Section 1.35. - Highly Compensated Employee
(a) For any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employee shall mean any Employee who
(i) in the previous Plan Year had Statutory Compensation in excess of $80,000 (adjusted
as described in Code Section 414(q)(1)), and was in the group consisting of the top twenty
percent of Employees when ranked by Statutory Compensation for such previous Plan Year
(determined after excluding the Employees described in Code Sections 414(q)(5) and
414(q)(8)), or
14
(ii) in the previous Plan Year or the current Plan Year was a five percent owner of the
Company or a Company Affiliate (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)(2)),
and any former Employee, who during the Plan Year in which he separated from the Service or
during any Plan Year ending on or after his fifty-fifth birthday, was a highly compensated
employee, as defined in Code Section 414(q).
(b) For purposes of this Section, Employee shall include leased Employees treated as
Employees of the Company or a Company Affiliate pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or 414(o)
and shall include Employees of a Company Affiliate, but shall not include an Employee who
is on a leave of absence throughout the Plan Year, or an Employee who will not attain age
55 before the last day of such Plan Year and who receives Statutory Compensation for the
Plan Year in an amount less than 50% of such Employees average annual Statutory
Compensation for the three consecutive calendar years preceding the Plan Year during which
such Employee received the greatest amount of Statutory Compensation (or the total period
of the Employees employment by the Company or any Company Affiliate, if less).
Section 1.36. - Hour of Service
(a) Hour of Service of an Employee (including a leased Employee pursuant to Code
Sections 414(n) and (o)) shall mean the following:
(i) Each hour for which he is paid or entitled to payment by the Company or a Company
Affiliate for the performance of services.
(ii) Each hour in or attributable to a period of time during which he performs no
duties (irrespective of whether he has had a Separation from the Service) due to a vacation,
holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or a
leave of absence for which he is so paid or so entitled to payment by the Company or a
Company Affiliate, whether direct or indirect; provided, however, that no such hours shall
be credited to an Employee if attributable to payments made or due under a plan maintained
solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers compensation, unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws or to a payment which solely reimburses the
Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by him.
(iii) Each hour for which he is entitled to back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
damages, whether awarded or agreed to by the Company or a Company Affiliate.
(iv) Each hour while on an unpaid leave pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act of
1993 for which he would have been paid or entitled to payment by the Company or a Company
Affiliate had he been performing services.
(b) Hours of Service under subsections (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) shall be calculated in
accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 2530.200b-2(b). Each Hour of Service shall be attributed to
the Plan Year in which it occurs except to the extent that the Company, in
15
accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 2530.200b-2(c), credits such Hour to another computation
period under a reasonable method consistently applied.
(c) The Hours of Service of an Employee occurring prior to December 1, 1976 shall be
determined by the Administrator from reasonably accessible records by means of appropriate
calculations and approximations or, if such records are insufficient to make an appropriate
determination, by reasonable estimation.
(d) Any reference to Company with respect to periods before June 15, 2007 shall
include Paxar Corporation and with respect to periods before April 1, 2008 shall include DM
Label, Inc. for purposes of Section 1.77.
(e) For each employee of Aramark Facility Services on December 31, 2008 who becomes an
Employee on January 1, 2009, any reference to Company for periods before January 1, 2009
shall include Aramark Facility Services for purposes of Section 1.77.
Section 1.37. - Included Affiliate Employee
Included Affiliate Employee shall mean any person who is employed by a Company Affiliate and
would not be an Employee but for the fact that such person or group is listed on Exhibit 4 of the
Plan.
Section 1.38. - Leveling Method
The Leveling Method refers to the following two step method of determining the total dollar
amount of excess contributions (within the meaning of Reg. Sections 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iii)) or
excess aggregate contributions (within the meaning of Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iii)) and
apportioning such excess contributions (or excess aggregate contributions) among the Highly
Compensated Employees in question so that the appropriate action may be taken by the Administrator
as set forth in Section 3.5(b) or Section 6.11(b):
(a) The actual deferral ratio (or actual contribution ratio) of the Highly Compensated
Employee with the highest actual deferral ratio (or actual contribution ratio) shall be
reduced to equal that of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest actual
deferral ratio (or actual contribution ratio) and this process shall be repeated until
Section 3.5(a) (or Section 6.11(a)) is satisfied.
(b) The amount determined under subsection (a) shall be apportioned among the Highly
Compensated Employees such that the allocations of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest dollar amount of allocations described in Section 1.22(a)(i) (or Section 1.20(b) as
applicable) for the Plan Year in question shall be reduced by the amount required to cause
the Highly Compensated Employees allocations to equal the dollar amount of the Highly
Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of such allocations and this
process shall be repeated to the extent required so that the total reductions equal the
amount determined under subsection (a). If a lesser reduction, when added to the dollar
amount already reduced, would equal the total dollar amount determined under subsection
(a), the lesser reduction shall apply. The Administrator shall then take the appropriate
action (i.e., recharacterization, distribution or forfeiture) with respect to such
16
reductions (together with the required amount of income thereon) as described in
Section 3.5(b) (or Section 6.11(b) as applicable).
Section 1.39. - Leveraged Company Stock
Leveraged Company Stock shall mean any Company Stock that is acquired by the Trustee with
the proceeds of a loan made or guaranteed by the Company or any other party constituting a
disqualified person within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(2), or any successor statute, as
amended from time to time.
Section 1.40. - Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant but was a participant in
(a) a plan which merged with, or transferred accounts to the Savings Plan or the Plan
as described in the applicable Supplement and/or
(b) the Savings Plan as described in Supplement H,
for whom the Company maintains one or more Accounts as described in the applicable Supplements.
Section 1.41. - Merger
Merger shall mean the merger of the Savings Plan into the Plan as described in the preamble
of this Amendment to the Plan.
Section 1.42. - Military Leave
Any Employee who leaves the Company or a Company Affiliate directly to perform service in the
Armed Forces of the United States or in the United States Public Health Service under conditions
entitling him to reemployment rights, as provided in the laws of the United States, shall, solely
for purposes of the Plan and irrespective of whether he is compensated by the Company or a Company
Affiliate during such period of service, be on Military Leave. An Employees Military Leave shall
expire if such Employee voluntarily resigns from the Company or such Company Affiliate during such
period of service or if he fails to make application for reemployment within the period specified
by such laws for the preservation of his reemployment rights. For purposes of computing an
Employees Service, no more than 365 days of Service shall be credited for any Military Leave
except as required by Treas. Reg. § 1.410(a)-7(b)(6)(iii).
Section 1.43. - Normal Retirement
Normal Retirement of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his Separation from the
Service upon his Normal Retirement Date, or after such date (except by death) as permitted under
Article XI.
Section 1.44. - Normal Retirement Date
Normal Retirement Date of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean the first day of
the month coinciding with or next following his sixty-fifth birthday.
17
Section 1.45. - Option Stock
Option Stock shall mean Company Stock that is distributed to a Qualified Holder if, at the
time of distribution, such Company Stock is not publicly traded.
Section 1.46. - Participant
Participant shall mean any person included in the Plan as provided in Article II.
Section 1.47. - Pay
Pay of a Participant for a Plan Year shall mean his Compensation for a Payday but without
regard to any limitation imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17).
Section 1.48. - Payday
Payday of a Participant shall mean the regular and recurring established day for payment of
Compensation to Employees in his classification or position.
Section 1.49. - Plan
Plan shall mean the Avery Dennison Corporation Employee Savings Plan, previously known as
The Stock Holding and Retirement Enhancement Plan of Avery Dennison Corporation including, as
context requires, the Savings Plan which merged into the Plan, effective following the close of
business on November 30, 1997 as described in Supplement H as well as the plans which merged with
or transferred assets into the Savings Plan prior to the Merger as described in Supplements A-G and
those plans which merged with and into the Plan after the Merger as described in Supplements J-O.
Section 1.50. - Plan Representative
Plan Representative shall mean any person or persons designated by the Administrator to
function in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 1.51. - Plan Year
Plan Year shall mean the calendar year, resulting in a short Plan Year from December 1
through December 31, 2008.
Section 1.52. - Pretax Savings (PTS) Account
Pretax Savings Account (PTS Account) of a Participant, consisting of his Basic PTS Account
and his Unmatched PTS Account together with such other accounts received by this Plan in a
trust-to-trust transfer, as the Administrator shall designate, shall mean his individual Account
established in accordance with Section 6.1.
Section 1.53. - Qualified Account
Qualified Account of a Participant shall mean his individual account in the Trust Fund, if
any, established in accordance with Section 6.2(b), pursuant to Sections 3.5 and 6.11,
18
together with such other accounts received by this Plan in a trust-to-trust transfer, as the
Administrator shall designate.
Section 1.54. - Qualified Holder
Qualified Holder shall mean the Participant or Beneficiary receiving a distribution of
Company Stock from Stock Accounts, any other party to whom such stock is transferred by gift or by
reason of death and any trustee of an individual retirement account (as defined under Code Section
408) to which all or any portion of such distributed Company Stock is transferred pursuant to a
tax-free rollover transaction satisfying the requirements of Code Section 402.
Section 1.55. - Qualified Matching Account
Qualified Matching Account of a Participant shall mean the portion of his Qualified Account
established in accordance with Section 6.2(b).
Section 1.56. - Qualified Non-Matching Account
Qualified Non-Matching Account of a Participant shall mean the portion of his Qualified
Account established in accordance with Section 6.2(b).
Section 1.57. - Rollover Account
Rollover Account of an Employee shall mean his individual account in the Trust Fund
established in accordance with Section 15.12, together with such other accounts received by this
Plan in a trust-to-trust transfer, as the Administrator shall designate.
Section 1.58. - Rules of the Plan
Rules of the Plan shall mean the rules adopted by the Administrator pursuant to Section
15.1(a)(iii) for the administration, interpretation or application of the Plan.
Section 1.59. - Savings Plan
Savings Plan shall mean the Avery Dennison Corporation Employee Savings Plan as it existed
prior to the Merger.
Section 1.60.- Separation from the Service
(a) Separation from the Service of an Employee shall mean his resignation from or
discharge by the Company or a Company Affiliate, or his death, Normal or Disability
Retirement but not his transfer among the Company and Company Affiliates.
(b) A leave of absence or sick leave authorized by the Company or a Company Affiliate
in accordance with established policies, a vacation period, a temporary layoff for lack of
work or a Military Leave shall not constitute a Separation from the Service; provided,
however, that
19
(i) continuation upon a temporary layoff for lack of work, sick leave, vacation or
leave of absence for a period in excess of twelve months shall be considered a discharge
effective as of the expiration of the twelfth month of such period, and
(ii) failure to return to work upon expiration of any leave of absence, sick leave, or
vacation or within three days after recall from a temporary layoff for lack of work, or upon
expiration of a Military Leave shall be considered a resignation effective as of the
commencement of any such leave of absence, sick leave, vacation, temporary layoff or
Military Leave except that if the Employee fails to return to work because he has died or
attained age sixty-five, he shall be deemed to have resigned on the date of his death or
attainment of age sixty-five, as applicable.
Section 1.61. - Service
Service of an Employee, expressed in days, shall mean the period of elapsed time which, or
the sum of such periods each of which, is measured from
(a) his first Hour of Service, or his first Hour of Service following a Break in
Service Year, as the case may be, to
(b) (i) the first day of his first subsequent Break in Service Year, or
(ii) the first day of the twelve month period immediately preceding the first
day of his first subsequent Break in Service Year if the Break in Service Year
occurs for the reasons described in Section 1.12(a)(ii).
Section 1.62. - Spousal Consent
Spousal Consent to an election, designation or other action of a Participant, former
Participant or Merged Participant, shall mean the written consent thereto of the spouse of such
Participant, witnessed by a Plan Representative or a notary public, which acknowledges the effect
of such election on the rights of the spouse, and, in the case of consent to a Beneficiary
designation, with such designation not being changeable without further Spousal Consent unless the
prior Spousal Consent expressly permits such changes without the necessity of further consent.
Spousal Consent shall be deemed to have been obtained if it is established to the satisfaction of
the Plan Representative that it cannot actually be obtained because there is no spouse, or because
the spouse could not be located, or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the
Treasury by regulation may prescribe. Any Spousal Consent shall be effective only with respect to
the spouse in question.
Section 1.63. - Spouse; Surviving Spouse
Spouse or Surviving Spouse of a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant
shall mean the spouse to whom he was married throughout the 365-day period ending on the date of
his death; provided, however, that to the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order
issued in accordance with Code Section 414(p), a former Spouse shall be treated as a Surviving
Spouse.
20
Section 1.64. - Statutory Compensation
(a) Statutory Compensation of a Participant for any Plan Year shall mean his total
taxable remuneration received from the Company and all Company Affiliates in that Plan Year
for services rendered as an Employee,
(i) and including any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) and any
amounts not includable in gross income by reason of Code Section 125 (cafeteria plan)
(whether or not such amount is deemed Section 125 compensation within the meaning of
Revenue Ruling 2002-27), Code Section 132(f)(4) (qualified transportation fringe benefit) or
Code Section 457 (deferred compensation plan of state and local governments and tax-exempt
organizations),
(ii) and excluding
a Company and Company Affiliate contributions to a deferred
compensation plan (to the extent includable in the Participants gross income solely
by reason of Code Section 415) or to a simplified employee pension plan (to the
extent deductible by the Participant) and any distribution from a deferred
compensation plan (other than an unfunded, non-qualified plan),
b amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or
taxable by reason of restricted property becoming freely tradable or free of a
substantial risk of forfeiture, as described in Code Section 83,
c amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
stock acquired under a qualified stock option and
d other amounts which receive special tax benefits such as premiums for
group-term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not
includible in the gross income of the Employee) except as otherwise provided in
subsection (a) and Company or Company Affiliate contributions toward the purchase of
an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not excludable from
the Participants gross income),
but in no event greater than the limit described in Code Section 401(a)(17) (which, effective as of
December 1, 2007, is $225,000) (adjusted for increases in the cost of living described in Code
Section 401(a)(17)(B)).
(b) Except as described in subsection (c), Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year
must be actually paid or made available to the Participant (or, if earlier, includible in
the gross income of the Participant) within the Plan Year and it must be paid or treated as
paid prior to his severance from employment within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section
1.415(a)-1(f)(5). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Statutory Compensation for a Plan Year
shall include amounts earned but not paid during the Plan Year solely because of the timing
of payroll periods and pay dates if the following requirements are satisfied:
(i) these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Plan Year;
21
(ii) the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all
similarly situated Participants, and
(iii) no such Statutory Compensation is included in more than one Plan Year.
(c) (i) Notwithstanding subsection (b), any amount described in paragraphs (ii) or
(iii) does not fail to be Statutory Compensation for a Participant merely because it is
paid after his severance from employment provided that it is paid by the later of 2 1/2
months after his severance from employment or the end of the Plan Year that includes the
date of his severance from employment.
(ii) An amount is described in this paragraph if it is
a regular compensation for services during the Participants regular
working hours or compensation for services outside the Participants regular working
hours (such as overtime or shift differential, commissions, bonuses or other similar
payments), and
b the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to his
severance from employment if he had continued employment with the Company or Company
Affiliate.
(iii) An amount is described in this paragraph if it is
a payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave,
but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment
had continued, or
b received by the Participant pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded
deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the
Participant at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the
Company or Company Affiliate and only to the extent it is includible in the
Participants gross income;
provided, however, that such amounts would have been included in the definition of Statutory
Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participants severance from employment with the
Company or Company Affiliate.
(d) Statutory Compensation shall include payments to:
(i) an individual who does not currently perform services for the Company or a Company
Affiliate by reason of qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) to
the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if he
had continued to perform services for the Company or Company Affiliate rather than entering
into qualified military service; or
(ii) a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled within the meaning of Code
Section 22(e)(3) if the conditions described in Treas. Reg. Section 415(c)-2(g)(4)(ii) are
satisfied.
22
(e) Statutory Compensation shall not include the following post-severance payments:
(i) severance payments or parachute payments within the meaning of Code Section
280G(b)(2) if they are paid after severance from employment; and
(ii) post-severance payments from a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan
unless the payments would have been paid at that time without regard to the Participants
severance from employment.
Section 1.65. - Stock Account
A Stock Account of a Participant shall mean his ESOP Account and, as required by context,
the portion of his Accounts which is invested in the Company Stock Fund, together with such other
accounts received by this Plan in a trust-to-trust transfer, as the Administrator shall designate.
For purposes of Section 6.10 (including Sections A6.10, E6.10, F6.10 and H6.10), Stock Account
shall mean only that portion of a Participants Stock Account held in Company Stock.
Section 1.66. - Subfund
Subfund shall mean one of the investment funds of the Trust Fund which is authorized by the
Administrator at the time of reference.
Section 1.67. - Supplement
Supplement or Supplements shall mean, as the context indicates, any one or more of the
Supplements to the Plan which are attached hereto and are incorporated in the Plan by this
reference which modify and supplement the Plan in order to document a merger with or transfer of
accounts to the Savings Plan or the Plan and the treatment thereof.
Section 1.68. - Suspense Account
Suspense Account shall mean the special Trust Fund Account established and maintained
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 6.7 and 6.8 for the purpose of holding Leveraged Company
Stock (until such Company Stock is released and allocated in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Plan) and cash, and shall include the Suspense Account that existed under the
Savings Plan.
Section 1.69. - Trust
Trust shall mean the trust established pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
Section 1.70. - Trust Agreement
Trust Agreement shall mean that certain Avery Dennison Master Defined Contribution Plan
Trust Agreement providing for the investment and administration of the Trust Fund. By this
reference, the Trust Agreement is incorporated herein.
23
Section 1.71. - Trust Fund
Trust Fund shall mean the fund established under the Trust Agreement by contributions made
by the Company, Participants and Merged Participants pursuant to the Plan, and from which any
distributions under the Plan are to be made. It shall be composed of separate Subfunds as
described in Section 1.66.
Section 1.72. - Trustee
Trustee shall mean the Trustee under the Trust Agreement.
Section 1.73. - Unmatched ATS Account
Unmatched ATS Account of a Participant shall mean the portion of his ATS Account so
designated, as described in Section 4.4.
Section 1.74. - Unmatched PTS Account
Unmatched PTS Account of a Participant shall mean his individual Account established in
accordance with Section 6.1.
Section 1.75. - Valuation Date
Valuation Date shall mean the close of every business day.
Section 1.76. - Vested
Vested, when used with reference to a Participants or Merged Participants Accounts, shall
mean non-forfeitable.
Section 1.77. - Years of Vesting Service
(a) Subject to subsection (b), Years of Vesting Service of an Employee, measured in
years and determined as of the point in time in question, shall mean 1/365th of his days of
Service (ignoring any fraction in the result).
(b) Years of Vesting Service shall also include all service treated as Vesting
Service under the provisions of
(i) the Paxar Corporation Employee Savings and Protection Plan as in effect before
employer contributions accounts were fully vested thereunder on January 1, 2002, and
(ii) the DM Label, Inc. Salary Savings Plan.
24
ARTICLE II.
ELIGIBILITY
Section 2.1. - Requirements for Participation
(a) Present Participants in the Plan shall continue to participate in the Plan.
(b) Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d), any other person who on the first day of
any calendar month
(i) is an Employee; and
(ii) is not employed in a Bargaining Unit
shall become a Participant on such day.
(c) Any Participant whose participation terminates shall again become a Participant effective
as of his first subsequent Hour of Service as an Employee provided that he satisfies subsection
(b).
(d) A former Employee who was not an Employee on the first day of the calendar month on which
he first met all other eligibility requirements shall become a Participant effective as of his
first subsequent Hour of Service as an Employee provided that he satisfies subsection (b).
Section 2.2. - Automatic Enrollment
(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), each eligible Employee shall automatically
contribute that whole number percentage of his Compensation to his PTS Account which is set
forth in Exhibit 5 of the Plan, effective as of the first Payday following his first Hour
of Service unless the Employee affirmatively elects to receive cash or make a contribution
to his PTS Account in a different specified amount within the limits of Section 3.1(a) in
accordance with Section 2.3. This contribution or election shall be effective for all
subsequent Paydays unless the automatic contribution or election to receive cash is
superseded by a subsequent election by the Participant, as described in Section 3.2 or 3.3.
The Vice President, Compensation and Benefits of Avery Dennison Corporation is authorized
to amend Exhibit 5 to reflect new automatic contribution percentages as described in this
paragraph.
(b) Solely with respect to each eligible Employee who was an active participant in the
Paxar Corporation Employee Savings and Protection Plan or the DM Label, Inc. Salary Savings
Plan on December 31, 2008 and becomes a Participant in this Plan as of January 1, 2009, the
automatic enrollment provisions of Section 2.2(a) do not apply. Instead, each such
Participant shall automatically contribute to his PTS Account that percentage of his
Compensation (if any) which he elected to contribute under the Paxar Corporation Employee
Savings Plan or the DM Label, Inc. Salary Savings Plan, as applicable, as of December 31,
2008, effective as of his first Payday as a Participant under the Plan unless such
Participant affirmatively elects to receive cash or make a contribution in a different
specified amount in accordance with Article III of the Plan after January 1,
25
2009. This contribution election shall be effective for all subsequent Paydays unless
it is superseded by a subsequent election of the Participant.
Section 2.3. - Notice of Right to Receive Cash and Election
(a) Initial Notice.
(i) As soon as administratively feasible after the eligible Employees first Hour of
Service, each eligible Employee shall receive written notice of his right to receive cash
instead of the automatic contribution to his PTS Account in the applicable amount described
in Exhibit 5 or to make a contribution to his PTS Account in a different specified amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such written notice shall be treated as provided timely if it
is provided as soon as practicable after the first date that the automatic contribution
becomes effective for the eligible Employee which is prior to the pay date for the payroll
period that includes the date the Employee becomes eligible.
(ii) After receiving the notice, the eligible Employee shall have an effective
opportunity to affirmatively elect to receive cash instead of the automatic contribution to
his PTS Account or to contribute another specified amount to his PTS Account within the
limits of Section 3.1(a). Any such automatic contribution or election to receive cash may
be suspended or otherwise changed in accordance with the Rules of the Plan. The opportunity
to make these elections will be available during the opt-out period established by the
Administrator and which shall be at least 30 days long. However, a Participant who makes an
affirmative election to make contributions to his PTS Account before the opt-out period
expires, may begin such contributions as soon as administratively feasible after his
election is filed with the Administrator or its delegate.
(b) Annual Notice. At least 30 days (and not more than 90 days) before the
beginning of each Plan Year, each Employee who is covered in the automatic contribution
arrangement shall receive written notice of his right to receive cash instead of the
automatic contribution or to make a contribution to his PTS Account in a different
specified amount in accordance with the requirements set forth in Code Section 414(w)(4).
Section 2.4. - Inactive Status
(a) A Participant who is transferred directly to a Company Affiliate that is not a
Company or to a position or classification which is within a Bargaining Unit, shall
thereupon cease to be an Active Participant, except where after such transfer such
Participant is an Included Affiliate Employee.
(b) All provisions of the Plan shall otherwise continue to apply to such Participant,
except that he shall not make PTS contributions under Article III or make ATS contributions
under Article IV or share in allocations under Article VI and Section 18.4 while he is not
an Active Participant.
(c) If such a Participant is retransferred to a position or classification with the
Company which is not within a Bargaining Unit, he shall thereupon again be an Active
Participant, may again make PTS contributions under Article III and make ATS
contributions under Article IV and shall share in allocations under Article VI and
Section 18.4.
26
(d) A Participant who ceases to be an employee of a Company shall cease to be an Active
Participant and shall not be eligible to make PTS contributions under Article III and ATS
contributions under Article IV and shall not share in allocations under Article VI and Section 18.4
for periods beginning thereafter. In addition, the Participant shall cease to accrue Years of
Vesting Service for any period after he ceases to be an employee of a Company or a Company
Affiliate.
ARTICLE III.
PRETAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.1. - PTS Contributions
(a) Each Participant may elect, in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, to defer to
his PTS Account for any Plan Year, the sum of
(i) the lesser of
A the sum of
1 any whole number percentage of his Compensation (which does
not exceed the limit established by the Vice President, Compensation and
Benefits of Avery Dennison Corporation as set forth in Exhibit 5) for such
Plan Year (or other applicable period); provided, however, that such
election may, solely for administrative purposes, be treated as a percentage
of the Participants Pay, and
2 any excess credits permitted to be contributed hereto under
the Avery Dennison Corporations Flex Benefits Program, and
B except as provided in subsection (c), the excess of the limit under
Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted for any income allocable to such amount through the
end of the calendar year) over any amounts described in Code Section 402(g)(3) for
such calendar year and not deferred hereunder, and
(ii) any deferrals permitted under subsection (b).
(b) Each Catch-Up Eligible Participant may make additional deferrals to his PTS
Account for a Plan Year in the maximum amount permitted under Code Section 414(v) and
Treas. Reg. Section 1.414(v)-1 (or any successor thereto). A Participants election under
paragraph 3.1(a)(ii) for any Plan Year shall not take effect until he has received his
maximum Company contribution described in Section 6.3(b) for the Plan Year. The
Administrator shall apply the rules described in subsection (e) as necessary until the
Participant has received his maximum contribution under Section 6.3(b).
(c) (i) For Participants who are DB Eligible Participants, the first six percent of
Compensation so deferred shall be held for contribution to the Participants Basic PTS
Account, and the excess, if any, for his Unmatched PTS Account.
27
(ii) For Participants who are not DB Eligible Participants, the first four percent of
Compensation so deferred shall be held for contributions to the Participants Basic PTS
Account, and the excess, if any for his Unmatched PTS Account.
(d) (i) Subject to paragraph (ii), a Participant may elect to contribute the amounts of
his Compensation to his PTS Account and ATS Account which is set forth in Exhibit 5 during
the periods described therein.
(ii) In order to satisfy nondiscrimination requirements under the Code, a Participant
who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the period in question, may elect to contribute the
amounts of his Compensation to his PTS Account which is set forth in Exhibit 5 during the
periods described therein.
(iii) The Vice President, Compensation and Benefits of Avery Dennison Corporation is
authorized to adopt any amendment to Exhibit 5 to reflect new contribution limits under the
Plan.
(e) Any election under subsection (a) for a Participant who, in the Plan Year in
question, has made his maximum contribution to his PTS Account for such Plan Year, shall
automatically convert to an election under Section 4.1(a) in accordance with the Rules of
the Plan.
(f) [Reserved.]
Section 3.2. - Suspension of Deferral
A Participant may, upon such prior notice to the Administrator or its designated agent as is
required under the Rules of the Plan, elect to suspend deferral of his Compensation.
Section 3.3. - Commencement, Resumption or Change of Deferred Compensation
As permitted under the Rules of the Plan,
(a) a Participant in the Plan who previously declined to defer a percentage of his
Compensation may, upon such prior notice to the Administrator or its designated agent as
required under the Rules of the Plan, elect to commence deferral of his Compensation under
Section 3.1 within the limits thereof;
(b) after he has suspended deferral of his Compensation under Section 3.2, a
Participant may, upon notice to the Administrator or its designated agent as required under
the Rules of the Plan, elect to resume deferral of his Compensation under Section 3.1 within
the limits thereof; and
(c) a Participant may, upon prior notice to the Administrator or its designated agent
as required under the Rules of the Plan, elect to change his rate of deferral of his
Compensation within the limits of Section 3.1.
28
Section 3.4. - Deposit in Trust
A Participants deferrals shall be transmitted to the Trustee in accordance with subsections
5.1(a) and 5.3(a) and shall be invested by the Trustee in accordance with Article VII.
Section 3.5. - Deferral Percentage Fail-Safe Provisions
(a) For each Plan Year, the Deferral Percentage with respect to Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year, shall be
(i) not more than 125 percent of, or
(ii) not more than two percentage points higher than, and not more than twice,
the Deferral Percentage for such Plan Year with respect to Participants who are not Highly
Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year (using the definition of such term that was in
effect during such preceding Plan Year) (Prior Year Testing Method), or such other amount as may
be required by Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(m)(9). The Administrator may elect to
apply the Deferral Percentage for the group of Participants who are not Highly Compensated
Employees based on the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year (Current Year Testing
Method Election) and, if such election is made, the election shall be set forth in Exhibit 2. The
Current Year Testing Method Election once made shall apply for all subsequent Plan Years unless
changed by the Company to the Prior Year Testing Method; provided, however, that a Companys
Current Year Testing Method Election may be changed to the Prior Year Testing Method only as
described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(1). To the extent necessary to achieve such result
(and notwithstanding Sections 5.1(a) and 6.3(c)) as of the end of each Plan Year, the Administrator
shall take or cause to be taken one or more of the actions listed in subsection (b).
(b) In order to achieve the result described in subsections (a), the following actions shall
be taken, as provided under Code Section 401(k), the regulations thereunder and the Rules of the
Plan, in the order selected by the Administrator and to the extent necessary:
(i) The Administrator shall make any one or both of the elections provided in Section
1.19(b).
(ii) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4) and Treas. Reg. §
1.401(k)-2(a)(6) (which are incorporated herein by this reference), the Company may make
additional contributions
A to the Qualified Non-Matching Accounts, or,
B to be applied to payment of Current Obligations
with the condition that the contributions under subparagraph A, or the shares of
Company Stock released from the Suspense Account pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.8 by reason
of the contributions under subparagraph A, shall be allocated to the Qualified
Non-Matching Accounts of certain Participants in inverse order of Compensation received in
the Plan Year in question (lowest compensated Participant receiving the first allocation)
with each Participant who receives an allocation receiving the maximum allocation permitted
by Code
29
Section 415 and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6) before any Participant with greater
Compensation receives any allocation, until such contribution is fully allocated.
(iii) Amounts otherwise to be credited under Section 6.3(b) to ESOP Accounts for such
Plan Year shall be credited instead to Qualified Matching Accounts of the Participants in
question.
(iv) Prior to the end of the following Plan Year, the amount of excess contributions
within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2) (and any income thereon earned to
the earlier of the end of the Plan Year in which such excess contributions were made and the
date of distribution computed in a consistent and reasonable manner in accordance with
Section 8.2 and Code Section 401(a)(4)) for Participants who were Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year shall be allocated according to the Leveling Method and
distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees in question in conformance with Treas. Reg.
Section 1.401(k)-2(b)(4)(ii).
(v) Within two and one-half months following the end of the Plan Year, the amount of
excess deferrals (and any income thereon earned to the earlier of the end of the Plan Year
in which such excess contributions were made and the date of recharacterization computed in
a consistent and reasonable manner in accordance with Section 8.2 and Code Section
401(a)(4)) for Highly Compensated Employees shall be allocated according to the Leveling
Method and recharacterized as personal contributions (and allocated to such Participants
ATS Account which amounts shall continue to be subject to the distribution limitations of
Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(d)) for purposes of Code Sections 72, 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3)
and 6047 only and subject to any Plan limitations on personal contributions made by Highly
Compensated Employees (in which event the treatment of such amounts, including the Account
under this Plan to which allocated, shall be otherwise unaffected) for the Highly
Compensated Employee in question.
(c) The amount of any distributions under subsection (b) with respect to a Participant
for a Plan Year shall be reduced by any distributions made pursuant to Section 9.5(a)
previously distributed to such Participant for his taxable year ending with or within such
Plan Year. The amount of any distributions under Section 9.5(a) for any taxable year of a
Participant shall be reduced by amounts distributed to such Participant pursuant to
subsection (d) for the Plan Year beginning with or within such taxable year.
ARTICLE IV.
AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 4.1. - ATS Contributions
(a) Subject to subsection 3.1(e) and subsections (c) and (d), each Participant may elect (in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan) to contribute any whole number percentage of his
Compensation to his ATS Account in accordance with the limits described in Section 3.1(d);
provided, however, that such election may, solely for administrative purposes, be treated as a
percentage of the Participants Pay. However, he shall not knowingly contribute an amount which
would make his Annual Addition for the Plan Year in question exceed the limitations of Section
18.4.
30
(b) (i) For Participants who are DB Eligible Participants, the excess, if any, of the
first six percent of Compensation so elected as ATS Contributions over the contributions to
his Basic PTS Account shall be contributed to his Basic ATS Account and the remainder, if
any, to his Unmatched ATS Account.
(ii) For Participants who are not DB Eligible Participants, the excess, if any, of the
first four percent of Compensation so elected as ATS Contributions over the contributions to
his Basic PTS Account shall be contributed to the his Basic ATS Account and the remainder,
if any, to his Unmatched ATS Account.
(c) Any contributions which are invested in the Company Stock Fund pursuant to Section 7.1(a)
shall be applied to pay Current Obligations such that pursuant to Sections 5.1(b)(ii) and 7.1(b)
shares of Company Stock equal in value to the amount of such contribution shall be allocated to his
ATS Account.
(d) If any amount is contributed hereunder inadvertently making the Participants Annual
Addition exceed the maximum permissible amount for the Plan Year in question, the provisions of
Section 18.4 shall apply.
(e) [Reserved.]
(f) [Reserved.]
(g) [Reserved.]
Section 4.2. - Change, Commencement, Discontinuance or Resumption of ATS
Contributions
A Participant may elect to change his rate of contributions within the limits of Section 4.1,
or commence, discontinue or resume contributions under Section 4.1. Such elections shall be made
in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 4.3. - Withholding of ATS Contributions
A Participants contributions to his ATS Account under Section 4.1(a) shall be withheld each
Payday from his Compensation.
Section 4.4. - ATS Account
The Administrator shall maintain an ATS Account consisting of a Basic ATS Account and an
Unmatched ATS Account, for each Participant contributing to the Plan. To this Account shall be
credited his contributions (as described in Section 4.1(b)), debited his withdrawals under Sections
9.2 and 6.11(b) and debited or credited investment gains and losses and Annual Addition
adjustments.
Section 4.5. - Deposit in Trust
A Participants ATS contributions shall be transmitted to the Trustee as of the earliest date
on which such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the Company,
but not later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which the
31
contributions are received or withheld by the Company and shall be invested by the Trustee in
accordance with Article VII.
ARTICLE V.
CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE COMPANY
Section 5.1. - Determination of Annual Contribution
(a) (i) Subject to paragraph (ii) and Section 18.4, for each Payday, the Company shall
contribute to the Plan for each Participant an amount for his PTS Account which is the
amount of Deferred Compensation elected by such Participant under Section 3.1 or 3.3.
(ii) Any contributions which are invested in the Company Stock Fund shall be applied to
pay Current Obligations such that pursuant to Sections 5.1(b)(ii) and 7.1(b) shares of
Company Stock equal in value to the amount of such contributions shall be allocated to the
PTS Account of such Participant.
(b) (i) Subject to Section 16.1(b), the Company shall be obligated to contribute such
amounts, and at such times, as shall be necessary to provide the Trust with funds sufficient
to pay any Current Obligations (including principal, interest and any acquisition charges)
incurred for the purpose of acquiring Company Stock to be held in the Trust Fund.
(ii) For each Plan Year the Company shall make contributions in an amount such that the
number of shares of Leveraged Company Stock released from the Suspense Account pursuant to
Sections 6.7 and 6.8 is sufficient to allow the allocations required by Sections 6.3(b) and
7.1(b).
Section 5.2. - Maximum Annual Contribution
The Companys contribution for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible by
the Company for such Plan Year under Code Sections 404(a)(3)(A) and 404(a)(9) and, in any event,
shall be less than that amount which would initially result in an Annual Addition of any
Participant which exceeds the maximum permissible amount under Section 18.4(a).
Section 5.3. - Contribution Date
(a) The Companys contributions
(i) under Section 5.1(a) shall be made as of the earliest date on which such
contributions can reasonably be segregated from the general assets of the Company but not
later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which the deferral is
withheld by the Company under Section 3.1 or 3.3, and
(ii) under Section 5.1(b) shall be made on or before the date upon which the Companys
federal income tax return is due (including extensions thereof) for its taxable year in
question
and shall be transmitted to the Trustee and held in the Trust Fund.
32
(b) If the Company makes a contribution after the end of the Plan Year for
which the contribution is made
(i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing that the contribution is made for
such Plan Year,
(ii) the Company shall claim such payment as a deduction on its federal income tax
return for its taxable year, and
(iii) the Administrator and the Trustee shall treat the payment as a contribution by
the Company to the Trust actually made on the last day of such taxable year.
Section 5.4. - Form of Contributions
The Companys contributions to the Trust Fund shall be paid in cash, Company Stock or such
other property as the Board may from time to time determine; provided, however, that Company
contributions shall be paid in cash to the Trust Fund to the extent necessary to discharge the
Current Obligations of the Trust.
ARTICLE VI.
PARTICIPATION IN COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES
Section 6.1. - PTS Account
The Administrator shall maintain for each Participant a PTS Account, consisting of a Basic PTS
Account and an Unmatched PTS Account, to which shall be credited the amounts determined under
Section 5.1(a), debited amounts withdrawn under Section 3.5(b), 9.3, 9.5, 9.6 and 10.3 and to which
shall be debited or credited the amounts determined under Section 8.2 and 18.4.
Section 6.2. - ESOP Account; Qualified Account
(a) The Administrator shall maintain an ESOP Account for each Participant to which
shall be credited the amounts allocated thereto under Sections 6.3(b) and 18.4 and to which
shall be credited or debited amounts determined under Section 8.2.
(b) The Administrator shall maintain a Qualified Account for each Participant
consisting of a Qualified Matching Account and a Qualified Non-Matching Account to which
shall be credited the amounts allocated thereto under Sections 6.11(b)(iii), (iv) and (vi)
and 3.5(b)(ii) and (iii) and to which shall be credited or debited amounts deferred under
Section 8.2.
Section 6.3. - Allocation of Company Contributions and ESOP Stock
(a) Except as provided in Section 18.4(a), Company contributions under Section 5.1(a)(i) shall
be allocated as provided therein.
(b) (i) For Participants who are DB Eligible Participants, except as provided in
Section 18.4(a), for each Payday, there shall be allocated to the ESOP Account of each DB
Eligible Participant the number of shares (including fractional shares) of Company Stock,
33
valued under Section 8.1(b) in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, equal to the sum
of fifty percent of the total of his contributions to the Basic ATS Account and Basic PTS
Account for such Payday; provided, however, that no such allocations shall be made with
respect to deferrals as described in Section 3.1(b).
(ii) For Participants who are not DB Eligible Participants, except as provided in
Section 18.4(a), for each Payday, there shall be allocated to the ESOP Account of each such
Participant the number of shares (including fractional shares) of Company Stock, valued
under Section 8.1(b) in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, equal to the sum of one
hundred percent of the total of his contributions to the Basic ATS Account and Basic PTS
Account for such Payday; provided, however, that no such allocations shall be made with
respect to deferrals as described in Section 3.1(b).
Section 6.4. - Allocation of Cash Dividends
Any cash dividends received by the Trustee on Company Stock shall, at the direction of the
Administrator and in its sole discretion,
(a) If received on shares of Company Stock allocated to Stock Accounts, shall be
immediately vested and
(i) be used to make payments on any installment contract or loan used to
acquire Leveraged Company Stock in accordance with Code Section 404(k)(2)(A)(iv);
provided, however, that such dividends shall not be so used unless the requirement
of Section 6.8(c) is satisfied,
(ii) be paid in cash to Participants or their Beneficiaries,
(iii) be paid to the Plan and distributed to Participants not later than ninety
days after the last day of the Plan Year in which paid in accordance with Code
Section 404(k)(2)(A)(ii),
(iv) be paid to the Plan and allocated to the applicable Cash Accounts, or
(v) at the election of such Participants or their Beneficiaries,
(A) be payable as provided in paragraphs (ii) or (iii) or
(B) be paid to the Plan, reinvested in Company Stock and allocated to
the applicable Stock Accounts, and
(b) if received on shares of Company Stock allocated to the Suspense Account,
(i) be used to make payments on any installment contract or loan used to
acquire Leveraged Company Stock in accordance with Code Section 404(k)(2)(A)(iii),
or
(ii) be allocated to the Suspense Account.
34
Section 6.5. - Allocation of Stock Dividends
Stock dividends received by the Trustee on Company Stock shall be credited to Stock Accounts
and to the Suspense Account in proportion to the shares of Company Stock therein. Any cash
received by the Trustee (in connection with such a stock dividend) in lieu of fractional shares
shall be allocated under Section 6.4.
Section 6.6. - [Reserved]
Section 6.7. - Suspense Account
At such time as any Leveraged Company Stock is acquired for the Trust Fund, the Administrator
shall open and maintain a Suspense Account for the purpose of holding unallocated Leveraged Company
Stock until such Company Stock is released and allocated in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.8.
Section 6.8. - Release and Allocation of Leveraged Company Stock
(a) All Leveraged Company Stock acquired for the Trust Fund shall be held in the Suspense
Account until released and allocated in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Leveraged
Company Stock acquired in a particular transaction shall be released from the Suspense Account as
follows:
(i) Subject to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) and
subsection (ii) below, for each Plan Year until the loan or installment obligation is fully
repaid, the number of shares of Leveraged Company Stock released from the Suspense Account
shall equal the number of unreleased shares immediately before such release for the then
current Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of
principal paid on such loan during such current Plan Year and the denominator of which is
the sum of said numerator plus the principal to be paid on such loan in all future years
during the duration of the term of such loan (determined without reference to any possible
extensions or renewals thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such loan or
obligation shall be repaid with the proceeds of a subsequent loan, such repayment shall not
operate to release all such Leveraged Company Stock but rather such release shall be
effected pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section on the basis of payments of
principal on such substitute loan.
(ii) To the extent that paragraph (i) is not applicable by its terms by reason of
Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii), or if the Administrator irrevocably so
elects at the time of the first payment on the loan, then paragraph (i) shall be applied
with respect to all payments on such loan by deeming all references to principal therein
to be references to principal and interest.
(iii) If the release is determined with reference to principal payments only, the
following three additional rules apply.
(A) The loan must provide for annual payments of principal and
interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than
level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years.
35
(B) Interest included in any payment is disregarded only to the
extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan
amortization tables.
(C) Subsection (iii)(C) above is not applicable from the time
that, by reason of a renewal, extension or refinancing, the sum of
the expired duration of the exempt loan, the renewal period, the
extension period and the duration of a new exempt loan exceeds 10
years.
(b) The Company shall specify, and advise the Trustee with respect to
(i) the amount (if any) of each Company contribution (together with the earnings
thereon) that is to be applied towards the payment of Current Obligations,
(ii) the amount (if any) of cash dividends on Company Stock held in the Stock Accounts
that is to be applied towards the payment of Current Obligations, and
(iii) the amount (if any) of cash dividends on Company Stock held in the Suspense
Account that is to be applied towards the payment of Current Obligations.
(c) Cash dividends paid on Company Stock held in Stock Accounts may be applied towards the
payment of any installment contract or loan used to acquire Leveraged Company Stock; provided,
however, that such dividends shall be so applied only if Leveraged Company Stock with an aggregate
fair market value equal to or greater than the amount of such cash dividends is allocated to
Participants Stock Accounts; provided, further, that such allocation shall be made with respect to
the Plan Year in which such cash dividends would have been allocated to Participants Cash
Accounts.
Section 6.9. - Application of Forfeitures
Amounts forfeited in any Plan Year under Sections 12.2(a)(iii), 13.2 and 15.8 shall be applied
under Section 5.1(b) to reduce the Companys contribution for such Plan Year and shall be allocated
under Section 6.3(b) as if part of such contribution for such Plan Year. Alternatively and as
determined by the Administrator, any portion of such forfeitures may be used to pay reasonable
administrative expenses of the Plan.
Section 6.10. - Diversification
(a) A Participant may elect to have up to the entire amount credited to his Stock Account
applied, pursuant to Article VII and the Rules of the Plan, to investment in such (three or more)
Subfunds as are designated for such purpose under the Rules of the Plan (and notwithstanding any
contrary, otherwise applicable, Rule of the Plan). Such elections shall be made on such forms or
such other documents or communications as are prescribed by the Administrator.
(b) (i) A Participant may elect to have up to the entire amount credited to his SHARE
Stock Account (described in Supplement I) diversified in accordance with subsection (a) if
he has attained age 50.
36
(ii) A Participant not described in paragraph (b)(i) who has completed at least three
Years of Vesting Service shall be permitted to diversify his SHARE Account according to the
following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of SHARE Account |
Plan Year |
|
invested in Company Stock |
December 1, 2007 to November 30, 2008
|
|
|
33 |
% |
December 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008
|
|
|
66 |
% |
Effective January 1, 2009 and all
subsequent Plan Years
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(c) An alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order or Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant may diversify his SHARE Account at any time.
Section 6.11. - Contribution Percentage Fail-Safe Provisions
(a) For each Plan Year, the Contribution Percentage with respect to Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year, shall be
(i) not more than 125 percent of, or
(ii) not more than two percentage points higher than, and not more than twice,
the Contribution Percentage for such Plan Year with respect to Participants who are not Highly
Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year (using the definition of such term that was in
effect during such preceding Plan Year) (Prior Year Testing Method), or such other amount as may
be required by Treasury Regulations under Code Section 401(m)(9). The Administrator may elect to
apply the Contribution Percentage for the group of Participants who are not Highly Compensated
Employees based on the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year (Current Year Testing
Method Election) and, if such election is made, the election shall be set forth in Exhibit 2. The
Current Year Testing Method Election once made shall apply for all subsequent Plan Years unless
changed by the Company to the Prior Year Testing Method; provided, however, that a Companys
Current Year Testing Method Election may be changed to the Prior Year Testing Method only as
described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(1).
(b) In order to achieve the result described in subsections (a) and (c) (and notwithstanding
Sections 5.1(a) and 6.3(b), as of the end of each Plan Year, the Administrator shall take or cause
to be taken any of the following actions, in the order selected by the Administrator, (but after
application of Section 3.5) and to the extent necessary:
(i) The Administrator shall make any one or both of the elections provided in Section
1.19(b).
(ii) Allocations to PTS Accounts shall be taken into account for purposes of
calculating the Contribution Percentage.
37
(iii) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4) and Treas. Reg. §
1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (which are incorporated herein by this reference), the Company may make an
additional contribution
A to the Qualified Non-Matching Accounts, or
B to be applied to payment of Current Obligations
with the condition that the contributions under subparagraph A, or the shares of
Company Stock released from the Suspense Account pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.8 by reason
of the contributions under subparagraph A, shall be allocated to the Qualified
Non-Matching Accounts of Participants in inverse order of Compensation received in the Plan
Year in question (lowest compensated Participant receiving the first allocation) with each
Participant who receives an allocation receiving the maximum allocation permitted by Code
Section 415 and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) before any Participant with greater
Compensation receives any allocation, until such contribution is fully allocated.
(iv) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4), amounts otherwise to be
credited under Section 6.3(b) to ESOP Accounts for such Plan Year shall be credited instead
to Qualified Matching Accounts of the Participants in question.
(v) Prior to the end of the following Plan Year, the amount of excess aggregate
contributions within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2) (and any income
thereon earned to the earlier of the end of the Plan Year in which such excess aggregate
contributions were made and the date of distribution (or forfeiture) computed in a
consistent and reasonable manner in accordance with Section 8.2 and Code Section 401(a)(4))
for Participants who were Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall be allocated
according to the Leveling Method. To the extent Vested (and, with respect to matching
contributions, in conformity with Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(3)(v)(B)), this amount
shall then be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees in question and, to the extent
not Vested, shall be forfeited and reapplied under Section 6.9.
(vi) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4) and Treas. Reg. §
1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (which are incorporated herein by this reference), amounts credited in
accordance with paragraph (iv) to Qualified Matching Accounts for such Plan Year shall
instead be allocated in disproportionately higher amounts to Participants who are not Highly
Compensated Employees and in disproportionately lower amounts to Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees using the same aggregate dollar amounts that would otherwise have been
allocated pursuant to Section 6.3(b).
Section 6.12. - Reemployment Rights after Qualified Military Service
(a) Solely for purposes of this Section 6.12, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) Qualified Military Service shall mean any service in the uniformed services (as
defined in chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code) by any individual if such individual
is entitled to reemployment rights under such chapter with respect to such service.
(ii) Compensation shall mean
38
a Compensation the Employee would have received during his period of
Qualified Military Service if the Employee were not in Qualified Military Service,
determined based on the rate of pay the Employee would have received from the
Company but for absence during his period of Qualified Military Service, or
b if the Compensation the Employee would have received during his
period of Qualified Military Service was not reasonably certain, the Employees
average Compensation from the Company during the 12-month period immediately
preceding the Qualified Military Service (or, if less, the period of employment
immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service).
(b) A Participant who leaves the Company as a result of Qualified Military Service and returns
to employment with the Company may elect during the period described in subsection (c) to make
additional deferrals to his PTS Account and contributions to his ATS Account under the Plan in the
amount determined under subsection (d) or such lesser amount, as elected by the Participant.
(c) The period determined under this subsection shall be the period which begins on the date
of the Employees reemployment with the Company after his Qualified Military Service that extends
until the lesser of
(i) the product of 3 and the period of Qualified Military Service, and
(ii) 5 years.
(d) The amount described in this subsection is the maximum amount of deferrals to the
Participants PTS Account and contributions to his ATS Account that the Participant would have been
permitted to make in accordance with the limitations described in subsection (f)(i) during the
Participants period of Qualified Military Service if the Participant had continued to be employed
by the Company during such period and received Compensation. Proper adjustment shall be made for
any contributions actually made during the Participants period of Qualified Military Service.
(e) If the Participant elects to make deferrals to his PTS Account and/or contributions to his
ATS Account under subsection (b), the Company shall make such a matching contribution to his ESOP
Account with respect to such deferrals and/or contributions as would have been required under the
Plan had such deferrals and/or contributions actually been made during the period of such Qualified
Military Service.
(f) If any deferral or contribution is made by a Participant or the Company pursuant to this
Section,
(i) such deferral or contribution shall not be subject to any otherwise applicable
limitation contained in Code Section 402(g), 404(a) or 415 and shall not be taken into
account in applying such limitations to other deferrals, contributions or benefits under the
Plan or any other plan, with respect to the Plan Year in which the deferral or contribution
is made,
39
(ii) such deferral or contribution shall be subject to the limitations described in
paragraph (i) with respect to the Plan Year to which the deferral or contribution relates in
accordance with the rules prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
(iii) the Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of Code Section
401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 401(m), 410(b) or 416 by reason of the making
of (or the right to make) such deferral or contribution.
(g) The Company shall not credit earnings on any deferral or contribution made under this
Section before such deferral or contribution is actually made.
(h) A Participant reemployed under subsection (b) shall be treated as not incurring a Break in
Service Year by reason of his period of Qualified Military Service. For purposes of calculating
the Participants Years of Vesting Service, the Participant shall be credited with an Hour of
Service for each hour which would have been credited to him but for his Qualified Military Service.
ARTICLE VII.
INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Section 7.1. - Subfunds
(a) As permitted under the Rules of the Plan, a Participants or Merged Participants
Accounts (other than the initial contribution to his ESOP Account) shall be invested in any
whole number percentage among the Subfunds as the Participant or Merged Participant shall
elect.
(b) Contributions under Sections 4.1(c) and 5.1(a)(ii) invested in the Company Stock
Fund shall be invested in that number of shares of Company Stock (valued pursuant to
Section 8.1(b)(i)), released from the Suspense Account or otherwise held by the Trust which
is equal in value to the amount to such contributions.
(c) As permitted under the Rules of the Plan, a Beneficiary may elect to have his
Accounts held and invested under any investment option or options available under
subsection (a) or to change any such prior such election as described in Section 7.3.
(d) The Plan is a plan which is described in ERISA Section 404(c) under which each
Participant or Beneficiary shall exercise control over the assets in his Accounts and shall
be provided the opportunity to choose, from a broad range of investments, the manner in
which the assets in his Accounts are invested. The Participant or Beneficiary shall not be
deemed to be a fiduciary by reason of his exercise of control and no person who is
otherwise a fiduciary shall be liable for any loss or by reason of any breach which results
from such exercise of control, whether by the Participants or Beneficiarys affirmative
direction or failure to direct an investment. In addition, no Participants or
Beneficiarys Account shall bear any loss or have any responsibility or liability for any
investment directed by any other Participant or Beneficiary with respect to his Accounts.
40
Section 7.2. - Investment of New Contributions
Subject to Section 7.1 and in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, each Participant may
designate the proportions in which new contributions to his Accounts (other than the initial
contribution to his ESOP Account) are to be allocated among the Subfunds.
Section 7.3. - Investment Transfers
Subject to the Rules of the Plan, each Participant, Merged Participant or Beneficiary may
change the investment elections made under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 by electing to have the assets in
his Accounts (other than the Participants initial contribution to his ESOP Account) invested in
any Subfund transferred to any other Subfund.
Section 7.4. - Transfer of Assets
In accordance with the Rules of the Plan, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make
such transfers of money or other property among the Subfunds as may be necessary to effect the
aggregate of the transfer transactions (after the Administrator has caused the necessary entries to
be made in the Participants, Merged Participants or Beneficiarys Accounts in the Subfunds and
has reconciled offsetting transfer elections).
Section 7.5. - Effect of Non-Election
The Administrator has established one or more investment funds under subsection 7.1 which
shall be qualified default investment alternatives within the meaning of ERISA Section 404(c)(5)
and ERISA Regulation Section 2550.404c-5(e). In the absence of an investment election by a
Participant or Beneficiary, his contributions (and contributions made on his behalf) (including
earnings thereon) shall be invested, as determined by the Administrator. Each Participant and
Beneficiary shall be treated as exercising control over the assets in his Accounts with respect to
the amount of contributions and earnings which are invested in a qualified default investment
alternative. In addition, no person who is otherwise a fiduciary shall be liable for any loss or
by reason of any breach which results from such Participants or Beneficiarys exercise of control.
Each applicable Participant and Beneficiary shall receive a notice in accordance with ERISA
Section 404(c)(5)(B) and ERISA Regulation Section 2550.404c-5(c)(3) explaining his right to
designate how his contributions (and contributions made on his behalf) and earnings thereon will be
invested and how, in the absence of any investment election by the Participant or Beneficiary, such
contributions and earnings will be invested in one or more qualified default investment
alternatives.
ARTICLE VIII.
VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND AND ACCOUNTS
Section 8.1. - Determination of Values
(a) As of each Valuation Date, the Administrator shall determine the fair market value of each
asset in each Subfund other than Company Stock in compliance with the principles of Section 3(26)
of ERISA and regulations issued pursuant thereto, based upon information reasonably available to it
including data from, but not limited to, newspapers and financial publications of general
circulation, statistical and valuation services, records of securities exchanges, appraisals by
41
qualified persons, transactions and bona fide offers in assets of the type in question and
other information customarily used in the valuation of property for purposes of the Code. The
value of any real property held in the Trust Fund determined as of the end of any Plan year shall
be considered to remain unchanged until the end of the fourth quarter of the following Plan Year.
With respect to securities for which there is a generally recognized market, the published selling
price on or nearest to such valuation date shall establish the fair market value of such security.
Fair market value so determined shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan and Trust.
(b) (i) Subject to the special valuation rules set forth in paragraphs (ii) and (iii),
Company Stock contributed by the Company to the Trust Fund shall be initially valued at its
fair market value as of the date of contribution. Any Company Stock acquired by the Trust
Fund with cash shall be initially valued at the purchase price paid by the Trust.
Thereafter, such Company Stock shall be valued as of each Valuation Date.
(ii) In the case of Leveraged Company Stock, the following special valuation rules
shall apply:
A For purposes of valuing such Leveraged Company Stock in any
transaction between the Plan and any disqualified person as that term is defined
in Code Section 4975(e)(2), fair market value shall be determined as of the date of
the transaction in good faith by the Administrator in accordance with Section 3(18)
of ERISA.
B For purposes of a Participants exercise of his put option rights (if
applicable) under Article XVII, such Leveraged Company Stock shall be valued as of
the end of the most recent Plan Year.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, in all cases the valuation provisions
of this Section, including the selection of a valuation date for any purpose under this
Plan, shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the applicable
requirements under Code Sections 409 and 4975(e)(7), the Treasury Regulations issued
thereunder, and any related or successor statutes or regulations, that must be satisfied in
order to qualify for the prohibited transaction exemption under Code Section 4975(d)(3). In
this connection, all valuations of Company Stock contributed to or acquired by the Plan
which at the time of such valuation is not readily tradable on an established securities
market within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(28) shall be made by an independent
appraiser (within the meaning of Code Section 170(a)(1)), whose name shall be reported to
the Internal Revenue Service.
Section 8.2. - Allocation of Values
The difference between the total value of the assets of each Subfund except the Company Stock
Fund, as determined under Section 8.1, and the total of the Accounts therein, shall be allocated by
the Administrator among such Accounts in proportion to their respective stated values as of such
Valuation Date, such values and determinations being made without taking into account ATS, PTS or
Company contributions attributable to the Valuation Date; provided, however, that gains and losses
shall not be allocated with respect to amounts being held in suspense under Section 18.4(b).
42
Section 8.3. - Applicability of Account Values
The value of an Account, as determined as of a given date under this Article, plus any amounts
subsequently credited thereto under Sections 3.5, 4.4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.8, 6.11,
8.2, 15.8 and 18.4 (or applicable Supplements) less any amounts withdrawn under Sections 9.2, 9.3,
9.5, 9.6 and 10.3 (or applicable Supplements) or transferred to suspense under Section 18.4(b),
shall remain the value thereof for all purposes of the Plan and Trust until revalued hereunder.
ARTICLE IX.
VESTING AND WITHDRAWALS
Section 9.1. - Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in each of his Accounts other than his
ESOP Account shall be Vested at all times, except as otherwise provided in any Supplement to the
Plan.
(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(a) and subsection (c), a Participants or Merged
Participants ESOP Account shall not be Vested until he completes three Years of Vesting Service at
which time it shall become fully Vested. Upon any amendment of this vesting schedule, a
Participant with at least three Years of Vesting Service may elect to have his Vested percentage
calculated pursuant to the vesting schedule which would have been in effect but for this amendment.
(c) The interest of a Participant or Merged Participant in his ESOP Account shall become fully
Vested upon the earliest to occur of
(i) his death (including his death while performing qualified military service, as
required under Code Section 401(a)(37)),
(ii) his sixty-fifth birthday, or
(iii) the termination or discontinuation of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
(d) (i) The Administrator shall designate on Exhibit 3 to the Plan which is attached
hereto and incorporated in the Plan by this reference the Affected Participants as defined
in paragraph (ii) who shall become fully Vested in their Accounts upon their severance from
employment with the Company.
(ii) Affected Participants are Participants who cease to be Employees and active
Participants under the Plan as a result of a sale or other acquisition of a Company (or any
portion thereof).
Section 9.2. - Unrestricted Withdrawals
(a) Subject to the Rules of the Plan, once each Plan Year and, if the Administrator
determines that a Hardship (including, for this purpose, an event described in Section
1.34(a)(viii)b) has occurred, and on one additional occasion in such Plan Year, a
43
Participant who is an Employee may withdraw up to one hundred percent of his ATS
Account (and not less than $1,000 or if less, the entire amount of his ATS Account) and
Company Contributions Account (as described in Supplement H) and such other Accounts
described in any Supplement, as permitted under the Rules of the Plan.
(b) A Participant who makes a withdrawal under subsection (a) shall not be permitted
to make any contributions to the Plan and shall not receive a contribution under subsection
6.3(b) for three months or such other periods as are specified in the Rules of the Plan.
Section 9.3. - Restricted Withdrawals
(a) Any Participant who is an Employee shall be permitted to make a cash withdrawal,
in any whole percentage increment or dollar amount, of up to one hundred percent of the
unwithdrawn principal amount in his PTS Account and up to the total amount of his Rollover
Account, on account of Hardship, subject to the conditions of Section 9.4
(b) Application for withdrawals shall be made on such forms as the Administrator
prescribes and may be made at any time. A withdrawal shall become effective in accordance
with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 9.4. - Conditions for Hardship Withdrawal
Hardship withdrawals shall be subject to the following conditions:
(a) A Participants aggregate Hardship withdrawals shall not exceed the lesser of
(i) the lesser of
a the amount by which
1 the aggregate amount of
A the principal amount of his PTS Account together with
income allocable thereto credited as of December 31, 1988,
B the total amount of his Qualified Account credited as
of December 31, 1988 (including income allocable thereto as of such
date), and
C the total amount of his Rollover Account exceeds
2 the greater of
A the unpaid amount due on his outstanding loan or
loans, if any under subsection (c)(i), or
44
B the amount of any previous distributions of his PTS
Account, and
b the amount which is necessary to satisfy the Hardship (including any
amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution), or
(ii) the amount which cannot be satisfied from other resources which are reasonably
available to the Participant.
(b) The conditions of subsections (c) and (d) shall be satisfied.
(c) The conditions of this subsection are:
(i) the Participant shall obtain all currently available distributions (including
distributions under Section 6.4 but not other Hardship distributions) and all nontaxable
loans currently available under all plans within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section
1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(F) maintained by the Company or any Company Affiliate; and
(ii) the Participant shall not be permitted to make further deferrals of Compensation
or voluntary contributions under the Plan or other plan within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(F) (whether or not qualified) maintained by the Company or any
Company Affiliate for six months thereafter.
(d) The conditions of this subsection, if any, shall be those prescribed by the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue through the publication of revenue rulings, notices,
and/or other documents of general applicability, as an alternate method under which a
Hardship distribution will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy
financial need.
(e) A Participant whose deferrals have been suspended under subsection (c)
nevertheless shall be included in determinations under Sections 1.20 and 1.22 if he would
otherwise be so included.
(f) [Reserved.]
(g) [Reserved.]
(h) The Participants remaining PTS Account or Rollover Account balance, or, if none,
the withdrawal itself shall be reduced by the amount of any administrative expenses charged
to the Trust Fund by reason of the withdrawal.
Section 9.5. - Withdrawal by Reason of Contribution Limitations
The Administrator may permit a Participant to make a lump sum withdrawal from his PTS Account
in the event of
(a) a deferral in excess of the limitation of Section 3.1(a)(i)(B), in the
amount of principal and interest or loss (including any interest or loss during the gap
period,
45
in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.402(g)-1(e)(5) through November 30, 2008)
allowed by Code Section 402(g)(2)(A)(ii),
(b) a deferral in excess of the limitation of Section 3.5, in the amount of principal
and interest allowed by Code Section 401(k)(8) (in which case the Participant shall be
deemed to notify the Administrator of such excess amounts made to the Plan and any other
plans of the Company or a Company Affiliate),
(c) the circumstances specified in Code Sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i) and 401(k)(10).
(d) the circumstances specified in Section 18.4(b).
See also Section 10.3.
Section 9.6. - Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty-Nine and One Half
A Participant or a Merged Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age fifty-nine and one-half may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a
distribution of all or any portion of his Qualified Account or his PTS Account in one lump sum.
Such distributions shall not be made more frequently than at twelve month intervals.
Section 9.7. - Qualified Accounts and Stock Accounts
No withdrawals from Qualified Accounts are permitted, except pursuant to Sections 9.4 and 9.6.
No withdrawals or loans from Stock Accounts are permitted.
Section 9.8. - Withdrawals from Subfunds
The Rules of the Plan shall designate the order of withdrawal from the available Subfunds when
a Participant makes a withdrawal from his Accounts under Sections 9.2, 9.3, 9.5 or 9.6.
ARTICLE X.
EMPLOYMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE
Section 10.1. - Continuation of Employment
(a) A Participant or a Merged Participant may, subject to subsection (b) and Section
18.3, remain in the employ of the Company or a Company Affiliate after attaining his Normal
Retirement Date.
(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a), the Company reserves the right to require a
Participant or a Merged Participant to retire in accordance with Section 12(c) of the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, Section 12942 of the California
Government Code, and other applicable state law.
46
Section 10.2. - Continuation of Participation
A Participant retained in the employ of the Company after his Normal Retirement Date under
Section 10.1 shall continue as an Active Participant herein.
Section 10.3. - Mandatory In-Service Distributions
(a) A Participant or a Merged Participant who is a five percent owner (as defined in
Code Section 416) of the Company or a Company Affiliate with respect to the Plan Year
ending in the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1/2 shall commence the
receipt of the entire amount credited to his Accounts in accordance with Section 11.3(a),
(b), (c), and (d)(ii) on the April 1 following the end of the calendar year in which he
attains age 70 1/2, except as provided in subsection 11.3(f).
(b) A Participant or a Merged Participant not described in subsection (a) who attains
age 70 1/2 after December 31, 1995 and before January 1, 1999 may elect to commence the
receipt of the entire amount credited to his Accounts beginning on a date during the period
which begins on or after January 1 of the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 and
ends on the April 1 of the immediately following calendar year or he may elect to defer
such distributions until the April 1 following the calendar year in which his Separation
from the Service occurs.
(c) A Participant or a Merged Participant not described in subsection (a) who attains
age 70 1/2 prior to January 1, 1996 and was required to receive one or more distributions
of his Accounts by December 31, 1996 because he had reached his required beginning date,
as the term was defined under Code Section 401(a)(9) prior to January 1, 1997, may elect to
defer such distributions until the April 1 following the calendar year in which his
Separation from the Service occurs.
ARTICLE XI.
BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
Section 11.1. - Normal or Disability Retirement
Subject to the provisions of Section 10.1, a Participant or a Merged Participant shall retire
upon his Normal or Disability Retirement Date.
Section 11.2. - Rights Upon Normal or Disability Retirement
Upon a Participants or Merged Participants Normal or Disability Retirement, he shall be
entitled to receive the entire amount credited to his Accounts in accordance with Section 11.3.
Section 11.3. - Distribution of Accounts
(a) Subject to Section 15.17, if the entire amount credited to a Participants, former
Participants or Merged Participants Accounts (including the value of any shares credited
to his Stock Accounts if any and including any Accounts described in any applicable
Supplement) does not exceed $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the
47
extent it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)),
such Participant shall receive such amount in one lump sum in the form of cash and/or the
Participants promissory note under Section 15.14 (except that at the option of such
Participant his Stock Accounts, if any, and the portion of his Accounts invested in the
Company Stock Fund will be paid in the form of Company Stock).
(b) Subject to Section 15.17, if the entire amount credited to a Participants, former
Participants or Merged Participants Accounts (including the value of any shares credited
to his Stock Accounts, if any and including any Accounts described in any applicable
Supplement) exceeds $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of
rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such Participant may elect
to receive such amount under one of the following options (except that any Participant
promissory note under Section 15.14 shall be distributed in kind):
(i) Payment of such amount in one cash lump sum (except that at the option of such
Participant his Stock Accounts, if any, and the portion of his Accounts invested in the
Company Stock Fund will be paid in the form of Company Stock).
(ii) Payment of such amount directly from the Trust Fund (as adjusted for gains and
losses), in uniform annual or more frequent installments of at least $100 (as to which such
Participant (or his Spouse, if applicable) may elect whether the recalculation rule of Code
Section 401(a)(9)(D) shall apply and provided, however, that the first installment may be
larger than the remaining installments) to such Participant over a period not longer than
the lesser of
a the joint and last survivor expectancy of him and his Spouse, if any,
reasonably determined from the expected return multiples prescribed in Treas. Reg. §
1.401(a)(9)-9, or
b the period determined under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-5 which
satisfies the minimum distribution incidental death benefit requirement of Code
Section 401(a)(9)(G);
provided, however, if such Participant fails to make such an election, his Accounts shall be
distributed as provided in paragraph (i).
(c) Distribution under subsection (a) or (b) shall be made or commence not later than
the earliest to occur of
(i) sixty days after the end of the Plan Year in which such Normal Retirement occurs,
or
(ii) if he is not a five percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of the Company
or a Company Affiliate with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which he
attains age 70 1/2, the later of
a the April 1 following the calendar year in which his Separation from
Service occurs, or
48
b the April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2,
or
(iii) if he is such an owner, the April 1 following the calendar year in which he
attains age 70 1/2,
except as provided in subsection (d).
(d) At any time before distribution under subsection (b) is made or commences, the
Participant or Merged Participant may elect to defer such distribution until such later
date as he shall then or subsequently specify; provided, however,
(i) such date shall be no later than the date referred to in paragraph (c)(ii) or
(c)(iii), and
(ii) if no such date is specified, such amount shall be distributed in one lump sum on
the date specified in paragraph (c)(ii) or (c)(iii).
(e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii), for a Participant or Merged
Participant who is a five percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of the Company or
a Company Affiliate and has made an election permitted under Code Section 242(b) of the Tax
Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, the date referred to in paragraph (c)(iii)
shall be the later of the April 1 following the calendar year in which his Separation from
the Service occurs or the April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70
1/2.
(f) A five percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of the Company or a Company
Affiliate described in Section 10.3(a) or a Participant or Merged Participant described in
Section 10.3(b) or (c) may elect to receive the required minimum distribution for each year
until his retirement as determined under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9).
(g) Each Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant shall make a separate
distribution or transfer election under Section I11.3 of Supplement I with respect to his SHARE
Account in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 11.4. - Distribution Requirements
(a) Subsections (b) and (c) shall apply to distributions under Articles XI, XII and
XIII.
(b) Each Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants Accounts will be
distributed in a manner which satisfies Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations
thereunder including the incidental death requirement of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) all of
which shall take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. Code Section
401(a)(9) provides the following requirements:
(i) A Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants total Vested Account
balance shall be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participants
required beginning date as set forth in paragraphs 11.3(c)(ii) and (iii) and shall
49
be paid over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Participant or
the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary.
(ii) If payments have commenced prior to the Participants, former Participants or
Merged Participants death, payment of the Participants Accounts shall be made in such
manner that the remaining interest after his death is distributed at least as rapidly as
under the method being used as of the date of the Participants death.
(iii) If a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant dies before
distributions begin, his total vested Account balance shall be distributed by December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death unless
paragraph (iv) applies.
(iv) If any portion of a Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants
Account balance is payable over the life of his Beneficiary, such distribution shall begin
no later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of
the Participants death provided, however, if any portion of the Participants, former
Participants or Merged Participants Account balance is payable over the life of his
Surviving Spouse, such distributions shall begin by December 31 of the calendar year
immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of
the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2, if later.
(c) (i) In accordance with paragraph (iii) below, each Participant, former Participant
or Merged Participant shall be entitled to elect to commence distribution of his ESOP
Account not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year
A in which the Participant separates from service by reason of
his attainment of Normal Retirement Date, Disability Retirement or death or
B which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which
the Participant otherwise separates from service, except that this clause
shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Company before
distribution is required to begin under this clause.
(ii) Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the
Participants ESOP Account will be in substantially equal periodic payments (not
less frequently than annually) over a period not longer than the greater of 5 years
or, in the case of a Participant with an account balance in excess of $800,000, 5
years plus 1 additional year (but nor more than 5 additional years) for each
$160,000 or fraction thereof by which such balance exceeds $800,000.
(iii) This subsection (c) shall not apply until the close of the Plan Year in
which the loan (described in Code Section 404(a)(9)) to acquire Company Stock is
repaid in full.
(d) Notwithstanding subsection (b), a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been
required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the
50
enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (2009 RMDs) and who would have satisfied that
requirement by receiving distributions that are
(i) equal to the 2009 RMDs, or
(ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that
include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life
expectancy) of the participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the
Participant and the Participants designated Beneficiary, or for at least 10 years,
shall not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to
receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence
shall be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding
sentence. As described in Section 1.29(d), if a Participant or Beneficiary receives a 2009 RMD, it
shall be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.
ARTICLE XII.
BENEFITS UPON DEATH
Section 12.1. - Designation of Beneficiary
(a) Each Participant, former Participant and Merged Participant shall have the right
to designate, revoke and redesignate Beneficiaries hereunder and to direct payment of the
Vested amount credited to his Accounts to such Beneficiaries.
(b) Designation, revocation and redesignation of Beneficiaries must be made in writing
in accordance with the Rules of the Plan on a form provided by the Administrator and shall
be effective upon delivery to the Administrator.
(c) A married Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant may not designate
any Beneficiary other than his Spouse without obtaining Spousal Consent thereto.
(d) Upon the dissolution of marriage of a Participant, former Participant or Merged
Participant, any designation of the Participants former spouse as a Beneficiary shall be
treated as though the Participants former spouse had predeceased the Participant unless
(i) the Participant executes another Beneficiary designation that complies with this
Section and the Rules of the Plan and clearly names such former spouse as a Beneficiary
following such dissolution, or
(ii) a Qualified Domestic Relations Order presented to the Administrator prior to
distribution being made on behalf of the Participant explicitly requires the Participant to
maintain the former spouse as the Beneficiary.
In any case in which the Participants former spouse is treated under the Participants Beneficiary
designation as having predeceased the Participant, no heirs or other beneficiaries of the former
spouse who are not also heirs or beneficiaries of the Participant shall receive benefits from the
Plan
51
as a Beneficiary of the Participant except as provided otherwise in the Participants Beneficiary
designation.
Section 12.2. - Distribution on Death
(a) Subject to Sections 12.3 and 15.17 (if applicable), upon the death of a
Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant, the Vested amount credited to his
Accounts (including the Vested value of shares credited to his Stock Accounts, if any) (as
determined under Section 9.1), shall be paid in one lump sum (in the form of cash or stock
to the extent permitted by Section 11.3(b)(i)) not later than ninety days following such
Participants death (or such longer reasonable period as is permitted under Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)-20 A-3(b)(1)) to his then Surviving Spouse, if any, except to the extent to which
such Surviving Spouse has consented under Section 12.1(c) to the designation of other
Beneficiaries, and otherwise (such as if such Participant had not designated a Beneficiary
before his death), to the person or persons of highest priority who survives such
Participant by at least thirty days determined as follows:
(i) First, to his then surviving highest priority Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any.
(ii) Second, to his then surviving heirs at law, if any, as determined in the
reasonable judgment of the Administrator under the laws governing succession to personal
property of the last jurisdiction in which such Participant was a resident.
(iii) Third, the Plan to be applied to reduce the Companys contribution under Section
6.9 and/or to pay reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan.
(b) Members of a class shall cease to be entitled to benefits upon the earlier of the
Administrators determination that no members of such class exist or the Administrators
failure to locate any members of such class, after making reasonable efforts to do so,
within one year after the members of that class became entitled to benefits hereunder had
members existed.
(c) If payment has commenced prior to the Participants, former Participants or
Merged Participants death, payment of such Participants Accounts shall be made in such
manner that the remaining interest is distributed at least as rapidly as under the method
being used as of the date of such Participants death.
(d) Each Beneficiary shall make a separate distribution or transfer election (if applicable)
with respect to the deceased Participants SHARE Account in accordance with Sections I12.2 and
I12.3 of Supplement I and the Rules of the Plan.
Section 12.3. - Election of Other Payment Methods
(a) Subject to subsection (c), but notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
and in lieu of the lump sum payment otherwise provided for in this Article, if the deceased
Participants Vested Account balance exceeds $5,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the
extent it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)),
payments under this Article to the Spouse of a Participant, former
52
Participant or Merged Participant shall be made under such option available under
Section 11.3 as such Spouse shall designate.
(b) Subject to subsection (c), but notwithstanding any other provision of this
Article, a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant may elect on the form
provided by the Administrator for Beneficiary designations that, in lieu of the lump sum
payment otherwise provided for in this Article payments under this Article to his
Beneficiary shall be made under such option available under Section 11.3 as such
Participant shall designate in such form provided that upon the Participants death, his
Vested Account balance exceeds $5,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it
consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)). If a
Beneficiary receiving installment payments under this Section dies, the balance then due
shall be paid in cash in one lump sum to the then surviving person with highest priority
under Section 12.2(a).
(c) If a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant dies before
distribution of his Accounts commences, then
(i) such Accounts must be distributed within five years of the Participants, former
Participants or Merged Participants death, or
(ii) if any portion of such Accounts is payable to or for the benefit of a Beneficiary,
such portion shall be distributed over the life or the life expectancy of such Beneficiary
with distributions commencing
a within one year of such Participants death, or,
b if the Beneficiary is such Participants Spouse, no later than the
date on which the Participant or Merged Participant would have attained age seventy
and one half (but if such Spouse dies before distributions to such Spouse commence,
then such Spouse shall be treated as the Participant for purposes of this Section
12.3(c)), or
c on such other date as is allowed by law.
ARTICLE XIII.
BENEFITS UPON RESIGNATION OR DISCHARGE
Section 13.1. - Distributions on Resignation or Discharge
(a) Subject to Section 15.17, a Participant or Merged Participant who has a Separation
from the Service due to resignation or discharge shall receive,
(i) if the Vested amount credited to his Accounts (including the Vested value of shares
credited to his Stock Accounts, if any and including any Accounts described in any
applicable Supplement) does not exceed $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent
it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such amount
in one lump sum (in the form of cash, the Participants promissory note under Section 15.14
and/or stock to the extent permitted by Section
53
11.3(b)(i)) not later than six months after the end of the Plan Year in which such
Separation from the Service occurs, or, if earlier, within sixty days after the end of the
Plan Year in which his fifty-fifth birthday occurs, or
(ii) if the Vested amount credited to his Accounts (including the Vested value of shares credited to his Stock Accounts, if any and including any Accounts described in any
applicable Supplement) exceeds $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it
consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), he shall
receive such amount as described in subparagraph (ii)a or, if he has attained age 55
of the time of his Separation from the Service and so elects, he shall receive such amount
as described in subparagraph (ii)b (except that any Participant promissory note
under Section 15.14 shall be distributed in kind):
a Payment of such amount in one cash lump sum (except that at the
option of such Participant his Stock Accounts, if any, and the portion of his
Accounts invested in the Company Stock Fund will be paid in the form of Company
Stock).
b Payment of such amount directly from the Trust Fund (as adjusted for
gains and losses), in uniform annual or more frequent installments of at least $100
(as to which such Participant (or his Spouse, if applicable) may elect whether the
recalculation rule of Code Section 401(a)(9)(D) shall apply and provided, however,
that the first installment may be larger than the remaining installments) to such
Participant over a period not longer than the lesser of
1 the joint and last survivor expectancy of him and his Spouse,
if any, reasonably determined from the expected return multiples prescribed
in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-9, or
2 the period determined under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-5 which
satisfies the minimum distribution incidental death benefit requirement of
Code Section 401(a)(9)(G);
with such distribution being made or commencing no later than April 1 following the calendar
year in which he attains age 701/2.
(b) Each Participant or Merged Participant shall make a separate distribution or
transfer election (if applicable) under Section I13.1 of Supplement I with respect to his
SHARE Account in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 13.2. - Forfeitures
(a) If a Participant has a Separation from the Service due to resignation or
discharge, the portions of his ESOP Account which are not Vested shall be forfeited upon
the earlier of his receipt of his distribution under this Article or his completion of five
consecutive Break in Service Years. Pending application under Section 6.9, forfeitures
shall be held in suspense and shall not be commingled with amounts held in suspense under
Section 18.4.
54
(b) If a Participant has a Separation from the Service prior to becoming
Vested in any portion of his ESOP Account under Section 9.1, a distribution shall be deemed
to have occurred upon such Separation from the Service for purposes of subsection (a).
Section 13.3. Restoration of Forfeitures
If a Participant whose ESOP Account is not then fully Vested
(a) has a Separation from the Service,
(b) suffers a forfeiture under Section 13.2 of the portion of such Account which is not
Vested,
(c) again becomes an Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate before he has five
consecutive Break in Service Years, and
(d) repays to the Plan the full amount, if any, distributed to him from such Accounts
before the end of his fifth consecutive Break in Service Year or, if earlier, the fifth
anniversary of his reemployment,
then the amount forfeited under Section 13.2 by such Participant and any interest thereon shall be
restored to his ESOP Account, applying forfeitures pending application under Section 6.9 and
Company contributions, in that order, as necessary.
ARTICLE XIV.
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
Section 14.1. Top-Heavy Determination
(a) Solely in the event that this Plan ever becomes Top-Heavy, as defined herein, the
provisions of this Article shall apply.
(b) Solely for the purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall be used:
(i) Aggregation Group shall mean
a each plan of the Company or a Company Affiliate in which a Key
Employee is a Participant (including any such plan which has been terminated if such
plan was maintained by the Company or a Company Affiliate during the Plan Year
ending on the Determination Date for the Plan Year in question) but excluding a plan
meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(11); provided, however, that such
plan allows only contributions required under Code Section 401(k)(11) and
b each other plan of the Company or a Company Affiliate which enables
any plan described in paragraph a to meet the requirements of Code Section
401(a)(4) or 410.
55
(ii) Determination Date shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the last day of
the preceding Plan Year, or in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan
Year.
(iii) Controlled Group Employee shall mean any person who renders services to the
Company or a Company Affiliate in the status of an employee as the term is defined in Code
Section 3121(d).
(iv) Key Employee shall mean a Controlled Group Employee, a former Controlled Group
Employee or the Beneficiary of a former Controlled Group Employee, if, in the Plan Year
containing the Determination Date, such Controlled Group Employee or former Controlled Group
Employee is or was
a an officer of the Company or a Company Affiliate whose Statutory
Compensation for the Plan Year in question exceeds $130,000 (adjusted as described
in Code Section 415(d)) (not more than fifty Controlled Group Employees or, if less,
the greater of three Controlled Group Employees or ten percent of the Controlled
Group Employees shall be treated as officers),
b a five percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)
and (C)) of the Company or a Company Affiliate, or
c a one percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section
416(i)(1)(B)(ii)) of the Company or a Company Affiliate whose Statutory Compensation
for the Plan Year in question exceeds $150,000.
(v) Non-Key Employee shall mean any Controlled Group Employee who is not a Key
Employee.
(vi) The Plan shall not be Top Heavy for any Plan Year in which the Plan consists
solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section
401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section
401(m)(11) are satisfied. Subject to the foregoing, the Plan shall be Top-Heavy if, as of
any Determination Date, the aggregate of the Accounts of Key Employees under all plans in
the Aggregation Group (or under this Plan and such other plans as the Company elects to take
into account under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(ii)) exceeds sixty percent of the aggregate of
the Accounts for all Key Employees and Non-Key Employees. In making this calculation as of
a Determination Date,
a each Account balance as of the most recent valuation date
occurring within the Plan Year which includes the Determination Date shall
be determined,
b an adjustment for contributions due as of the Determination
Date shall be determined,
c the Account balance of any Controlled Group Employee or
former Controlled Group Employee shall be increased by the aggregate
distributions made as a result of such Controlled Group
56
Employees Separation from the Service (including his severance from
employment) during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date;
provided, however, if any distribution is made to a Controlled Group
Employee for any other reason, such Employees Account balance shall be
increased by the aggregate of such distributions during the five-year period
ending on the Determination Date,
d the Account balance of
1 any Non-Key Employee who was a Key Employee for any
prior Plan Year, and
2 any former Controlled Group Employee who performed no
services for the Company or a Company Affiliate during the one-year
period ending on the Determination Date,
shall be ignored, and
e if there have been any rollovers to or from any Account, the
balance of such Account shall be adjusted, as required by Code Section
416(g)(4)(A).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan shall be Top-Heavy if, as of any Determination Date, it is
required by Code Section 416(g) to be included in an Aggregation Group which is determined to be a
Top-Heavy Group.
(vii) Top-Heavy Group shall mean any Aggregation Group if, as of the Determination
Date, the sum of
a the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for all Key
Employees under all defined benefit plans in such Aggregation Group, and
b the aggregate of the accounts of all Key Employees under all defined
contribution plans in such Aggregation Group
exceeds sixty percent of a similar sum determined for all Key Employees and Non-Key
Employees.
(viii) Statutory Compensation shall have the meaning set forth in Code Section
414(q)(4) for purposes of paragraph (b)(iv).
Section 14.2. Minimum Benefits
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the sum of the allocations to
the ESOP Account and the PTS Account of any Employee who is a Non-Key Employee at the end
of such Plan Year and is entitled to an allocation to such Accounts under Section 6.3 shall
not be less than that determined under subsection (b).
57
(b) The allocation determined under this subsection shall be a percentage of the
Statutory Compensation of such Non-Key Employee which is not less than the lesser of
(i) three percent, or
(ii) that percentage reflecting the ratio of
A the allocations under Section 6.3 to
B Statutory Compensation (not in excess of the limit in effect under
Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted for increases in the cost of living)
for the Key Employee with respect to whom such ratio is highest for such Plan Year. See also
Section 14.1(b)(viii).
(c) For purposes of determining the minimum contribution under subsection (b), the
following contributions shall be included:
(i) contributions under any plan in the Aggregation Group to the maximum extent
permitted by Code Section 416(g)(4)(H),
(ii) contributions to PTS Accounts (including elective deferrals under a plan in the
Aggregation Group) on behalf of Key Employees, and
(iii) contributions to ESOP Accounts (including any matching contributions as defined
in Code Section 401(m)(4)(A) under a plan in the Aggregation Group).
Section 14.3. Vesting
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the Vested percentage of the
ESOP Account of each Participant or Merged Participant who completes an Hour of Service in
such Plan Year shall be the percentage of such Account shown on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
1 (or less)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
3
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(b) The Vested percentage of a Participants ESOP Account shall be not less than the
Vested percentage determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was
Top-Heavy.
58
(c) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is not Top-Heavy which follows one or more
Plan Years for which the Plan has been Top-Heavy, Section 9.1 shall again become applicable
as an amendment to the Plan; thus, each Participant or Merged Participant who has had his
Vested percentage computed under subsection (a) and who has completed at least one Year of
Vesting Service shall be permitted to elect to have his Vested percentage computed in
accordance with subsection (a) for such Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year in which the
Plan is no longer Top-Heavy. Such Participant or Merged Participant may make such election
within an election period beginning no later than the first day of the first Plan Year in
which the Plan is no longer Top-Heavy and ending no later than the later of
(i) the sixtieth day of such Plan Year, or
(ii) a date which is sixty days after the day such Participant is issued written notice
of his right to make such election by the Administrator.
ARTICLE XV.
ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
Section 15.1. Duties and Powers of the Administrator
(a) The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan and ERISA
and shall have full discretionary power and authority:
(i) To engage actuaries, attorneys, accountants, appraisers, brokers, consultants,
administrators, physicians or other firms or persons and (with its officers, directors and
Employees) to rely upon the reports, advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons
except as required by law;
(ii) To adopt Rules of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the Plan or applicable
law and to amend or revoke any such rules;
(iii) To construe the Plan and the Rules of the Plan;
(iv) To determine questions of eligibility of Participants and the entitlement to
distributions of Participants, former Participants, Merged Participants, Beneficiaries and
all other persons;
(v) To determine entitlement to allocations of contributions and forfeitures of
Participants, Merged Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, and all other
persons;
(vi) To make findings of fact as necessary to make any determinations and decisions in
the exercise of such discretionary power and authority;
(vii) To appoint claims and review officials to conduct claims procedures as provided
in Section 15.6; and
59
(viii) To delegate any power or duty to any firm or person engaged under paragraph (i)
or to any other person or persons.
(b) Every finding, decision, and determination made by the Administrator shall, to the
full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties, except to the extent
found by a court of competent jurisdiction to constitute an abuse of discretion.
Section 15.2. Expenses of Administration
(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold each Employee functioning under Section
15.1(a) or person serving on an investment committee established in accordance with the
Trust Agreement harmless from all claims, liabilities and costs (including reasonable
attorneys fees) arising out of the good faith performance of his functions hereunder.
(b) The Company may obtain and provide for any such Employee and investment committee
member described in subsection (a), at the Companys expense, liability insurance against
liabilities imposed on him by law.
(c) The Plan shall pay reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan, including, but
not limited to, expenses of any such Employee and investment committee member described in
subsection (a) and legal fees incurred for services related to the administration of the
Plan (including the amending of the Plan); provided, however, that the Company may elect,
in its sole and absolute discretion, to pay such administrative expenses from its own
assets.
(d) Notwithstanding subsection (c), reasonable administrative fees incurred by the Plan in
conjunction with Participant loans, withdrawals, distributions and the evaluation of the qualified
status of a domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), may be charged to the
Accounts of the Participant in question in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section 15.3. Payments
In the event any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a minor or a person who, in the sole
judgment of the Administrator, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable
to give a valid receipt therefor, the Administrator may direct that such payment be made to any
person found by the Administrator, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such minor or
other person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and
discharge of the Trustee, the Administrator and the Company and their officers, directors,
employees, owners, agents and representatives.
Section 15.4. Statement to Participants
In accordance with the requirements set forth in ERISA Section 105(a)(1)(A), as of the end of
each Plan Year quarter, each Participant (including an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relations order which assigns a portion of the Participants Account balance to the alternate payee
or a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant who is eligible to receive the deceased Participants
Accounts) shall be provided with a statement reflecting the balances of his Accounts and such other
information required by ERISA Section 105.
60
Section 15.5. Inspection of Records
Copies of the Plan and any other documents and records which a Participant or Merged
Participant is entitled by law to inspect shall be open to inspection by such Participant or Merged
Participant or such Participants or Merged Participants duly authorized representatives at any
reasonable business hour at the principal office of the Company, any Company work site at which at
least fifty Employees regularly perform services and such other locations as the Secretary of Labor
may require.
Section 15.6. Claims Procedure
(a) A claim by a Participant, former Participant, Merged Participant, Beneficiary or
any other person shall be presented to the claims official appointed by the Administrator
in writing within the maximum time permitted by law or under the regulations promulgated by
the Secretary of Labor or his delegate pertaining to claims procedures.
(b) The claims official shall, within a reasonable time, consider the claim and shall
issue his determination thereon in writing.
(c) If the claim is granted, the appropriate distribution or payment shall be made
from the Trust Fund or by the Company.
(d) If the claim is wholly or partially denied, the claims official shall, within
ninety days (or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary), provide the claimant
with written notice of such denial, setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood
by the claimant
(i) the specific reason or reasons for such denial,
(ii) specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based,
(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is
necessary, and
(iv) an explanation of the Plans claim review procedure.
(e) The Administrator shall provide each claimant with a reasonable opportunity to
appeal the claims officials denial of a claim to a review official (appointed by the
Administrator in writing) for a full and fair review. The claimant or his duly authorized
representative
(i) may request a review upon written application to the review official (which shall
be filed with it),
(ii) may review pertinent documents, and
(iii) may submit issues and comments in writing.
61
(f) The review official may establish such time limits within which a claimant may
request review of a denied claim as are reasonable in relation to the nature of the benefit
which is the subject of the claim and to other attendant circumstances but which, in no
event, shall be less than sixty days after receipt by the claimant of written notice of
denial of his claim.
(g) The decision by the review official upon review of a claim shall be made not later
than sixty days after his receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances
require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as
soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty days after receipt of such request
for review.
(h) The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for
the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific
references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
(i) The claims official and the review official shall have full discretionary power
and authority to construe the Plan and the Rules of the Plan, to determine questions of
eligibility, vesting and entitlements and to make findings of fact as under Section 15.1
and, to the extent permitted by law, the decision of the claims official (if no review is
properly requested) or the decision of the review official on review, as the case may be,
shall be final and binding on all parties except to the extent found by a court of
competent jurisdiction to constitute an abuse of discretion.
Section 15.7. Conflicting Claims
If the Administrator is confronted with conflicting claims concerning a Participants former
Participants or Merged Participants Accounts, the Administrator may interplead the claimants in
an action at law, or in an arbitration conducted in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration Association, as the Administrator shall elect in its sole discretion, and in either
case, the attorneys fees, expenses and costs reasonably incurred by the Administrator in such
proceeding shall be paid from such Participants Accounts.
Section 15.8. Effect of Delay or Failure to Ascertain Amount Distributable or to
Locate Distributee
(a) If an amount payable under Article XI, XII or XIII cannot be ascertained or the
person to whom it is payable has not been ascertained or located within the stated time
limits and reasonable efforts to do so have been made, then distribution shall be made not
later than sixty days after such amount is determined or such person is ascertained or
located, or as prescribed in subsection (b).
(b) If, within one year after a Participant or Merged Participant has a Separation
from the Service, the Administrator, in the exercise of due diligence, has failed to locate
him (or if such Separation from the Service is by reason of his death, has failed to locate
the person entitled to his Vested Accounts under Section 12.2), his entire distributable
interest in the Plan shall be applied to reduce the Companys contribution under Section
5.1; provided, however, that if such Participant (or in the case of his death, the person
entitled thereto under Section 12.2) makes proper claim therefor under Section 15.6, the
amount so
62
forfeited shall be restored to such Participants Account or Accounts, as the case may
be, applying forfeitures pending application, Company contributions and unallocated
earnings and gains of the Trust Fund, in that order, as necessary.
Section 15.9. Service of Process
The Secretary of Avery Dennison Corporation is hereby designated as agent of the Plan for the
service of legal process.
Section 15.10. Limitations Upon Powers of the Administrator
The Plan shall not be operated so as to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.
The Plan shall be uniformly and consistently interpreted and applied with regard to all
Participants, former Participants and Merged Participants in similar circumstances. The Plan shall
be administered, interpreted and applied fairly and equitably and in accordance with the specified
purposes of the Plan.
Section 15.11. Effect of Administrator Action
Except as provided in Section 15.6, all actions taken and all determinations made by the
Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, former Participants,
Merged Participants, the Trustee and any person interested in the Plan or Trust Fund.
Section 15.12. Contributions to Rollover Accounts
(a) An Employee may make a contribution to his Rollover Account established by the
Administrator for such purpose if such contribution meets the requirements of this Section
and is in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
(b) Such contribution will meet the requirements of this Section if
(i) it is made by the Employee to the Trust in cash in a lump sum, and
(ii) the amount contributed by the Employee consists of
a a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution from
an Eligible Retirement Plan or
b a distribution consisting entirely of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution from an Eligible Retirement Plan.
(c) In addition, such contribution will meet the requirements of this Section if
(i) the contribution is made within 60 days (or such other period as is
permitted by Code Section 402(c)(3)(B)) following the day on which the Eligible
Employee received the distribution from the Eligible Retirement Plan described in
subsection (b)(ii)b,
(ii) such distribution was in the form of cash, and
63
(iii) such distribution constituted an Eligible Rollover Distribution within
the meaning of Code Section 402(c)(4).
(d) The Administrator may require the Employee to supply information sufficient to
determine if his contribution meets the requirements of this Section. If the Administrator
determines that such contribution does not meet the requirements of this Section, the
contribution shall not be permitted.
(e) The Plan may also accept the direct transfer from a plan qualified under Code
Section 401(a) of an amount which if paid to the Employee instead of the Plan would have
constituted a lump sum distribution within the meaning of Code Section 402(e). The
transferred amount shall be credited to the Employees Rollover Account.
(f) An Employee who makes a contribution to his Rollover Account pursuant to this
Section prior to the date that he satisfies the eligibility requirements described in
Article II shall generally be treated as a Participant for purposes of the Plan provisions
relating to the maintenance, valuation, investment and distribution of Accounts; provided
however, that such Employee shall not be treated as an Active Participant for purposes of
eligibility to receive an allocation of any Company contributions under the Plan prior to
the date he actually becomes an Active Participant in the Plan.
(g) If the Administrator accepts a contribution or transfer pursuant to this Section
and later determines that it was improper to do so, in whole or in part, the Plan shall
refund the necessary amount to the Employee.
Section 15.13. Transfers to Rollover Accounts
(a) The Administrator may, in its discretion, permit the Plan to accept a direct
transfer from a qualified trust (described in Code Section 401(a)) of a Participants
benefits under such trust. Benefits transferred on behalf of a Participant to the Plan
under this Section shall be credited to such Participants Rollover Account or such other
Accounts of the Participant as are designated by the Administrator.
(b) A plan-to-plan transfer under this Section shall satisfy the requirements of Code
Sections 411(d)(6) and 414(l) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
(c) If the Administrator causes the Plan to accept a plan-to-plan transfer pursuant to
this Section and the Administrator later determines that such transfer was improper, in
whole or in part, the Plan shall return to the transferor, or plan the necessary amounts.
Section 15.14. Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant, Merged Participant, former Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary
(Borrower) may borrow against his PTS Account, Qualified Account, ATS Account and/or
other Accounts with the approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of
subsection (b).
64
(b) The Administrator shall establish by Rules of the Plan the requirements for loans
from the Trust Fund and conditions therefor. Such Rules of the Plan shall be consistent
with the following requirements:
(i) The Borrower must be a party in interest within the meaning of ERISA Section
3(14) on the date the loan is made.
(ii) Loans shall not be made available to an individual who is a shareholder-employee
(as defined in Code Section 4975(f)(6)(C)) of the Company or a Company Affiliate or a member
of the family (as defined in Code Section 267(c)(4)) of a shareholder-employee.
(iii) The minimum amount which a Borrower may borrow at any one time under this Section
is $1,000.00.
(iv) The maximum amount which a Borrower may borrow from the Trust Fund shall be an
amount which when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans from the Plan and from
other qualified plans of the Company or a Company Affiliate does not exceed the lesser of
a $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of
1 the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during
the one year period ending on the day before the date on which the loan is
made, over
2 the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date on
which such loan was made; or
b half of his Vested interest in all of his Accounts, including any
Accounts maintained for him pursuant to any Supplement.
(v) Loans shall not be made to a Borrower under this Section more frequently than at
six-month intervals. A Borrower may not have more than two loans outstanding at any time.
(vi) Such loans must be available to all Borrowers on a reasonably equivalent basis.
(vii) The Vested percentage of a Borrowers PTS Account, Qualified Account, ATS Account
or other Account which is made available for borrowing shall not be higher for Participants,
Merged Participants or former Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, officers or
shareholders than for other Borrowers.
(viii) Such loans shall be made upon promissory notes (or such other documents or
communication as authorized by the Administrator) providing for substantially level
amortization (with regular payments by payroll deduction each Payday for a Participant or by
direct payments if the Participant does not have a sufficient paycheck on any Payday). A
Merged Participant, former Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary shall make arrangements for
65
regular direct payments on such loans with the Administrator or its delegate as
provided in the Rules of the Plan.
(ix) Each such loan shall be secured by the lesser of the amount of the loan or half of
the Vested interest in the Borrowers Accounts, including any Accounts maintained for the
Borrower pursuant to any Supplement, and such portion of his Accounts which is credited
after the date of the loan. For purposes of Articles XI, XII and XIII, the distributable
balance of such Accounts shall be reduced by the unpaid balance of the loan secured by such
Accounts.
(x) Each such loan shall bear a reasonable interest rate, which shall be commensurate
with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which
would be made under similar circumstances. The Administrator may adopt a national or
regional rate of interest for this purpose.
(xi) Each such loan shall be repaid within five years unless the loan is used to
acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used as a principal
residence of the Borrower.
(xii) The promissory note on any such loan (or such other document or communication
which evidences the loan) shall be an investment of the affected Accounts of the Borrower
receiving such loan and not an investment of the Trust Fund generally.
(xiii) At such time as the Administrator determines in its discretion in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner, a Borrower may suspend his installment payments on any loan under
the Plan for a period not longer than one year if the Borrower takes an authorized leave of
absence from the Company, either without pay from the Company or at a rate of pay (after
income and employment tax withholding) that is less than the amount of the installment
payment required under the terms of his Plan loan; provided, however, that the loan must be
repaid by the latest date permitted under Code Section 72(p)(2)(B) and the installments due
after the leave (or, if earlier, after the first year of the leave) must not be less than
those required under the terms of the original loan.
(xiv) At such time as the Administrator determines in its discretion in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner, a Borrower who leaves the Company as a result of service in the
uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code), whether or
not Qualified Military Service as defined in paragraph 6.12(a)(i) may suspend his
installment payments on any loan under the Plan during any part of such service and such
suspension shall not be taken into account for purposes of Code Section 72(p), 401(a), or
4975(d)(1).
(xv) The Administrator shall allow a grace period for a Borrower to make delinquent
installment payments on his loan(s) under the Plan, at such time as the Administrator in its
discretion determines in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; provided, however, that the
grace period shall not extend beyond the last day of the calendar quarter following the
calendar quarter in which the required installment payment was due.
66
(xvi) A Participant whose Account contains a promissory note pursuant this Section
15.14 may not elect to receive a distribution of his Accounts under Article XI or XIII after
his Separation from Service until such note has been satisfied or defaulted.
Section 15.15. Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders and
Certain Offsets
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary except subsection
(b), upon receipt by the Administrator of a domestic relations order, as defined in Code
Section 414(p), which, but for the time of required payment to the alternative payee, would
be a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), the amount
awarded to the alternate payee shall promptly be paid in the manner specified in such
order; provided, however, that no such distribution shall be made prior to the
Participants Separation from the Service if such distribution could adversely affect the
qualified status of the Plan.
(b) (i) Notwithstanding subsection (a) or any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary, upon receipt by the Administrator of a judgment, order, decree or settlement
agreement described in paragraph (ii) which expressly provides for an offset against all or
part of an amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against a Participants
Accounts under the Plan, such Participants Accounts shall be reduced or offset by the
amount specified in such judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement and such amount
shall promptly be paid to the Plan.
(ii) The judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement described in paragraph (i)
must arise from
a a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan,
b a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a
court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of
Part 4 of ERISA, or
c a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor or the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or
alleged violation) of Part 4 of ERISA by a fiduciary or any other person.
Section 15.16. Correction of Administrative Error; Special Contribution
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator shall take
any and all appropriate actions to correct errors in the administration of the Plan, including,
without limitation, errors in the allocation of contributions, forfeitures, and income, expenses,
gains and losses to the Accounts of the Participants, Merged Participants, former Participants or
Beneficiaries under the Plan. Such corrective actions may include debiting or crediting a
Participants, Merged Participants, former Participants or Beneficiarys Accounts or allocating
special contributions made by the Company to the Plan for purposes of correcting any failure to
make contributions on a timely basis or properly allocate contributions, forfeitures, or income,
expenses, gains and losses. The Administrator shall determine the amount of any such special
contributions required to be made by the Company, which may be made in such approximate amounts as
the Administrator, acting in its sole discretion, shall determine. In no event shall any
67
corrective action taken by the Administrator under this Section reduce any Participants,
Merged Participants, former Participants or Beneficiarys accrued benefit in violation of
Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
Section 15.17. Direct Rollovers
(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Distributee may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator under the Rules of the
Plan, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
Eligible Retirement Plan designated by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
(b) If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply,
such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Reg.
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that
(i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of
whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
option), and
(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
ARTICLE XVI.
TERMINATION, DISCONTINUANCE,
AMENDMENT, MERGER, ADOPTION OF PLAN
Section 16.1. Termination of Plan; Discontinuance of Contributions
(a) The Plan is intended as a permanent program but the Board shall have the right at any time
to declare the Plan terminated completely as to the Company or as to any division, facility or
other operational unit thereof. Discharge or layoff of Employees of the Company or any unit thereof
without such a declaration shall not result in a termination or partial termination of the Plan
except to the extent required by law. In the event of any termination or partial termination:
(i) An allocation of amounts being held under Section 18.4(b) shall be made in
accordance with Section 18.4(c).
(ii) For each Participant or Merged Participant who is then an Employee or employed by
a Company Affiliate with respect to whom the Plan is terminated, the interest in his ESOP
Account, if any, including his interest in the forfeitures (which shall be applied under
Section 6.9), shall become fully Vested.
(iii) The Administrator shall direct the Trustee to liquidate the necessary portion of
the Trust Fund and distribute it, less a proportionate share of the expenses of termination,
to the persons entitled thereto in proportion to their Accounts.
(iv) Provided that the Company or a Company Affiliate does not maintain another defined
contribution plan other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code
Section 4975(e)(7)), such distributions shall be made in the manner prescribed by
68
Section 13.1(a), assuming for such purpose that each person entitled to a distribution
under the Plan is a Participant or Merged Participant who has had a Separation from the
Service due to resignation or discharge on the date of termination.
(b) [Reserved.]
Section 16.2. Amendment of Plan
As limited in Section 16.1 of the Plan and Section 7.02 of the Trust Agreement, complete or
partial amendments or modifications to the Plan (including retroactive amendments to meet
governmental requirements or prerequisites for tax qualification) may be made from time to time by
Avery Dennison Corporation; provided, however, that no amendment shall decrease the Vested
percentage of any Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant has in his Accounts or his
accrued benefit. Amendments shall be adopted by the Board; provided, however, that the chief
executive officer of Avery Dennison Corporation may adopt amendments as necessary to bring the Plan
into conformity with legal requirements or to improve the administration of the Plan, provided that
no such amendment involves an increase in cost of benefits provided by the Plan.
Section 16.3. Retroactive Effect of Plan Amendment
(a) No Plan amendment, including this amendment, unless it expressly provides
otherwise, shall be applied retroactively to increase the Vested percentage of a
Participant or Merged Participant whose Separation from the Service preceded the date such
amendment became effective unless and until he becomes or again becomes a Participant and
additional contributions are allocated to him.
(b) No Plan amendment, unless it expressly provides otherwise, shall be applied
retroactively to increase the amount of service credited to any person for purposes of Plan
participation, vesting or any other Plan purpose with respect to his participation or
employment before the date such amendment became effective.
(c) Except as provided in subsections (a) and (b), all rights under the Plan shall be
determined under the terms of the Plan as in effect at the time the determination is made.
Section 16.4. Consolidation or Merger; Adoption of Plan by Other Companies
(a) In the event of the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other
business entity, or the sale by the Company or its owner of its assets, the successor may
continue the Plan by adopting the same by resolution of its board of directors or agreement
of its partners or proprietor and, if deemed appropriate, by executing a proper
supplemental agreement to the Trust Agreement with the Trustee. If, within ninety days
from the effective date of such consolidation, merger or sale of assets, such new
corporation, partnership or proprietorship does not adopt the Plan, the Plan shall be
terminated in accordance with Section 16.1. If a Company ceases to be a Company Affiliate
then, as of the date of the change in the controlled group, the employees of such entity
shall cease to be eligible to participate in the Plan.
69
(b) The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, nor shall its
assets or liabilities be transferred to any other plan, unless each Participant, Merged
Participant or former Participant in this Plan would have immediately after the merger,
consolidation or transfer (if the plan in question were then terminated) accounts which are
equal to or greater in amount than his corresponding Accounts under this Plan had the Plan
been terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.
(c) Any Company Affiliate may, with the approval of the Board or its delegate, adopt
the Plan as a whole company or as to any one or more divisions in accordance with the Rules
of the Plan.
ARTICLE XVII.
SALE OF COMPANY STOCK
Section 17.1. Option to Sell Shares of Company Stock
Solely in the event that a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant receives a
distribution consisting in whole or in part of Company Stock that at the time of distribution
thereof is not publicly traded, then such distributed Company Stock shall be made subject to a put
option in the hands of a Qualified Holder, with such put option to be subject to the following
provisions:
(a) During the sixty day period following any distribution of such Company Stock, a
Qualified Holder shall have the right to require the Company to purchase all or any portion
of said distributed Company Stock held by said Qualified Holder. A Qualified Holder shall
exercise such right by giving written notice, within the aforesaid sixty day period, to the
Company of the number of shares of distributed Company Stock that such Qualified Holder
intends to sell to the Company. The purchase price to be paid for any such Company Stock
shall be its fair market value determined as of the most recent valuation in accordance
with the valuation rules specified in Section 8.1.
(b) If a Qualified Holder shall fail to exercise his put option right under subsection
(a), he shall have the right to exercise such option in the first sixty day period of the
next following Plan Year. If a Qualified Holder shall fail to exercise his put option in
the next succeeding Plan Year, such option right shall expire and the Qualified Holder
shall have no further right to require the Company to purchase such distributed Company
Stock.
(c) In the application of subsections (a) and (b), the period during which a put
option is exercisable does not include any time when a distributee is unable to exercise it
because the party bound by the put option is prohibited from honoring it by applicable
federal or state law.
(d) In the event that a Qualified Holder shall exercise a put option under this
Section, then the Company shall have the option of paying the purchase price of the Option
Stock under either of the following methods:
(i) A lump sum payment of the purchase price within ninety days after the date upon
which such put option is exercised (the Exercise Date) or
70
(ii) A series of six or less equal installment payments, with the first such payment to
be made within thirty days after the Exercise Date and the five or correspondingly less
remaining payments to be made on the five or less anniversary dates of the Exercise Date, so
that the full amount shall be paid as of the fifth or earlier anniversary of such Exercise
Date. If the Company elects to pay the purchase price of the Option Stock under the
installment method provided in this paragraph (ii), then the Company shall, within 30 days
after the Exercise Date, give the Qualified Holder who is exercising the put option the
Companys promissory note for the full unpaid balance of the option price. Such note shall,
at a minimum, state a reasonable rate of interest and provide that the full amount of such
note shall accelerate and become due immediately in the event that the Company defaults in
the payment of a scheduled installment payment.
(e) The protections and rights provided in this Section are nonterminable and continue
to exist notwithstanding the repayment of any loan, the proceeds of which are used to
purchase Leveraged Company Stock and notwithstanding the cessation of the Plans status as
an employee stock ownership plan.
(f) The foregoing put options under subsections (a) and (b) shall be effective solely
against the Company and shall not obligate the Plan in any manner, provided, however, with
the Companys consent the Plan may elect to purchase any Company Stock that otherwise must
be purchased by the Company pursuant to a Qualified Holders exercise of any such option.
(g) Except as is expressly provided hereinabove with respect to any distributed
Leveraged Company Stock that is not publicly traded, no such Leveraged Company Stock shall
be subject to a put, call, or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held
by and when distributed from the Plan, whether or not at such time the Plan constitutes an
employee stock ownership plan and whether or not the loan used to acquire such Leveraged
Company Stock shall have been repaid.
(h) At the time of distribution of Company Stock that is not publicly traded to an
Employee or Beneficiary, the Company shall furnish to such Employee or Beneficiary the most
recent annual certificate of value prepared by the Company with respect to such stock. In
addition, the Company shall furnish to such Participant, former Participant or Merged
Participant or Beneficiary a copy of each subsequent annual certificate of value until the
put options provided for in this Section with respect to such distributed Company Stock
shall expire.
ARTICLE XVIII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 18.1. Identification of Fiduciaries
(a) The Administrator (with respect to control and management of Plan assets and in
general) and the Trustee shall be named fiduciaries within the meaning of ERISA and, as
permitted or required by law, shall have exclusive authority and discretion to control and
manage the operation and administration of the Plan within the limits set forth in the
Trust Agreement, subject to proper delegation.
71
(b) Such named fiduciaries and every person who exercises any discretionary authority
or discretionary control respecting management of the Trust Fund or Plan, or exercises any
authority or control respecting the management or disposition of the assets of the Trust
Fund or Plan, or renders investment advice for compensation, direct or indirect, with
respect to any monies or other property of the Trust Fund or Plan or has authority or
responsibility to do so, or has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility
in the administration of the Plan, and any person designated by a named fiduciary to carry
out fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan, shall be a fiduciary and, as such, shall be
subject to provisions of the Plan, the Trust Agreement, ERISA and other applicable laws
governing fiduciaries. Any person may act in more than one fiduciary capacity.
Section 18.2. Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibilities
(a) Fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan are allocated as follows:
(i) The sole power and discretion to manage and control the Plans assets including,
but not limited to, the power to acquire and dispose of Plan assets, is allocated to the
Trustee, except to the extent that another fiduciary is appointed in accordance with the
Trust Agreement with the power to control or manage (including the power to acquire and
dispose of) assets of the Plan.
(ii) The sole duties, responsibilities and powers allocated to the Board shall be those
expressly retained under Sections 16.1, 16.2 and 16.4.
(iii) The sole duties, responsibilities and powers allocated to the Company shall be
those expressly retained under the Plan or the Trust Agreement.
(iv) Each Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant shall be a named
fiduciary for purposes of Section 403(a) of ERISA but solely with respect to the issuance of
instructions to the Trustee
A to tender or not to tender the Company Stock representing the
proportionate share in the Company Stock Fund and in the Suspense Account of the
Participants Accounts, or the Company Stock credited to his Stock Accounts,
pursuant to Section 1.12 of the Trust Agreement, and
B to vote such shares, pursuant to Section 18.5.
(v) All fiduciary responsibilities not allocated to the Trustee, the Board, the Company
or any investment manager are hereby allocated to the Administrator, subject to delegation
in accordance with Section 15.1(a)(viii).
(b) Fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan (other than the power to manage or
control the Plans assets) may be reallocated among those fiduciaries identified as named
fiduciaries in Section 18.1 by amending the Plan in the manner prescribed in Section 16.2
followed by such fiduciaries acceptance of, or operation under, such amended Plan.
72
Section 18.3. Limitation on Rights of Employees
The Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not
constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee, or consideration for, or an inducement
or condition of, the employment of an Employee. Except as otherwise required by law, nothing
contained in the Plan shall give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the
Company or to interfere with or restrict the right of the Company, which is hereby expressly
reserved, to discharge or retire any Employee at any time, without notice and with or without
cause. Except as otherwise required by law, inclusion under the Plan will not give any Employee
any right or claim to any benefit hereunder except to the extent such right has specifically become
fixed under the terms of the Plan and there are funds available therefor in the hands of the
Trustee. The doctrine of substantial performance shall have no application to Employees,
Participants or Merged Participants. Each condition and provision, including numerical items, has
been carefully considered and constitutes the minimum limit on performance which will give rise to
the applicable right.
Section 18.4. Limitation on Annual Additions; Treatment of Otherwise Excessive
Allocations
(a) Except as provided in Section 3.1(c), in any Plan Year (which shall be the Plans
limitation year within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.415(j)-1), the Annual Addition of a
Participant shall not exceed the lesser of
(i) 100 percent of the Participants Statutory Compensation for the Plan Year, or
(ii) $40,000 (as adjusted for increases in the cost of living as described in Code
Section 415(d)).
(b) If the Annual Addition of a Participant would exceed the limits of subsection (a),
corrections shall be made in conformance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (or
any successor thereto).
Section 18.5. Voting Rights
Except as otherwise required by ERISA, the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, all
voting rights of shares of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund (including pursuant to any
Supplement) shall be exercised by the Trustee only as directed by the Administrator, the
Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants (as applicable) or their Beneficiaries in
accordance with the following provisions of this Section 18.5:
(a) With respect to all corporate matters submitted to the Companys shareholders,
Company Stock held by the Trust in the Company Stock Fund or Stock Accounts (including
pursuant to any Supplement) shall be voted in accordance with the directions of the
Participants, former Participants and Merged Participants (as communicated to the Trustee)
in proportion to the sum of the value of the investment of their Accounts in the Company
Stock Fund (including pursuant to any Supplement) and the value of the shares allocated to
their Stock Accounts (including pursuant to any Supplement). If this Section 18.5(a)
applies to shares of Company Stock allocated to the account of a deceased Participant,
former Participant or Merged Participant, such
73
Participants Beneficiary shall be entitled to direct the voting with respect to such shares as if such Beneficiary were the Participant, former Participant or Merged
Participant.
(b) At least thirty days before each annual or special shareholders meeting of the
Company (or, if such schedule cannot be met, as early as practicable before such meeting),
the Trustee shall furnish to each Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant a
copy of the proxy solicitation material sent generally to shareholders, together with a
form requesting confidential instructions on how such Participants proportionate voting
rights are to be exercised. Upon timely receipt of such instructions, the Trustee (after
combining votes of fractional shares of Company stock to give effect to the greatest extent
possible to Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants instructions) shall
vote as instructed. The instructions received by the Trustee from Participants, former
Participants or Merged Participants shall be held by the Trustee in strict confidence and
shall not be divulged or released to any person including officers or Employees of the
Company, or of any other company. The Trustee and the Company shall not make
recommendations to Participants, former Participants or Merged Participants on whether to
vote or how to vote, other than recommendations contained in proxy and other materials that
are generally distributed to all shareholders of the Company with respect to such vote. If
voting instructions for shares of Company Stock allocated to any Participant, former
Participant or Merged Participant are not timely received for a particular shareholders
meeting, such shares of Company Stock shall not be voted.
(c) The Trustee shall vote shares of Company Stock allocated to the Suspense Account
(or held by the Trust but not otherwise described in subsection (a)) in the same proportion
as Company Stock with respect to which voting instructions are received is voted.
Section 18.6. Delays in Payment
If any Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant would incur any liability
pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by reason of his receipt of any
distribution hereunder, then, notwithstanding any other Plan provision, such Participant, former
Participant or Merged Participant shall have the option to delay such distribution for such
reasonable period of time as shall be necessary to avoid such liability.
Section 18.7. Restriction on Leveraged Company Stock
Except as otherwise provided herein, no Leveraged Company Stock may be subject to a put, call,
or other option or a buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed from the
Plan.
Section 18.8. Governing Law
The Plan and Trust shall be interpreted, administered and enforced in accordance with the Code
and ERISA, and the rights of Participants, former Participants, Merged Participants, Beneficiaries
and all other persons shall be determined in accordance therewith; provided, however, that, to the
extent that state law is applicable, the laws of the state of residence of the Participant in
question, or if none, the state in which the principal office of the Administrator is located shall
apply.
74
Section 18.9. Genders and Plurals
Where the context so indicates, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine pronoun and
the singular shall include the plural.
Section 18.10. Titles
Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for
interpretation or construction of the Plan or Trust Agreement.
Section 18.11. References
Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, a reference to a statute, regulation or
document shall be construed as referring to any subsequently amended, enacted, adopted or executed
statute, regulation or document.
Executed at Pasadena, California, this 25th day of January, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
|
|
|
By |
/s/ Dean A. Scarborough
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
SUPPLEMENT A
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Avery
International effective July 31, 1987. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who
are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the PAYSOP Accounts.
Section A1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his PAYSOP Account.
Section A1.2. ESOP Effective Date
ESOP Effective Date shall be March 1, 1989.
Section A1.3. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a PAYSOP Participant and a Savings Plan Participant.
Section A1.4. PAYSOP
PAYSOP shall mean the Employee Stock Ownership Plan of Avery International which was merged
into the Savings Plan effective July 31, 1987.
Section A1.5. PAYSOP Account
PAYSOP Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a Participant
or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the PAYSOP into the Savings Plan effective
July 31, 1987 which consists of the contributions of the Company to such Participants Stock
Ownership Account established pursuant to the PAYSOP in accordance with Section 5.1 thereof.
Section A1.6. PAYSOP Participant
PAYSOP Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan and was not a
participant in the Savings Plan, but was a participant in the PAYSOP, for whom the Company
maintains a PAYSOP Account.
Section A1.7. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the PAYSOP for whom the Company maintains a PAYSOP
Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplement H.
A-1
Section A1.8. Stock Account
A Stock Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his PAYSOP Account.
Section A6.10. Diversification
Except as provided in subsection 6.10(b) of the Plan, this Section shall apply to any Active
Participant.
* * * * *
References in the following Sections of the Plan to Participants shall be deemed to include
Merged Participants:
1.13 (Cash Account), 1.54 (Qualified Holder), 1.65 (Stock Account), 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1, and
18.2.
A-2
SUPPLEMENT B
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of the Profit-Sharing Plan for Employees of White
Graphic Systems, Inc. effective July 31, 1987. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those
who are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the White Graphic Accounts.
Section B1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his White Graphic Account.
Section B1.2. Hour of Service
For purposes of Section 1.36, any reference to the Company with respect to periods prior to
August 1, 1987 shall include White Graphic Systems, Inc.
Section B1.3. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a White Graphic Participant and a Savings Plan Participant.
Section B1.4. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the White Graphic Plan for whom the Company maintains a
White Graphic Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplement H.
Section B1.5. White Graphic Account
White Graphic Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the White Graphic Plan into the
Savings Plan effective July 31, 1987.
Section B1.6. White Graphic Participant
White Graphic Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan and was
not a participant in the Savings Plan, but was a Participant in the White Graphic Plan for whom the
Company maintains a White Graphic Account.
Section B1.7. White Graphic Plan
White Graphic Plan shall mean the Profit-Sharing Plan for Employees of White Graphic
Systems, Inc.
B-1
SUPPLEMENT C
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of the Profit-Sharing Plan of Kingsbacher-Murphy
Company effective March 1, 1993. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not
Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the Kingsbacher-Murphy Accounts.
Section C1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Kingsbacher-Murphy
Account.
Section C1.2. Kingsbacher-Murphy Account
Kingsbacher-Murphy Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan into the
Savings Plan effective March 1, 1993, and shall consist of his Kingsbacher-Murphy Rollover Account,
if any, and his Kingsbacher-Murphy Profit-Sharing Account.
Section C1.3. Kingsbacher-Murphy Participant
Kingsbacher-Murphy Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan
and was not a participant in the Savings Plan, but was a Participant in the Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan
for whom the Company maintains a Kingsbacher-Murphy Account.
Section C1.4. Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan
Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan shall mean the Profit-Sharing Plan of Kingsbacher-Murphy Company.
Section C1.5. Kingsbacher-Murphy Profit-Sharing Account
Kingsbacher-Murphy Profit-Sharing Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean
that portion of his Kingsbacher-Murphy Account consisting of contributions to his Profit-Sharing
Account established pursuant to the terms of the Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan.
Section C1.6. Kingsbacher-Murphy Rollover Account
Kingsbacher-Murphy Rollover Account of a Participant or a Merged Participant shall mean that
portion of his Kingsbacher-Murphy Account consisting of contributions to his Rollover Account, if
any, established pursuant to the terms of the Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan.
Section C1.7. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Kingsbacher-Murphy Participant and a Savings Plan
Participant.
C-1
Section C1.8. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan for whom the Company
maintains a Kingsbacher -Murphy Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplement
H.
C-2
SUPPLEMENT D
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the transfer into the Savings Plan of the accounts of certain employees under The
Dennison Manufacturing Company Pre-Tax Investment Plus Plan and The Avery Dennison Office Products
Company Pre-Tax Investment Plus Plan, effective at the close of business May 31, 1993. It shall
apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are
Participants.
Pursuant to this transfer of accounts, amounts held in the Deferred Compensation Account,
Matching Account, Qualified Account and Rollover Account of each Participant and Merged
Participant under the Dennison 401(k) Plans were transferred to the Unmatched PTS Account, Company
Contributions Account, Qualified Account and Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account, respectively, under
the Savings Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the Dennison 401(k) Rollover Accounts.
Section D1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dennison 401(k) Rollover
Account.
Section D1.2. Dennison 401(k) Participant
Dennison 401(k) Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan and
was not a participant in the Savings Plan, but one or more of whose accounts in one of the Dennison
401(k) Plans was transferred to the Savings Plan.
Section D1.3. Dennison 401(k) Plans
Dennison 401(k) Plans shall mean The Dennison Manufacturing Company Pre-Tax Investment Plus
Plan and The Avery Dennison Office Products Company Pre-Tax Investment Plus Plan.
Section D1.4. Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account
Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established
for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the transfer of accounts from the Dennison
401(k) Plans to the Savings Plan effective as of May 31, 1993.
Section D1.5. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Dennison 401(k) Participant and a Savings Plan
Participant.
D-1
Section D1.6. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and one of the Dennison 401(k) Plans for whom the Company
maintains one or more Accounts which were originally transferred from a Dennison 401(k) Plan to the
Savings Plan as well as Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplement H.
Section D9.3. Withdrawals from Dennison 401(k) Rollover Accounts
A Participant or Merged Participant who is an Employee may elect in accordance with the Rules
of the Plan to make a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the amount credited to his
Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account.
Section D9.6. Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty Nine and One Half
A Participant or Merged Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age fifty-nine and one-half may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a
distribution of all or any portion of his Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account in one lump sum. Such
distributions shall not be made more frequently than at twelve month intervals.
Section D15.14. Loans to Participants and Merged Participants
A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his Dennison 401(k) Rollover Account
with the approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
D-2
SUPPLEMENT E
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of The Dennison Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
effective at the close of business May 31, 1993. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and
those who are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
The leveraged ESOP portion of the Plan shall include the Dennison ESOP Accounts.
Section E1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dennison ESOP Account.
Section E1.2. Change in Control
Change in Control shall mean,
(a) The acquisition (other than from Dennison Manufacturing Company) by any person,
entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), (excluding, for this purpose,
Dennison Manufacturing Company or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of Dennison
Manufacturing Company or its subsidiaries) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of Dennison Manufacturing Company or the combined voting power of the
then outstanding voting securities of Dennison Manufacturing Company entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors of Dennison Manufacturing Company; or
(b) Individuals, who as of January 1, 1990, constitute the Board of Directors of
Dennison Manufacturing Company (as of January 1, 1990, the Incumbent Board) cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Dennison Manufacturing
Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 1, 1990 whose
election, or nomination for election by the shareholders of Dennison Manufacturing Company,
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of
office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the
election of the directors of Dennison Manufacturing Company, as such terms are sued in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) shall be, for purposes of the
Plan, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, with
respect to which persons who were the stockholders of Dennison Manufacturing Company
immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately
thereafter, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated
companys then outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of
E-1
Dennison Manufacturing Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Dennison
Manufacturing Company.
Section E1.3. Dennison ESOP
Dennison ESOP shall mean The Dennison Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
Section E1.4. Dennison ESOP Account
Dennison ESOP Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Dennison ESOP into the Savings
Plan effective May 31, 1993.
Section E1.5. Dennison ESOP Participant
Dennison ESOP Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan and was
not a participant in the Savings Plan, but was a participant in the Dennison ESOP, for whom the
Company maintains a Dennison ESOP Account.
Section E1.7. Leveraged Company Stock
Leveraged Company Stock shall include Company Stock treated as Leveraged Company Stock
under the provisions of the Dennison ESOP as of its merger into the Savings Plan.
Section E1.8. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Dennison ESOP Participant and a Savings Plan Participant.
Section E1.9. Normal Retirement Date
Normal Retirement Date of a Participant or Merged Participant, but only with respect to his
Dennison ESOP Account, shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next
following the earlier of
(a) his sixty-fifth birthday, or
(b) his fifty-fifth birthday and his completion of five Years of Vesting Service.
Section E1.10. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the Dennison ESOP for whom the Company maintains a
Dennison ESOP Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplements H.
E-2
Section E1.11. Stock Account
Stock Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dennison ESOP
Account. For purposes of Section E6.10, Stock Account shall mean only that portion of a
Participants Stock Account held in Company Stock.
Section E1.12. Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the Dennison ESOP as of May 31, 1993, as well as all service otherwise so treated
under the provisions of the Savings Plan and the Plan.
Section E6.10. Diversification
Except as provided in Section 6.10(a) of the Plan, an Active Participant may elect to have up
to the entire amount credited to his Stock Account applied, pursuant to Article VII and the Rules
of the Plan, to investment in such (three or more) Subfunds as are designated for such purpose
under the Rules of the Plan (and notwithstanding any contrary, otherwise applicable, Rules of the
Plan) or distributed to him. Such elections shall be made on such forms or such other documents or
communications as are prescribed by the Administrator.
Section E9.1. Vesting of Accounts
(a) Except as provided in Section E14.3(a) and subsection (b), a Participants or Merged
Participants Dennison ESOP Account shall not be Vested until he completes three Years of Vesting
Service at which time it shall become fully Vested.
(b) The interest of a Participant or Merged Participant in his Dennison ESOP Account shall
become fully Vested upon the earliest to occur of
(i) it becoming fully Vested under the terms of the Dennison ESOP or the Savings Plan,
(ii) his death,
(iii) his Normal Retirement Date,
(iv) his Disability Retirement Date,
(v) a Change in Control, or
(vi) the termination or discontinuation of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
Section E9.6. Withdrawal After Ten Years of Vesting Service
Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, any Participant or Merged Participant who
has accrued ten or more Years of Vesting Service at the end of any Plan Year may,
E-3
without a
Separation from the Service and during his continued participation in the Plan, elect to receive a
distribution of up to 10% (determined in increments of 1%) of the amount credited to his Dennison
ESOP Account in one lump sum distribution in the form of cash or stock to the extent permitted by
Section 11.3(b)(i) in accordance with Section 11.3(a).
Section E11.3. Distribution of Accounts
(b) If the entire amount credited to a Participants or Merged Participants Accounts exceeds
$1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions
described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such Participant or Merged Participant may elect to
receive the amount credited to his Dennison ESOP Account under any installment option then
available under Section 11.3, except that following commencement of payment, such Participant may
elect to increase the amount of such installments or the frequency of such installments, or both.
Section E12.2. Distribution on Death
(a) Upon the death of a Participant or Merged Participant whose Accounts exceed $5,000, the
person or persons designated under subsection (b) may elect to receive the amount credited to such
Participants Dennison ESOP Account under any installment option then available under Section 11.3,
except that following commencement of payment, such person or persons designated under subsection
(b) may elect to increase the amount of such installments or the frequency of such installments, or
both; provided, however, that such installments shall continue over a period not longer than the
life expectancy of such person.
Section E13.1. Distribution on Resignation or Discharge
(b) if the Vested amount credited to his Accounts exceeds` $1,000 (excluding his Rollover
Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section
411(a)(11)(D)), payment of his Vested Dennison ESOP Account under any installment option then
available under Section 11.3, except that following commencement of payment, such Participant may
elect to increase the amount of such installments or the frequency of such installments, or both.
Section E13.2. Forfeitures
(a) If a Participant or Merged Participant has a Separation from the Service due to
resignation or discharge, the portions of his Dennison ESOP Account which are not Vested shall be
forfeited upon his completion of five consecutive Break in Service Years. Pending application
under Section 6.9, forfeitures shall be held in suspense and shall not be commingled with amounts
held in suspense under Section 18.4.
(b) If a Participant or Merged Participant has a Separation from the Service prior to becoming
Vested in any portion of his Dennison ESOP Account, a distribution shall be deemed to have occurred
upon such Separation from the Service for purposes of subsection (a).
Section E13.3. Restoration of Forfeitures
If a Participant or Merged Participant whose Dennison ESOP Account is not then fully Vested
E-4
(a) has a Separation from the Service,
(b) suffers a forfeiture under Section E13.2 of the portion of such Account which is
not Vested,
(c) again becomes an Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate before he has five
consecutive Break in Service Years, and
(d) repays to the Plan the full amount, if any, distributed to him from such Accounts
before the end of his fifth consecutive Break in Service Year or, if earlier, the fifth
anniversary of his reemployment,
then the amount forfeited under Section E13.2 by such Participant or Merged Participant and any
interest thereon shall be restored to his Dennison ESOP Account, applying forfeitures pending
reallocation and Company contributions, in that order, as necessary.
Section E14.3. Vesting
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the Vested percentage of the Dennison
ESOP Account of each Participant or Merged Participant who completes an Hour of Service in such
Plan Year shall be the percentage of such Account shown on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
Less than 2 |
|
|
0 |
% |
2 |
|
|
20 |
% |
3 |
|
|
100 |
% |
(b) The Vested percentage of a Participants or Merged Participants Dennison ESOP Account
shall be not less than the Vested percentage determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in
which the Plan was Top Heavy.
(c) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is not Top Heavy which follows one or more Plan Years
for which the Plan has been Top Heavy, Section E9.1 shall again become applicable as an amendment
to the Plan; thus, each Participant or Merged Participant who has had his Vested percentage
computed under subsection (a) and who has completed at least one Year of Vesting Service shall be
permitted to elect to have his Vested percentage computed in accordance with subsection (a) for
such Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year in which the Plan is no longer Top Heavy. Such
Participant or Merged Participant may make such election within an election period beginning no
later than the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Plan is no longer Top Heavy and ending
no later than the later of
(i) the sixtieth day of such Plan Year, or
(ii) a date which is sixty days after the day the Participant or Merged Participant is
issued written notice of his right to make such election by the Administrator.
E-5
Section E16.1. Termination of Plan; Discontinuance of Contributions
(a) (ii) For each Participant or Merged Participant who is then an Employee or employed
by a Company Affiliate with respect to whom the Plan is terminated, the interest in his
Dennison ESOP Account, if any, including his interest in the forfeitures (which shall be
applied under Section 5.4), shall become fully Vested.
* * * * *
References in the following Sections of the Plan to Participants shall be deemed to include
Merged Participants:
1.13 (Cash Account), 1.54 (Qualified Holder), 1.65 (Stock Account), 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1, and
18.2.
E-6
SUPPLEMENT F
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of The Dennison Manufacturing Company Bargaining Unit
Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective as of the close of business on November 30, 1995. It shall
apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are
Participants.
The leveraged ESOP portion of the Plan shall include the Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP
Accounts.
Section F1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dennison Bargaining Unit
ESOP Account.
Section F1.2. Change in Control
Change in Control shall mean,
(a) The acquisition (other than from Dennison Manufacturing Company) by any person,
entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), (excluding, for this purpose,
Dennison Manufacturing Company or its subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan of Dennison
Manufacturing Company or its subsidiaries) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either the then outstanding
shares of common stock of Dennison Manufacturing Company or the combined voting power of the
then outstanding voting securities of Dennison Manufacturing Company entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors of Dennison Manufacturing Company; or
(b) Individuals, who as of January 1, 1990, constitute the Board of Directors of
Dennison Manufacturing Company (as of January 1, 1990, the Incumbent Board) cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Dennison Manufacturing
Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 1, 1990 whose
election, or nomination for election by the shareholders of Dennison Manufacturing Company,
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of
office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the
election of the directors of Dennison Manufacturing Company, as such terms are sued in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) shall be, for purposes of the
Plan, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, with
respect to which persons who were the stockholders of Dennison Manufacturing Company
immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, immediately
thereafter, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting
F-1
power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated
companys then outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of Dennison
Manufacturing Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Dennison
Manufacturing Company.
Section F1.3. Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP
Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP shall mean The Dennison Manufacturing Company Bargaining Unit
Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
Section F1.4. Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account
Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Dennison ESOP
into the Savings Plan effective as of the close of business on November 30, 1995.
Section F1.5. Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Participant
Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in
the Plan and was not a participant in the Savings Plan, but was a Participant in the Dennison
Bargaining Unit ESOP, for whom the Company maintains a Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account.
Section F1.6. Dennison ESOP
Dennison ESOP shall mean The Dennison Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
Section F1.8. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Participant and a Savings
Plan Participant.
Section F1.9. Normal Retirement Date
Normal Retirement Date of a Participant or Merged Participant, but only with respect to his
Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account, shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident
with or next following the earlier of
(a) his sixty-fifth birthday, or
|
(b) |
|
his fifty-fifth birthday and his completion of five Years of Vesting Service. |
Section F1.10. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP for whom the Company
maintains a Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in
Supplement H.
F-2
Section F1.11. Stock Account
Stock Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dennison Bargaining
Unit ESOP Account. For purposes of Section F6.10, Stock Account shall mean only that portion of a
Participants Stock Account held in Company Stock.
Section F1.12. Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP as of the close of business November 30, 1995, as
well as all service otherwise so treated under the provisions of the Savings Plan and the Plan.
Section F6.10. Diversification
Except as provided in subsection 6.10(b) of the Plan, an Active Participant may elect to have
up to the entire amount credited to his Stock Account applied, pursuant to Article VII and the
Rules of the Plan, to investment in such (three or more) Subfunds as are designated for such
purpose under the Rules of the Plan (and notwithstanding any contrary, otherwise applicable, Rules
of the Plan) or distributed to him. Such elections shall be made on such forms or such other
documents or communications as are prescribed by the Administrator.
Section F9.1. Vesting of Accounts
(a) Except as provided in Section F14.3(a) and subsection (b), a Participants or Merged
Participants Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account shall not be Vested until he completes three
Years of Vesting Service at which time it shall become fully Vested.
(b) The interest of a Participant or Merged Participant in his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP
Account shall become fully Vested upon the earliest to occur of
(i) it becoming fully Vested under the terms of the Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP or
the Savings Plan,
(ii) his death,
(iii) his Normal Retirement Date,
(iv) his Disability Retirement Date,
(v) a Change in Control, or
(vi) the termination or discontinuation of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
F-3
Section F9.6. Withdrawal After Ten Years of Vesting Service
Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, any Participant or Merged Participant who
has accrued ten or more Years of Vesting Service at the end of any Plan Year may, without a
Separation from the Service and during his continued participation in the Plan, elect to receive a
distribution of up to 10% (determined in increments of 1%) of the amount credited to his Dennison
Bargaining Unit ESOP Account in one lump sum distribution in the form of cash or stock to the
extent permitted by Section 11.3(b)(i) in accordance with Section 11.3(a).
Section F11.3. Distribution of Accounts
(b) If the entire amount credited to a Participants or Merged Participants Accounts exceeds
$1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions
described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such Participant or Merged Participant may elect to
receive the amount credited to his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account under any installment
option then available under Section 11.3, except that following commencement of payment, such
Participant may elect to increase the amount of such installments or the frequency of such
installments, or both.
Section F12.2. Distribution on Death
(a) Upon the death of a Participant or Merged Participant whose Accounts exceed $5,000, the
person or persons designated under subsection (b) may elect to receive the amount credited to such
Participants Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account under any installment option then available
under Section 11.3, except that following commencement of payment, such person or persons
designated under subsection (b) may elect to increase the amount of such installments or the
frequency of such installments, or both; provided, however, that such installments shall continue
over a period not longer than the life expectancy of such person.
Section F13.1. Distribution on Resignation or Discharge
(b) if the Vested amount credited to his Accounts exceeds $1,000 (excluding his Rollover
Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section
411(a)(11)(D)), payment of his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account under any installment option
then available under Section 11.3, except that following commencement of payment, such Participant
may elect to increase the amount of such installments or the frequency of such installments, or
both.
Section F13.2. Forfeitures
(a) If a Participant or Merged Participant has a Separation from the Service due to
resignation or discharge, the portions of his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account which are not
Vested shall be forfeited upon his completion of five consecutive Break in Service Years. Pending
application under Section 6.9, forfeitures shall be held in suspense and shall not be commingled
with amounts held in suspense under Section 18.4.
(b) If a Participant or Merged Participant has a Separation from the Service prior to becoming
Vested in any portion of his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account, a distribution shall be deemed
to have occurred upon such Separation from the Service for purposes of subsection (a).
F-4
Section F13.3. Restoration of Forfeitures
If a Participant or Merged Participant whose Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account is not then
fully Vested
(a) has a Separation from the Service,
(b) suffers a forfeiture under Section F13.2 of the portion of such Account which is
not Vested,
(c) again becomes an Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate before he has five
consecutive Break in Service Years, and
(d) repays to the Plan the full amount, if any, distributed to him from such Accounts
before the end of his fifth consecutive Break in Service Year or, if earlier, the fifth
anniversary of his reemployment,
then the amount forfeited under Section F13.2 by such Participant or Merged Participant and any
interest thereon shall be restored to his Dennison Bargaining Unit ESOP Account, applying
forfeitures pending reallocation and Company contributions, in that order, as necessary.
Section F14.3. Vesting
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the Vested percentage of the Dennison
Bargaining Unit ESOP Account of each Participant or Merged Participant who completes an Hour of
Service in such Plan Year shall be the percentage of such Account shown on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
Less than 2 |
|
|
0 |
% |
2 |
|
|
20 |
% |
3 |
|
|
100 |
% |
(b) The Vested percentage of a Participants or Merged Participants Dennison Bargaining Unit
ESOP Account shall be not less than the Vested percentage determined as of the last day of the last
Plan Year in which the Plan was Top Heavy.
(c) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is not Top Heavy which follows one or more Plan Years
for which the Plan has been Top Heavy, Section F9.1 shall again become applicable as an amendment
to the Plan; thus, each Participant or Merged Participant who has had his Vested percentage
computed under subsection (a) and who has completed at least one Year of Vesting Service shall be
permitted to elect to have his Vested percentage computed in accordance with subsection (a) for
such Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year in which the Plan is no longer Top
F-5
Heavy. Such
Participant or Merged Participant may make such election within an election period beginning no
later than the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Plan is no longer Top Heavy and ending
no later than the later of
(i) the sixtieth day of such Plan Year, or
(ii) a date which is sixty days after the day the Participant or Merged Participant is
issued written notice of his right to make such election by the Administrator.
Section F16.1. Termination of Plan; Discontinuance of Contributions
(a) (ii) For each Participant or Merged Participant who is then an Employee or employed by a
Company Affiliate with respect to whom the Plan is terminated, the interest in his Dennison
Bargaining ESOP Account, if any, including his interest in the forfeitures (which shall be applied
under Section 5.4), shall become fully Vested.
* * * * *
References in the following Sections of the Plan to Participants shall be deemed to include
Merged Participants:
1.13 (Cash Account), 1.54 (Qualified Holder), 1.65 (Stock Account), 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1, and
18.2.
F-6
SUPPLEMENT G
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger into the Savings Plan of The Avery Dennison Office Products Company Pre-Tax
Investment Plus Plan, effective as of the close of business November 30, 1995. It shall apply only
to Merged Participants and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are
Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in the Deferred Compensation Account, Matching
Account, Qualified Account and Rollover Account of each Participant and Merged Participant
under the ADOPCo 401(k) Plan were merged into the Unmatched PTS Account, Company Contributions
Account, Qualified Account and ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account, respectively, under the Savings
Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Accounts.
Section G1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover
Account.
Section G1.2. ADOPCo 401(k) Participant
ADOPCo 401(k) Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan and was
not a participant in the Savings Plan but was a participant in the ADOPCo 401(k) Plan, for whom the
Company maintains an ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account.
Section G1.3. ADOPCo 401(k) Plan
ADOPCo 401(k) Plan shall mean The Avery Dennison Office Products Company Pre-Tax Investment
Plus Plan.
Section G1.4. ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account
ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for
a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the ADOPCo 401(k) Plan into the
Savings Plan effective as of the close of business November 30, 1995.
Section G1.5. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include an ADOPCo 401(k) Participant and a Savings Plan
Participant.
Section G1.6. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall include any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but
was a participant in the Savings Plan and the ADOPCo 401(k) Plan for whom the Company
G-1
maintains an
ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account and Accounts under the Savings Plan described in Supplement H.
Section G9.3. Withdrawals from ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Accounts
A Participant or Merged Participant who is an Employee may elect in accordance with the Rules
of the Plan to make a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the amount credited to his
ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account.
Section G9.6. Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty Nine and One Half
A Participant or Merged Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age fifty-nine and one-half may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a
distribution of all or any portion of his ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account in one lump sum. Such
distributions shall not be made more frequently than at twelve month intervals.
Section G15.14. Loans to Participants and Merged Participants
A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his ADOPCo 401(k) Rollover Account with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
G-2
SUPPLEMENT H
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the Savings Plan into the Plan, effective following the close of business
on November 30, 1997. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not Merged
Participants only because they are Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Account, the After-Tax
Savings (ATS) Account, the Qualified Account (which shall consist of the Qualified Company
Contribution Account and the Qualified ESOP Account), the Rollover Account, the ESOP
Account, the Company Contributions Account, and the Prior Account of each Participant and
Merged Participant under the Savings Plan will be held in the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Account,
the After-Tax Savings (ATS) Account, the Qualified Account, the Rollover Account, the ESOP
Account, the Company Contributions Account, and the Prior Account, respectively, under the
Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include all Accounts other than the ESOP Accounts
and the Qualified ESOP Accounts which shall be a part of the leveraged ESOP portion of the Plan.
Section H1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant may include his Company Contributions
Account, Qualified Company Contribution Account and his Prior Account.
Section H1.2. Company Contributions Account
Company Contributions Account of a Participant shall mean his individual account in the
Trust Fund established in accordance with Section H6.2(a).
Section H1.3. ESOP Effective Date
The ESOP Effective Date shall be March 1, 1989.
Section H1.4. Leveraged Company Stock
Leveraged Company Stock shall include Company Stock treated as Leveraged Company Stock
under the provisions of the Savings Plan as of its merger into the Plan.
Section H1.5. Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Savings Plan Participant.
Section H1.6. Prior Account
Prior Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his account as of November
30, 1976 under the Savings Plan as constituted on that date together with such other accounts,
received by the Savings Plan in a trust-to-trust transfer, as the Administrator designated, each as
adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 8.2.
H-1
Section H1.7. Qualified Company Contributions Account
Qualified Account of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his individual account
in the Trust Fund, if any, established in accordance with Section H6.2(b) pursuant to Sections 3.5
and 6.11.
Section H1.8. Qualified Company Matching Account
Qualified Company Matching Account shall mean the portion of his Qualified Company
Contributions Account established in accordance with Section H6.2(b).
Section H1.9. Qualified Company Non-Matching Account
Qualified Company Non-Matching Account shall mean the portion of his Qualified Company
Contributions Account established in accordance with Section H6.2(b).
Section H1.10. Savings Plan Participant
Savings Plan Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan, but was
a participant in the Savings Plan prior to the Merger, for whom the Company maintains Accounts as
described in this Supplement or for whom the Company may maintain other Accounts described in
Supplements A-G because he also participated in the PAYSOP, the White Graphic Plan, the
Kingsbacher-Murphy Plan, a Dennison 401(k) Plan, the Dennison ESOP, the Dennison Bargaining Unit
ESOP or the ADOPCo 401(k) Plan.
Section H3.5. Deferral Percentage Failsafe Provisions
(d)(ii) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4) and Treas. Reg.
§ 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) (which are incorporated herein by this reference), the Company may make
additional contributions
A to the Qualified Company Non-Matching Accounts, or,
B to be applied to payment of Current Obligations
with the condition that the contributions under subparagraph A, or the shares of
Company Stock released from the Suspense Account pursuant to Sections 6.8 and 6.9 by reason
of the contributions under subparagraph A, or shall be allocated to the Qualified
Company Non-Matching Accounts of certain Participants in inverse order of Compensation
received in the Plan Year in question (lowest compensated Participant receiving the first
allocation) with each Participant who receives an allocation receiving the maximum
allocation permitted by Code Section 415 before any Participant with greater Compensation
receives any allocation, until such contribution is fully allocated.
(iii) Amounts otherwise to be credited under Section 6.3(b) to Company Contributions
Accounts for such Plan Year shall be credited instead to Qualified Company Matching Accounts
of the Participants in question.
H-2
Section H6.2. Company Contributions Account; Qualified Company Contributions
Account
(a) The Administrator shall maintain a Company Contributions Account for each Participant or
Merged Participant, to which shall be credited the amounts allocated thereto under the Savings Plan
with respect to all periods prior to the ESOP Effective Date and to which shall be credited or
debited amounts determined under Section 8.2.
(b) The Administrator shall maintain a Qualified Company Contributions Account for each
Participant or Merged Participant consisting of a Qualified Company Matching Account and a
Qualified Company Non-Matching Account to which shall be credited the amounts allocated thereto
under Sections H6.11(b)(iii) and (iv) and H3.5(d)(ii) and (iii) and to which shall be credited or
debited amounts deferred under Section 8.2.
Section H6.10 Diversification
Except as provided in subsection 6.10(b) of the Plan, this Section shall apply to any Active
Participant.
Section H6.11. Contribution Percentage Fail-Safe Provisions
(b)(iii) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4) and Treas. Reg.
§ 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) (which are incorporated herein by this reference), the Company may make
an additional contribution
A to the Qualified Company Non-Matching Accounts, or
B to be applied to payment of Current Obligations
with the condition that the contributions under subparagraph A, or the shares of
Company Stock released from the Suspense Account pursuant to Sections 6.8 and 6.9 by reason
of the contributions under subparagraph A, shall be allocated to the Qualified
Company Matching Accounts of Participants in inverse order of Compensation received in the
Plan Year in question (lowest compensated Participant receiving the first allocation) with
each Participant who receives an allocation receiving the maximum allocation permitted by
Code Section 415 before any Participant with greater Compensation receives any allocation,
until such contribution is fully allocated.
(iv) To the extent permitted by Code Section 401(a)(4), amounts otherwise to be
credited under Section 6.3(b) to Company Contributions Accounts for such Plan Year shall be
credited instead to Qualified Company Matching Accounts of the Participants in question.
Section H9.2. Unrestricted Withdrawals
(a) Subject to the Rules of the Plan, once each Plan Year and, if the Administrator determines
that a Hardship (including, for this purpose, an event described in Section 1.34(a)(viii)b)
has occurred, on one additional occasion in such Plan Year, a Participant or Merged Participant who
has not incurred a Separation from the Service may withdraw up to one hundred percent of the
following Accounts in the following order (and subject to the following conditions)
H-3
with no amounts withdrawn from a later designated Account until all earlier designated Accounts are exhausted:
(i) ATS Account. Withdrawals from such Accounts shall be at least one thousand
dollars or, if less, the amount of such Accounts.
(ii) Company Contributions Account.
(b) A Participant or Merged Participant who makes a withdrawal under subsection (a) shall not
be permitted to make any contributions to the Plan and shall not receive a contribution under
subsection 6.3(b) for
(i) three months for a withdrawal under paragraph (a)(i),
(ii) six months for a withdrawal under paragraph (a)(ii),
or such other periods as are specified in the Rules of the Plan.
Section H9.6. Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty-Nine and One Half
A Participant or Merged Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age fifty-nine and one-half may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a
distribution of all or any portion of his Company Contributions Account or his Qualified Account in
one lump sum. Such distributions shall not be made more frequently than at twelve month intervals.
Section H15.14. Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant (Borrower) may borrow against his Company
Contributions Account, Qualified Account or Prior Account and/or other Accounts with the approval
of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
(vii) The Vested percentage of a Borrowers Company Contributions Account, Qualified
Account or Prior Account which is made available for borrowing shall not be higher for
Participants or Merged Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, officers or
shareholders than for other Borrowers.
* * * * *
References in the following Sections of the Plan to Participants shall be deemed to include
Merged Participants:
1.13 (Cash Account), 1.54 (Qualified Holder), 1.65 (Stock Account), 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1,
and 18.2
H-4
SUPPLEMENT I
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to document
the dormant SHARE Accounts under the Plan after the Merger. It shall apply only to Participants
and SHARE Participants who participated in the Plan prior to the Merger.
The leveraged ESOP portion of the Plan shall include the SHARE Accounts.
Section I1.1. Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or SHARE Participant shall include his SHARE Account.
Section I1.2. Defined Benefit Plan
Defined Benefit Plan at any time shall mean The Retirement Plan for Employees of Avery
Dennison Corporation as then constituted, or its successor.
Section I1.3. Leveraged Company Stock
Leveraged Company Stock shall include Company Stock treated as Leveraged Company Stock
under the provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Merger.
Section I1.4. SHARE Participant
SHARE Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan, but was a
Participant in the Plan prior to the Merger, for whom the Company maintains a SHARE Account.
Section I1.5. SHARE Account
SHARE Account shall mean the individual dormant SHARE Cash Account and the individual
dormant SHARE Stock Account established for a Participant or SHARE Participant effective as of the
Merger.
Section I1.6. SHARE Cash Account
SHARE Cash Account shall mean a dormant sub-account established and maintained for each
Participant or SHARE Participant under Section I6.2(d) for purposes of holding and accounting for
assets other than Company Stock held in the Trust Fund and allocated to Participants and SHARE
Participants prior to the Merger.
Section I1.7. SHARE Stock Account
SHARE Stock Account of a Participant or SHARE Participant shall mean the dormant account
established and maintained for each Participant and SHARE Participant under Section I6.2(d) for
purposes of holding and accounting for Company Stock held in the Trust Fund and allocated to
Participants and SHARE Participants prior to the Merger.
I-1
Section I1.8. Stock Account
Stock Account of a Participant or SHARE Participant shall include his SHARE Account.
Section I6.2. SHARE Account
(d) The Administrator shall maintain a dormant SHARE Account for each Participant or SHARE
Participant to which shall be credited the amounts allocated thereto under the Plan with respect to
all periods prior to the Merger and to which shall be credited or debited amounts determined under
Section 8.2.
Section I6.8. Release and Allocation of Leveraged Company Stock
No Leveraged Company Stock shall be released and allocated to SHARE Stock Accounts pursuant to
this Section on or after December 1, 1997.
Section I6.9. Allocation of Forfeitures Accounting for Forfeitures
(b) Except as provided in Section 18.4(a), Participants who are Employees at the end of the
Plan Year in question and who have SHARE Accounts maintained for them under the Plan shall also
share in amounts forfeited from SHARE Cash Accounts and SHARE Stock Accounts under Sections
I12.2(b)(iii), I13.2 and I15.8 in proportion to their Compensation received in such Plan Year while
Active Participants.
(c) The aggregate shares of Company Stock forfeited under Sections I12.2(b)(iii), I13.2 and
I15.8 from SHARE Stock Accounts shall be reallocated under subsection (b) in shares and fractional
shares and credited to Participants SHARE Stock Accounts.
(d) The aggregate amounts forfeited under Sections I12.2(b)(iii), I13.2 and I15.8 from Cash
Accounts shall be reallocated under subsection (b) and credited to Participants SHARE Cash
Accounts.
Section I6.12. Retirement Fund
The Administrator shall establish a subfund in the Trust Fund designated the Retirement
Subfund. Effective as of the election by a Participant or SHARE Participant pursuant to either
Sections I11.3(a) or I11.3(b)(iii) or Section I13.1(a) or I13.1(b)(ii) (or an election to elect
treatment under Section I11.3(b)(iii) under Section I12.2(a) or a Spousal election under Section
I12.2(c)), (i) such Participants or SHARE Participants SHARE Account balances shall be reduced by
the amount of such SHARE Account so transferred to the Defined Benefit Plan, and (ii) assets with a
value, determined pursuant to Article VIII, equal to the portion of his Accounts so transferred
shall become an asset of the Retirement Subfund of the Trust Fund to be held for the benefit of
that certain trust fund established under the Master Retirement Trust Agreement of Avery Dennison
Corporation (the Retirement Plan Trust Fund). Any shares of Company Stock so transferred to the
Retirement Subfund shall be exchanged for cash as soon as possible. No less frequently than once
per Plan Year the assets held in the Retirement Subfund shall be transferred to the Retirement Plan
Trust Fund.
I-2
Section I8.1. Determination of Values
(b) (ii)C For purposes of a Participants or SHARE Participants exercise of
his put option rights (if applicable) under Article XVII or for purposes of valuing Company
Stock in a lump sum or installment distribution under Section I11.3(b)(i), 11.3(b)(ii),
I12.2(a), I13.1(a) or I13.1(b)(i) with respect to his SHARE Account, such Leveraged Company
Stock shall be valued as of the end of the most recent Plan Year.
(c) The valuation of Company Stock (or diversified amounts not held in Company Stock) in a
Participants or SHARE Participants SHARE Account pursuant to a transfer election (or in the
absence of a transfer election, for purposes of the Participants ESOP Reduction under the Defined
Benefit Plan) shall occur as of the close of the last business day of the month of the
Participants Separation from the Service in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section I9.1. Vesting of Accounts
(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(a) and subsection (c), a Participants or SHARE
Participants SHARE Account shall not be Vested until he completes five Years of Vesting Service at
which time it shall become fully Vested.
(c) The interest of a Participant in his SHARE Account shall become fully Vested upon the
earliest to occur of
(i) his death,
(ii) his sixty-fifth birthday, or
(iii) the termination or discontinuation of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
Section I11.3. Distribution or Transfer of Accounts
(a) Subject to subsection (c), if the entire amount credited to a Participants or SHARE
Participants SHARE Account (together with the amounts credited to all other of his Accounts
(including under Supplements)) does not exceed $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent
it consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such Participant
shall receive such amount in one lump sum cash distribution. Alternatively, such Participant may
elect to have his SHARE Account transferred to the Defined Benefit Plan as described in subsection
(b)(iii).
(b) Subject to subsection (c), if the entire amount credited to a Participants or SHARE
Participants SHARE Account (together with the amounts credited to all other of his Accounts
(including under Supplements)) exceeds $1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it
consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), such Participant may
elect to receive (or transfer) such amount under one of the following options:
(iii) Transfer, of such amount to the Defined Benefit Plan (provided that if transfer
of any part of such amount would cause the benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan to exceed
the limitations of Code Section 415(b)(1), or the Formula Amount (as defined in
I-3
the Defined Benefit Plan), then such part of such amount shall not be transferred but,
to the extent allowed under Code Section 415, shall be distributed under one of paragraphs
(i)-(ii) as elected by the Participant or SHARE Participant);
provided, however, that any election to transfer under subsection (a) or paragraph (iii) shall only
be effective if made within the 60-day period which begins on the later of the date the
Participants election forms are mailed to the Participant or the date of his Separation from the
Service. If such Participant fails to make an election to transfer within this 60-day period, he
may not elect to transfer his Accounts at any subsequent time and his Accounts shall be distributed
to him as otherwise provided herein. If the Participant or SHARE Participant fails to make any
election under this subsection, his Accounts shall be distributed to him in one lump sum as
provided in paragraph (i).
(c) A Participant shall make a separate election with respect to his SHARE Account in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section I12.2. Distribution or Transfer on Death
(a) Subject to Section I12.3, upon the death of a Participant, former Participant or SHARE
Participant, the Vested amount credited to his SHARE Account (as determined under Section I9.1)
shall be paid in one lump sum distribution in cash or in whole shares of Company Stock (except that
the equivalent of any fractional share shall be distributed in cash at fair market value as most
recent by determined under Article VIII) as the person or persons entitled thereto under subsection
(b) may elect unless another method of distribution or transfer is elected by the Participant,
former Participant or SHARE Participant under Section I11.3, or unless a Spousal election is made
under subsection (c).
(b) Distribution under subsection (a) shall be made not later than ninety days following such
Participants death (or such longer reasonable period as is permitted under Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)-20 A-3(b)(1)) to his then Surviving Spouse, if any, except to the extent, if any, to
which such Surviving Spouse has consented under Section 12.1(c) to the designation of other
beneficiaries and otherwise (such as if such Participant had not designated a Beneficiary before
his death), to the person or persons of highest priority who survive him by at least thirty days
determined as follows:
(i) First, to his then surviving highest priority Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any.
(ii) Second, to his then surviving heirs at law, if any, as determined in the
reasonable judgment of the Administrator under the laws governing succession to personal
property of the last jurisdiction in which the Participant or SHARE Participant was a
resident.
(iii) Third, to Participants in the Plan (to be reallocated in accordance with Section
I6.9).
(c) Notwithstanding subsection (a), if the Vested amount credited to the SHARE Account
(together with the amounts credited to all other of the Participants Accounts (including under
Supplements)) of a deceased Participant, former Participant or SHARE Participant exceeds $5,000,
and the Beneficiary is the Participants Spouse, such Spouse may elect within the 60-day period
which begins on the later of the date the Spouses election forms are mailed to the Spouse or
I-4
the date of the Participants death to have transferred such amount to the Defined Benefit
Plan, to supplement the benefit payable to such Spouse under the Defined Benefit Plan (provided
that if transfer of any part of such amount would cause the benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan
to exceed the limitations of Code Section 415(b)(1), or the Formula Amount (as defined in the
Defined Benefit Plan), then such part of such amount shall not be transferred but, to the extent
allowed under Code Section 415, shall be distributed under subsection (a) or Section I12.3(a). If
the Surviving Spouse fails to make an election to transfer within this 60-day period, such
Surviving Spouse may not elect to transfer the Participants, former Participants or SHARE
Participants Accounts at any subsequent time and such Accounts shall be distributed to the
Surviving Spouse under another alternative available to such Spouse under this Article. The
Surviving Spouse shall make a separate election with respect to the deceased Participants SHARE
Account in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section I12.3 Election of Other Payment Methods
(a) Subject to subsection (c), but notwithstanding any other provision of this Article
and in lieu of the lump sum payment otherwise provided for in this Article, if the deceased
Participants or SHARE Participants Vested Account balance exceeds $5,000, payments under
this Article to the Spouse of such Participant shall be made under such option available
under Section 11.3 as such Spouse shall designate.
(b) Subject to subsection (c), but notwithstanding any other provision of this
Article, a Participant or SHARE Participant may elect on the form provided by the
Administrator for Beneficiary designations that, in lieu of the lump sum payment otherwise
provided for in this Article payments under this Article to his Beneficiary shall be made
under such option available under Section 11.3 as such Participant shall designate in such
form provided that upon the Participants death, his Vested Account balance exceeds $5,000.
If a Beneficiary receiving installment payments under this Section dies, the balance then
due shall be paid in cash in one lump sum to the then surviving person with highest
priority under Section I12.2(b).
(c) If a Participant or SHARE Participant dies before distribution of his SHARE
Account commences, then
(i) such Accounts must be distributed within five years of the Participants or SHARE
Participants death, or
(ii) if any portion of such Accounts is payable to or for the benefit of a Beneficiary,
such portion shall be distributed over the life or the life expectancy of such Beneficiary
with distributions commencing
a within one year of such Participants death, or,
b if the Beneficiary is such Participants Spouse, no later than the
date on which the Participant or SHARE Participant would have attained age seventy
and one half (but if such Spouse dies before distributions to such Spouse commence,
then such Spouse shall be treated as the Participant for purposes of this Section
12.3(c)), or
I-5
c on such other date as is allowed by law.
(d) The Surviving Spouse shall make a separate election with respect to the deceased
Participants SHARE Account in accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section I13.1. Distribution or Transfer on Resignation or Discharge
(a) Subject to subsection (c), if a Participant or SHARE Participant has a Separation from the
Service due to resignation or discharge, and
(i) if the Vested amount credited to his SHARE Account (together with the amounts
credited to all other of his Accounts (including under Supplements)) does not exceed
$1,000 (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions
described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)), he shall receive such amount in one lump sum
distribution in cash, with such distribution to be made not later than six months after the
end of the Plan Year in which such Separation from the Service occurs, or, if earlier,
within sixty days after the end of the Plan Year in which his sixty-fifth birthday occurs
or, if he has attained age 55 as of his Separation from the Service, he may also elect to
have his SHARE Account transferred to the Defined Benefit Plan as described in subsections
(ii)b, or
(ii) if the Vested amount credited to his SHARE Account (together with the amounts
credited to all other of his Accounts (including under Supplements)) exceeds $1,000
(excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of rollover contributions
described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)),
a he shall receive such amount in one lump sum in cash with such
distribution to be made on such date as he shall elect in accordance with Code
Section 411(a)(11) but not later than the April 1 following the calendar year of his
attainment of age seventy and one-half,
b if he has attained age 55 as of his Separation from the Service, he
may elect to transfer his SHARE Account to the Defined Benefit Plan to supplement
the benefit payable under that plan (provided that if transfer of any part of such
amount would cause the benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan to exceed the
limitations of Code Section 415(b)(1), or the Formula Amount (as defined in the
Defined Benefit Plan), then such part of his SHARE Account shall not be transferred
but, to the extent allowed under Code Section 415, shall be distributed under
subparagraph a or Section 13.1(b)(ii) (if he so qualifies), as elected by
the Participant, in accordance with Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 401(a)(9)), or
c if he has not attained age 55 as of his Separation from the Service,
he may elect to transfer his SHARE Account to the Defined Benefit Plan as described
in paragraph (ii)b only if his benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan could
not be involuntarily cashed out under the provisions of Section 4.17 thereof (or its
successor).
(b) Any transfer election under subsection (a) must be made by the Participant or SHARE
Participant within the 60-day period which begins on the later of the date the election
forms are mailed to the Participant or the date of such Participants
I-6
Separation from the Service. If such Participant fails to make an election to transfer
within this 60-day period, he may not elect to transfer his Accounts at any subsequent time
and his Accounts shall be distributed to him under another alternative available to him
under this Section.
(c) At any time before the lump sum distribution under subsection (a) is made, the
Participant may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive the amount in
whole shares of Company Stock (and to the extent of any fractional share, cash) valued as
determined under Article VIII.
(d) A Participant shall make a separate election with respect to his SHARE Account in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan.
Section I13.2. Forfeitures
(a) If a Participant or SHARE Participant has a Separation from the Service due to resignation
or discharge, the portion of his SHARE Account which is not Vested shall be forfeited upon the
earlier of his receipt of his distribution under this Article or his completion of five consecutive
Break in Service Years. Pending reallocation under Section I6.9, forfeitures shall be held in
suspense and shall not be commingled with amounts held in suspense under Section 18.4(b).
(b) In the case of a forfeiture by a Participant or SHARE Participant whose SHARE Account is
partially Vested, such forfeiture shall be applied first to his Cash Account, if any, and then, as
necessary, to his Stock Account which was not Leveraged Company Stock, and then to Company Stock
which was Leveraged Company Stock.
Section I13.3. Restoration of Forfeitures
If a Participant or SHARE Participant whose SHARE Account is not then fully Vested
(a) has a Separation from the Service,
(b) suffers a forfeiture of the portions of such Accounts which are not Vested,
(c) again becomes an Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate before he has five
consecutive Break in Service Years, and
(d) repays to the Plan the full amount, if any, distributed to him from such Accounts
before the end of five consecutive Break in Service Years commencing after his distribution,
or, if earlier, the fifth anniversary of his reemployment,
then the amount forfeited under Section I13.2 by such Participant shall be restored to his SHARE
Account, applying forfeitures pending reallocation and Company contributions, in that order, as
necessary.
I-7
Section I14.3. Vesting
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the Vested percentage of the SHARE
Account of each Participant or SHARE Participant who completes an Hour of Service in such Plan Year
shall be the percentage of such Account shown on the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(b) The Vested percentage of a Participants or SHARE Participants SHARE Account shall be not
less than the Vested percentage determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the
Plan was Top Heavy.
Section I15.8. Effect of Delay or Failure to Ascertain Amount Distributable
or to Locate Distributes
(b) If, within one year after a Participant or SHARE Participant has a Separation from the
Service, the Administrator, in the exercise of due diligence, has failed to locate him (or if such
Separation from the Service is by reason of his death, has failed to locate the person entitled to
his Vested SHARE Account under Section I12.2), his entire distributable interest in the Plan shall
be forfeited and reallocated under Section I6.9; provided, however, that if the Participant (or in
the case of his death, the person entitled thereto under Section I12.2) makes proper claim
therefor, the amount so forfeited shall be restored to the Participants SHARE Account, applying
forfeitures pending reallocation, Company contributions and unallocated earnings and gains of the
Trust Fund, in that order, as necessary.
Section I16.1. Termination of Plan; Discontinuance of Contributions
(a) (ii) For each Participant or SHARE Participant who is then an Employee or employed by a
Company Affiliate with respect to whom the Plan is terminated, the interest in his SHARE Account,
if any, including his interest in the forfeitures (which shall be applied under Section I6.9),
shall become fully Vested.
* * * * *
References in the following Sections of the Plan to Participants shall be deemed to include
SHARE Participants:
1.13 (Cash Account), 1.54 (Qualified Holder), 1.65 (Stock Account), 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1, and
18.2.
I-8
SUPPLEMENT J
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the Bear Rock Technologies 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan into the Plan,
effective as of March 31, 2000. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not
Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in the Elective Deferrals Account, and Qualified
Matching Contributions Account, including Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account, under the
Bear Rock Technologies 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Bear Rock Plan) shall be merged into and
maintained as a subaccount of the Unmatched PTS Account and Qualified Account, respectively, under
the Plan. Amounts held in the Employer Contributions Account, Rollover Contribution Account
and Matching 401(k) Contribution Account, established under the Bear Rock Plan shall be
maintained in the Bear Rock Employers Contributions Account, Bear Rock Rollover Contributions
Account and Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Account under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the Bear Rock Employer Contributions
Account and Bear Rock Rollover Account.
Section J1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Bear Rock Accounts.
Section J1.2 Bear Rock Accounts
Bear Rock Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts
established under the Bear Rock Plan, including his Bear Rock Employer Contributions Account, Bear
Rock Rollover Contribution Account and his Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Account.
Section J1.3 Bear Rock Plan
Bear Rock Plan shall mean the Bear Rock Technologies 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.
Section J1.4 Bear Rock Employer Contributions Account
Bear Rock Employer Contributions Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Bear Rock Plan
into the Plan, effective as of March 31, 2000.
Section J1.5 Bear Rock Participant
Bear Rock Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the Bear Rock Plan, for whom the Company maintains a Bear Rock Employer
Contributions Account and a Bear Rock Rollover Contribution Account, if any.
J-1
Section J1.6 Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Account
Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established
for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Bear Rock Plan into the
Plan, effective as of March 31, 2000.
Section J1.7 Bear Rock Rollover Contribution Account
Bear Rock Rollover Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Bear Rock Plan
into the Plan, effective as of March 31, 2000.
Section J1.8 Hour of Service
For purposes of Section 1.36, any references to the Company with respect to periods before
March 31, 2000, shall include Bear Rock Technologies Corp.
Section J1.9 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Bear Rock Participant.
Section J1.43 Normal Retirement Date
Normal Retirement Date of a Participant or Merged Participant with respect to his Bear Rock
Accounts shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following his attainment of
age 59 1/2.
Section J1.75 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the Bear Rock Plan as of March 31, 2000, as well as all service otherwise so treated
under the provisions of the Plan.
Section J9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(a) and subsection (c), the Vested portion of a
Participants or Merged Participants Bear Rock Employer Contributions Account and Bear Rock
Matching 401(k) Account shall be the percentage of such Accounts shown on the following table:
J-2
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
1 (or less)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(c) The interest of a Participant or Merged Participant in his Bear Rock Employer
Contributions Account and Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Account shall become fully Vested upon the
earliest to occur of
(i) his death,
(ii) his attainment of age 59 1/2,
(iii) his Disability Retirement Date, or
(iv) the termination or discontinuance of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
Section J9.3 Withdrawals from Bear Rock Rollover Contribution Accounts
A Participant or Merged Participant who is an Employee may elect in accordance with the Rules
of the Plan to make a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the amount credited to his Bear
Rock Rollover Contribution Account.
Section J9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty-Nine and One Half
A Participant or a Merged Participant who retains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age fifty-nine and one-half may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a
distribution of all or any portion of his Bear Rock Accounts in one lump sum.
Section J14.3 Vesting
(a) For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the Vested percentage of his Bear Rock
Employer Contributions Account and Bear Rock Matching 401(k) Contributions Account of each
Participant or Merged Participant who completes an Hour of Service in such Plan Year shall be the
percentage of such Account shown on the following table:
J-3
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
1 (or less)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
6 (or more)
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Section J15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his Bear Rock Accounts with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
J-4
SUPPLEMENT K
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the Stimsonite Corporation Retirement Plan into the Plan, effective as of
September 1, 2000. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who are not Merged
Participants only because they are Participants.
This Supplement K is hereby amended by deleting Articles KXI, KXII and KXIII and Section K9.8
(together with corresponding definitions in Sections K1.2, K1.3, K1.6 and K1.7) effective as of the
90th day following the date that Participants who have Stimsonite Accounts, Stimsonite
Participants (as defined in Section K1.12) and Beneficiaries of such Participants and Stimsonite
Participants who are receiving benefits from Stimsonite Accounts have been furnished a summary that
reflects the elimination of the alternate forms of payment described thereunder and that satisfies
the requirements of 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications).
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in Salary Savings Contribution Accounts, 401(a)
Employer Contribution Accounts, Rollover Accounts and 401(k) Employer Match Contribution
Accounts, established under the Stimsonite Plan shall be maintained in Stimsonite Salary Savings
Contribution Accounts, Stimsonite 401(a) Employer Contribution Accounts, Stimsonite Rollover
Accounts and Stimsonite 401(k) Employer Match Contribution Accounts under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the Stimsonite 401(a) Employer
Contribution Account and Stimsonite Rollover Account.
Section K1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Stimsonite Accounts.
Section K1.2 [Reserved]
Section K1.3 [Reserved]
Section K1.4 Hour of Service
For purposes of Section 1.36, any references to the Company with respect to periods before
September 1, 2000, shall include Stimsonite Corporation.
Section K1.5 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Stimsonite Participant.
Section K1.6 [Reserved]
Section K1.7 [Reserved]
K-1
Section K1.8 Stimsonite Accounts
Stimsonite Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts
established under the Stimsonite Plan, including his Stimsonite Salary Savings Contribution
Account, Stimsonite 401(a) Employer Contribution Account, Stimsonite Rollover Account and his
Stimsonite 401(k) Employer Match Contribution Account.
Section K1.9 Stimsonite Plan
Stimsonite Plan shall mean the Stimsonite Corporation Retirement Plan.
Section K1.10 Stimsonite 401(a) Employer Contribution Account
Stimsonite 401(a) Employer Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the
Plan established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the
Stimsonite Plan into the Plan, effective as of September 1, 2000.
Section K1.11 Stimsonite 401(k) Match Employer Contributions Account
Stimsonite 401(k) Match Contributions Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Stimsonite
Plan into the Plan, effective as of September 1, 2000.
Section K1.12 Stimsonite Participant
Stimsonite Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the Stimsonite Plan, for whom the Company maintains a Stimsonite 401(a) Employer
Contributions Account and a Stimsonite Rollover Contribution Account, if any.
Section K1.13 Stimsonite Rollover Account
Stimsonite Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Stimsonite Plan into the Plan,
effective as of September 1, 2000.
Section K1.14 Stimsonite Salary Savings Contribution Account
Stimsonite Salary Savings Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the Stimsonite
Plan into the Plan, effective as of September 1, 2000.
Section K1.75 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the Stimsonite Plan as of September 1, 2000, as well as all service otherwise so
treated under the provisions of the Plan.
K-2
Section K9.1 Vesting of Accounts
Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his Stimsonite Accounts shall be Vested
at all times.
Section K9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 591/2
A Participant or Merged Participant who is an Employee and has attained age 591/2 may elect in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan to make a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the
amount credited to his Stimsonite Rollover Account, Stimsonite Salary Savings Contribution Account
and Stimsonite 401(k) Employer Match Contribution Account.
Section K9.8 [Reserved]
Section K15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his Stimsonite Accounts with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
K-3
SUPPLEMENT L
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the Dunsirn Industries, Inc. Employee Savings and Retirement Plan into the
Plan, effective as of December 31, 2001. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who
are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in Participant Elective Accounts, Participant
Accounts (consisting of employer matching contributions and employer discretionary contributions),
Qualified Non-Elective Accounts (if any) and Rollover Accounts established under the Dunsirn
Plan (Dunsirn Accounts) shall be maintained in the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Accounts, the
Dunsirn Participant Accounts, Qualified Accounts and Rollover Accounts under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the Dunsirn Participant Accounts.
Section L1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his Dunsirn Participant
Account.
Section L1.2 Dunsirn Participant
Dunsirn Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the Dunsirn Plan, for whom the Company maintains Dunsirn Accounts.
Section L1.3 Dunsirn Plan
Dunsirn Plan shall mean the Dunsirn Industries, Inc. Employee Savings and Retirement Plan.
Section L1.4 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a Dunsirn Participant.
Section L1.5 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the Dunsirn Plan as of December 31, 2001 as well as all service otherwise so treated
under the provisions of the Plan.
Section L9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his Dunsirn Participant Account
shall be Vested at all times provided that
(i) he is an Employee on December 31, 2001, or
L-1
(ii) his employment with the Company was involuntarily terminated as a result of the
acquisition of the stock of Dunsirn Industries, Inc. by the Company effective as of February
1, 2001.
(b) Each Merged Participant who is not described in subsection (a) shall be Vested in his
Dunsirn Participant Account according to the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
% |
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Section L9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59 1/2
A Participant or Merged Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining
age 59 1/2 may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a lump sum withdrawal of all
or any portion of his Dunsirn Accounts.
L-2
SUPPLEMENT M
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the RVL Packaging, Inc. Salary Savings Plan (the RVL Packaging Plan)
into the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2003. It shall apply only to Merged Participants from
the RVL Packaging Plan and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are
Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in Elective Contribution Accounts and Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution Accounts (if any) established under the RVL Packaging Plan shall be
maintained in a subaccount of the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Accounts and the Qualified Accounts
respectively, under the Plan. Amounts held in Matching Contribution Accounts, Non-Matching
Contribution Accounts and Rollover Contribution Accounts established under the RVL Packaging
Plan shall be maintained in the RVL Packaging Matching Account, RVL Packaging Non-Matching
Accounts, and RVL Packaging Rollover Accounts, respectively, under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the RVL Packaging Non-Matching
Contribution Accounts and RVL Packaging Rollover Accounts.
Section M1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his RVL Packaging Accounts.
Section M1.2 Early Retirement Date
Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next
following the later of the Participants or Merged Participants attainment of age 55 or his
completion of 6 Years of Vesting Service.
Section M1.3 Employee
Employee shall mean for purposes of Section M2.1 of this Supplement M an Employee of RVL
Packaging, Inc., a fully owned subsidiary of Avery Dennison Corporation, who satisfies the
requirements of Section 1.30 of the Plan and would have been eligible to participate in the RVL
Labels Plan had such plan not merged into the Plan.
Section M1.4 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a RVL Packaging Participant.
Section M1.5 RVL Packaging Accounts
RVL Packaging Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts
established under the RVL Packaging Plan, including his RVL Packaging Matching Account, RVL
Packaging Non-Matching Account, and RVL Packaging Rollover Accounts.
M-1
Section M1.6 RVL Packaging Matching Contribution Account
RVL Packaging Matching Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL Packaging
Plan into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section M1.7 RVL Packaging Non-Matching Contribution Account
RVL Packaging Non-Matching Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the
Plan established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL
Packaging Plan into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section M1.8 RVL Packaging Participant
RVL Packaging Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was
a participant in the RVL Packaging Plan, for whom the Company maintains RVL Packaging Accounts.
Section M1.9 RVL Packaging Plan
RVL Packaging Plan shall mean the RVL Packaging, Inc. Salary Savings Plan.
Section M1.10 RVL Packaging Rollover Account
RVL Packaging Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for
a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL Packaging Plan into the
Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section M1.11 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Credited Service under the
provisions of the RVL Packaging Plan as of December 31, 2003 as well as all service otherwise so
treated under the provisions of the Plan. Such Service shall be determined in accordance with the
rules set forth in Reg. Section 1.410(a)-7(f)(2).
Section M2.1 Requirements for Participation
(a) Each Employee on December 31, 2003 who on January 1, 2004 or the first day of the calendar
year quarter following such date
(i) is an Employee
(ii) is not employed in a Bargaining Unit
shall become a Participant on such day.
M-2
Section M9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his RVL Packaging Matching
Contribution Account and RVL Packaging Non-Matching Contribution Account shall be Vested at all
times provided that
(i) he is an Employee on December 31, 2003, or
(ii) his employment with RVL Packaging, Inc. was involuntarily terminated by the
Company before December 31, 2003 as a result of the acquisition of the stock of RVL
Packaging, Inc. by the Company effective as of November 5, 2002.
(b) Each Merged Participant who is not described in subsection (a) shall be Vested in his RVL
Packaging Matching Contribution Account and RVL Packaging Non-Matching Contribution Account
according to the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Section M9.3. Withdrawals from RVL Packaging Rollover Accounts
A Participant who is an Employee may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to make a
lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the amount credited to his RVL Packaging Rollover
Account.
Section M9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59 1/2
A Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining age 59 1/2 may elect in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of his
RVL Packaging Accounts.
Section M12.2 Distribution on Death
Upon the death of a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant, the Vested amount
credited to his RVL Packaging Accounts (as determined under Sections 9.1 and M9.1) shall be paid in
one lump sum not later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
the Participants date of death except as otherwise provided in Section 12.3; provided,
M-3
however, that such Participants Accounts (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it
consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)) exceed $5,000.
Section M15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his RVL Packaging Accounts with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.14 of the Plan.
M-4
SUPPLEMENT N
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the RVL Printed Labels 401(k) Plan (the RVL Labels Plan) into the Plan,
effective as of December 31, 2003. It shall apply only to Merged Participants from the RVL Labels
Plan and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in Elective Contribution Accounts and Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution Accounts (if any) established under the RVL Labels Plan shall be
maintained in a subaccount of the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Accounts and the Qualified Accounts
respectively, under the Plan. Amounts held in Matching Contribution Accounts, Non-Matching
Contribution Accounts and Rollover Contribution Accounts established under the RVL Labels Plan
shall be maintained in the RVL Labels Matching Account, RVL Labels Non-Matching Accounts, and
RVL Labels Rollover Accounts, respectively, under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the RVL Labels Non-Matching Contribution
Accounts and RVL Labels Rollover Accounts.
Section N1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his RVL Labels Accounts.
Section N1.2 Early Retirement Date
Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next
following the later of the Participants or Merged Participants attainment of age 55 or his
completion of 6 Years of Vesting Service.
Section N1.3 Employee
Employee shall mean for purposes of Section N2.1 of this Supplement N an Employee of RVL
Printed Labels LLC which is a fully owned subsidiary of RVL Packaging, Inc., a fully owned
subsidiary of Avery Dennison Corporation, who satisfies the requirements of Section 1.30 of the
Plan and would have been eligible to participate in the RVL Labels Plan had such plan not merged
into the Plan.
Section N1.4 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a RVL Labels Participant.
Section N1.5 RVL Labels Accounts
RVL Labels Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts
established under the RVL Labels Plan, including his RVL Labels Matching Account, RVL Labels
Non-Matching Account, and RVL Labels Rollover Accounts.
N-1
Section N1.6 RVL Labels Matching Contribution Account
RVL Labels Matching Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL Labels
Plan into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section N1.7 RVL Labels Non-Matching Contribution Account
RVL Labels Non-Matching Contribution Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL Labels
Plan into the Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section N1.8 RVL Labels Participant
RVL Labels Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the RVL Labels Plan, for whom the Company maintains RVL Labels Accounts.
Section N1.9 RVL Labels Plan
RVL Labels Plan shall mean the RVL Printed Labels 401(k) Plan.
Section N1.10 RVL Labels Rollover Account
RVL Labels Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the RVL Labels Plan into the Plan
effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section N1.11 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Credited Service under the
provisions of the RVL Labels Plan as of December 31, 2003 as well as all service otherwise so
treated under the provisions of the Plan. Such Service shall be determined in accordance with the
rules set forth in Reg. Section 1.410(a)-7(f)(2).
Section N2.1 Requirements for Participation
(a) Each Employee on December 31, 2003 who on January 1, 2004 or the first day of the calendar
year quarter following such date
(i) is an Employee
(ii) is not employed in a Bargaining Unit
shall become a Participant on such day.
N-2
Section N9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his RVL Labels Matching
Contribution Account and RVL Labels Non-Matching Contribution Account shall be Vested at all times
provided that
(i) he is an Employee on December 31, 2003, or
(ii) his employment with RVL Printed Labels, LLC was involuntarily terminated by the
Company before December 31, 2003 as a result of the acquisition of the stock of RVL Printed
Labels, LLC by the Company effective as of November 5, 2002.
(b) Each Merged Participant who is not described in subsection (a) shall be Vested in his RVL
Labels Matching Contribution Account and RVL Labels Non-Matching Contribution Account according to
the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Section N9.3. Withdrawals from RVL Labels Rollover Accounts
A Participant who is an Employee may elect in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to make a
lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of the amount credited to his RVL Labels Rollover
Account.
Section N9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59 1/2
A Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining age 59 1/2 may elect in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of his
RVL Labels Accounts.
Section N12.2 Distribution on Death
Upon the death of a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant, the Vested amount
credited to his RVL Labels Accounts (as determined under Sections 9.1 and N9.1) shall be paid in
one lump sum not later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of
the Participants date of death except as otherwise provided in Section 12.3; provided,
N-3
however, that such Participants Accounts (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it
consists of rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)) exceed $5,000.
Section N15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his RVL Labels Accounts with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.14 of the Plan.
N-4
SUPPLEMENT O
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the Avery Dennison Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Retirement Plan (the
L&E Plan) into the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2003. It shall apply only to Merged
Participants from the L&E Plan and those who are not Merged Participants only because they are
Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts held in Elective Accounts and Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution Accounts and/or Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if any) established under
the L&E Plan shall be maintained in a subaccount of the Pre-Tax Savings (PTS) Accounts and the
Qualified Accounts respectively, under the Plan. Amounts held in Matching Accounts,
Discretionary Non-Elective Accounts and Rollover Accounts established under the L&E Plan shall
be maintained in the L&E Matching Account, L&E Discretionary Non-Elective Accounts, and L&E
Rollover Accounts, respectively, under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the L&E Discretionary Non-Elective
Accounts and L&E Rollover Accounts.
Section O1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his L&E Accounts.
Section O1.2 L&E Accounts
L&E Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts established
under the L&E Plan, including his L&E Matching Account, L&E Discretionary Non-Elective Account and
L&E Rollover Accounts.
Section O1.3 L&E Discretionary Non-Elective Account
L&E Discretionary Non-Elective Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the L&E Plan into
the Plan effective as of December 31, 2003.
Section O1.4 L&E Matching Account
L&E Matching Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the L&E Plan into the Plan effective
as of December 31, 2003.
Section O1.5 L&E Participant
L&E Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the L&E Plan, for whom the Company maintains L&E Accounts.
O-1
Section O1.6 L&E Plan
L&E Plan shall mean the Avery Dennison Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Retirement Plan.
Section O1.7 L&E Rollover Account
L&E Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the L&E Plan into the Plan effective
as of December 31, 2003.
Section O1.8 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a L&E Participant.
Section O1.9 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Year of Service under the
provisions of the L&E Plan as of December 31, 2003 as well as all service otherwise so treated
under the provisions of the Plan. Such Service shall be determined in accordance with the rules
set forth in Reg. Section 1.410(a)-7(f)(2).
Section O9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his L&E Matching Account and L&E
Discretionary Non-Elective Account shall be Vested at all times provided that
(i) he is an Employee on December 31, 2003, or
(ii) his employment with the Company was involuntarily terminated by the Company before
December 31, 2003 as a result of the purchase of assets of L&E Packaging LLC by the Company
effective as of November 5, 2002.
(b) Each Merged Participant who is not described in subsection (a) shall be Vested in his L&E
Matching Account and L&E Discretionary Non-Elective Account according to the following schedule:
O-2
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Section O9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 59 1/2
A Participant who remains in the employ of the Company after attaining age 59 1/2 may elect in
accordance with the Rules of the Plan to receive a lump sum withdrawal of all or any portion of his
L&E Accounts.
Section O12.2 Distribution on Death
Upon the death of a Participant, former Participant or Merged Participant, the Vested amount
credited to his L&E Accounts (as determined under Sections 9.1 and O9.1) shall be paid in one lump
sum not later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participants date of death except as otherwise provided in Section 12.3; provided, however,
that such Participants Accounts (excluding his Rollover Account to the extent it consists of
rollover contributions described in Code Section 411(a)(11)(D)) exceed $5,000.
Section O15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his L&E Accounts with the approval
of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.14 of the Plan.
O-3
SUPPLEMENT P
This Supplement contains provisions which modify and supplement the Plan in order to
effectuate the merger of the DM Label, Inc. Salary Savings Plan (DM Label Plan) into the Plan,
effective on or about February 2, 2009. It shall apply only to Merged Participants and those who
are not Merged Participants only because they are Participants.
Pursuant to this merger, amounts considered to be Elective Deferral Contributions, Matching
Contributions, Discretionary Contributions and Rollover Contributions established under the DM
Label Plan shall be maintained in DM Label Elective Deferral Contributions Accounts, DM Label
Matching Contributions Accounts, DM Label Discretionary Employer Contributions Accounts and DM
Label Rollover Accounts, under the Plan.
The profit-sharing portion of the Plan shall include the DM Label Discretionary Employer
Contributions Accounts and DM Label Rollover Accounts.
Section P1.1 Accounts
Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall include his DM Label Accounts.
Section P1.2 DM Label Accounts
DM Label Accounts of a Participant or Merged Participant shall mean his accounts established
under the DM Label Plan, including his DM Label Elective Deferral Contributions Account, DM Label
Matching Contributions Account, DM Label Rollover Account and his DM Label Discretionary Employer
Contributions Account.
Section P1.3 DM Label Plan
DM Label Plan shall mean the DM Label, Inc. Salary Savings Plan.
Section P1.4 DM Label Discretionary Employer Contributions Account
DM Label Discretionary Employer Contributions Account shall mean the individual account in
the Plan established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the DM
Label Plan into the Plan, effective as of the DM Label Merger Date.
Section P1.5 DM Label Elective Deferral Contributions Account
DM Label Elective Deferral Contributions Account shall mean the individual account in the
Plan established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the DM Label
Plan into the Plan, effective as of the DM Label Merger Date.
P-1
Section P1.6 DM Label Matching Contributions Account
DM Label Matching Contributions Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan
established for a Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the DM Label Plan
into the Plan, effective as of the DM Label Merger Date.
Section P1.7 DM Label Merger Date
DM Label Merger Date shall mean the date that the DM Label Plan merged with and into the
Plan which is expected to be on or about February 2, 2009.
Section P1.8 DM Label Participant
DM Label Participant shall mean any person who is not a Participant in the Plan but was a
participant in the DM Label Plan, for whom the Company maintains one or more DM Label Accounts.
Section P1.9 DM Label Rollover Account
DM Label Rollover Account shall mean the individual account in the Plan established for a
Participant or Merged Participant as a result of the merger of the DM Label Plan into the Plan,
effective as of the DM Label Merger Date.
Section P1.10 Early Retirement Date
Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next
following the later of the Participants or Merged Participants fifty-fifth birthday or his
completion of seven Years of Vesting Service.
Section P1.11 Hour of Service
For purposes of Section 1.36, any reference to the Company with respect to periods before
April 1, 2008 shall include DM Label, Inc.
Section P1.12 Merged Participant
Merged Participant shall include a DM Label Participant.
Section P1.13 Totally Disabled
For purposes of Section P9.1(c), Totally Disabled means that a Merged Participant is
disabled prior to the DM Label Merger Date, as a result of sickness or injury, to the extent that
he is prevented from engaging in any substantial gainful activity, and is eligible for an receives
a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.
P-2
Section P1.14 Years of Vesting Service
Years of Vesting Service shall include all service treated as Vesting Service under the
provisions of the DM Label Plan as of the DM Label Merger Date, as well as all service otherwise so
treated under the provisions of the Plan.
Section P9.1 Vesting of Accounts
(a) Each Participants or Merged Participants interest in his DM Label Discretionary Employer
Contributions Account and DM Label Matching Contributions Account shall be Vested at all times
provided that he is an Employee on the December 31, 2008.
(b) Each Merged Participant not described in subsection (a), shall be Vested in his DM Label
Discretionary Employer Contributions Account and DM Label Matching Contributions Account according
to the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Vesting Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
Less than 2
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
2
|
|
|
20 |
% |
|
3
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
4
|
|
|
60 |
% |
|
5
|
|
|
80 |
% |
|
6
|
|
|
100 |
% |
(c) The interest of a Merged Participant described in paragraph (b) in his DM Label
Discretionary Employer Contributions Account and DM Label Matching Contributions Account shall
become fully Vested upon the earliest to occur of
(i) his death,
(ii) his sixty-fifth birthday,
(iii) the date he becomes Totally Disabled prior to the DM Label Merger Date, or
(iv) the termination or discontinuation of the Plan under Section 16.1,
if he is then an affected Employee or employed by a Company Affiliate.
Section P9.2 Unrestricted Withdrawals
(a) An active or inactive Participant or Merged Participant may elect in accordance with the
Rules of the Plan and not more than twice in any 12-month period to make a lump sum withdrawal of
all or any portion of the amount credited to his DM Label Rollover Account.
P-3
(b) A Participant or Merged Participant may elect to start to receive his DM Label Accounts
upon his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with Article XI, even if he continues to be an
Employee.
Section P9.6 Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age 591/2
An active or inactive Participant or Merged Participant who has attained age 591/2 may elect at
any time and in accordance with the Rules of the Plan to make a lump sum withdrawal of all or any
portion of the amount credited to his DM Label Accounts.
Section P15.14 Loans to Participants or Former Participants
(a) A Participant or Merged Participant may borrow against his DM Label Accounts with the
approval of the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b).
P-4
EXHIBIT 1
Effective Dates
The provisions of the Plan are generally effective December 1, 2004 unless otherwise provided
in the Plan. However, the provisions set forth below are effective as follows:
|
|
|
Sections |
|
Effective Date |
All Sections reflecting the final
Treasury Regulations under Code
Section 401(k), including, but not
limited to Sections 1.34(a)(v),
1.34(a)(vi), 3.5(b) and 6.11(b).
|
|
December 1, 2006 |
|
|
|
Sections 1.6(a), 1.28, 1.29(c), 1.64,
6.10, 15.4, 9.5(a), 18.4
|
|
December 1, 2007 |
|
|
|
Sections 1.7, 1.19(a), 1.21A,
1.29(b)(v), 1.29(d), 1.36(d) and (e),
1.77, 9.4(g), 11.4(d), 15.4(b)(viii)
|
|
January 1, 2009 |
|
|
|
Sections 1.25 and 2.3
|
|
January 1, 2010 |
|
|
|
Sections 1.30(a)(v), 1.37 and Exhibit 4
|
|
December 2, 2009 |
|
|
|
Section 1.51
|
|
December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
Section 1.62
|
|
January 4, 2005 |
|
|
|
Section 2.1(b)
|
|
July 1, 2006 |
|
|
|
Sections 3.1(a)(i)(A)1, 3.1(d),
4.1(a), 4.1(g), 14.1(b)(vi)c
|
|
December 1, 2002 |
|
|
|
Sections 1.60(b)(ii) and I8.1(c) of
Supplement I
|
|
December 1, 2004 |
|
|
|
Section 2.3 and Exhibit 5
|
|
July 1, 2000 |
|
|
|
Sections 2.2, 3.1(c), 4.1(b) and 6.3(b)
|
|
First payroll period beginning on or
after January 1, 2009 |
|
|
|
Sections 3.1(a)(i)B, 3.5(b)(iv) and
(v), 6.11(b)(v) and Exhibit 6
|
|
December 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
The reduction of the automatic cash
out amount in Sections 11.3(a),
11.3(b), 13.1(a), 13.1(b) (and
corresponding Sections in the
Supplements) from $5,000 to $1,000 and
Section 15.17.
|
|
March 28, 2005 |
Ex. 1-1
|
|
|
Sections |
|
Effective Date |
Sections 6.10, A6.10, E6.10, F6.10 and
H6.10.
|
|
July 1, 2005 |
|
|
|
Section 7.5
|
|
June 1, 2009 |
|
|
|
Section 9.1(c)(i)
|
|
Effective for deaths occurring on or
after January 1, 2007 |
|
|
|
Sections 9.3(a), 9.4(a), 9.4(h)
|
|
April 1, 2004 |
|
|
|
Section 9.4(f)
|
|
August 1, 2008 |
|
|
|
Section E6.10 and F6.10 (the reference
to Participant in these Sections was
changed to Active Participant)
|
|
For diversification elections after 2006. |
|
|
|
Supplement P
|
|
On or about February 2, 2009 |
Ex. 1-2
EXHIBIT 2
CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD ELECTION
The Company hereby makes the Current Year Testing Method Election as described in Section
3.5(a) and/or 6.11(a) which election shall apply for all subsequent Plan Years unless revoked by
the Company as set forth below:
|
|
|
Plan Year |
|
Application |
1997
|
|
Section 3.5(a) and 6.11(a) |
The Company hereby revokes the Current Year Testing Method Election as permitted by Treas.
Reg. Section 1.401(k)-2(c):
Ex. 2-1
EXHIBIT 3
SPECIAL VESTING FOR AFFECTED PARTICIPANTS
Section 9.1(d)
1. All employees at Specialty Papers (Framingham, MA) and Transformer Materials Corporation shall
be fully vested in their Accounts on the date of the sale to Wicor on November 9, 2001 regardless
of their Years of Vesting Service.
2. All employees of the Dec Tech division of Avery Dennison Corporation shall be fully vested in
their Accounts on the date of the sale of this division to Multi Color on January 17, 2003
regardless of their Years of Vesting Service.
3. All employees of Stimsonite Corporation on the day before the date of the sale of Stimsonite
Corporation to Ennis Paint, Inc. (the Sale) who do not continue employment with the Company on or
after the Sale shall be fully vested in their Accounts on the date of the Sale.
Ex. 3-1
EXHIBIT 4
EMPLOYEES WHO ARE NOT ELIGIBLE TO BECOME PARTICIPANTS
AND EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 1.30(a)(v)
|
|
|
Description (or Name) of Ineligible Employees
|
|
Effective Date |
|
|
|
INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE INCLUDED AFFILIATE EMPLOYEES
Section 1.37
|
|
|
Description (or Name) of Included Affiliate Employees
|
|
Effective Date |
|
|
|
Ex. 4-1
EXHIBIT 5
PRE-TAX AND AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
I. AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT PERCENTAGES FOR PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 2.2 (Effective July 1, 2000)
|
|
|
Automatic Deferral Percentage |
|
Effective Date |
3%
|
|
July 1, 2000 June 30, 2001 |
4%
|
|
July 1, 2001 June 30, 2004 |
5%
|
|
July 1, 2004 June 30, 2006 |
6%
|
|
July 1, 2006 |
Section 2.2(a) (Effective as of the first payroll period beginning on or after January 1,
2009)
|
|
|
Automatic Deferral Percentage |
|
Effective Date |
6%
|
|
First payroll period beginning on or after
January 1, 2009 |
II. LIMITATIONS ON PRE-TAX AND AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 3.1(d)(i)
|
|
|
Limit for Pre-Tax and After-Tax Contributions |
|
Effective Date |
1 16%
|
|
December 1, 2002 November 30, 2004 |
1 25%
|
|
December 1, 2004 |
Section 3.1(d)(ii)
|
|
|
Highly Compensated Employee Limit |
|
|
for Pre-Tax Contributions |
|
Effective Date |
1 6%
|
|
December 1, 2002 November 30, 2004 |
1 7%
|
|
December 1, 2004 |
Ex. 5-1
EXHIBIT 6
ESOP REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
1. Buy-Sell Agreements to Acquire Securities.
|
|
The ESOP portion of the Plan must not obligate
itself to acquire securities from a particular
security holder at an indefinite time determined
upon the happening of an event such as the death of
the holder, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-11(a)(7)(i). |
|
|
|
2. Reasonable Rate of Interest for ESOP Loan.
|
|
The interest rate of any loan (within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(ii)) must
not be in excess of a reasonable rate of interest,
as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(7). |
|
|
|
3. Specific Term for ESOP Loan.
|
|
Any exempt loan (within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii)) must be for a
specific term and may not be payable at the demand
of any person, except in the case of default, as
described in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(13). |
|
|
|
4. Primary Benefit Requirement for ESOP Loan.
|
|
Any exempt loan (within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii)) must be primarily for
the benefit of the ESOP Participants and their
Beneficiaries, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(3)(i). |
|
|
|
5. An ESOP Loans Interest Rate and its Net Effect on Plan Assets.
|
|
At the time any loan (within the meaning of Treas.
Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(ii)) is made, the
interest rate for the loan and the price of
securities to be acquired with the loan proceeds
should not be such that Plan assets might be
drained off, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(3)(ii). |
|
|
|
6. Use of ESOP Loan Proceeds.
|
|
The proceeds of any exempt loan (within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii)) must
be used within a reasonable time after their
receipt by the borrowing ESOP portion of the Plan
only for any or all of the following purposes: |
|
|
(i) To acquire qualifying employer securities
(within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(v));
(ii) To repay such loan, or
(iii) To repay a prior exempt loan,
as described in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(4). |
|
7. Collateral for ESOP Loan.
|
|
The only assets of the ESOP that may be given as
collateral on an exempt loan are (i) qualifying
employer securities (within the meaning of Treas.
Reg. Section |
Ex. 6-1
|
|
|
|
|
54.4975-7(b)(1)(v)) acquired with the
proceeds of the loan and (ii) those that were used
as collateral on a prior exempt loan repaid with
the proceeds of the current exempt loan, as
described in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(5). |
|
|
|
8. Right to Assets under ESOP Loan.
|
|
No person entitled to payment under the exempt loan
shall have any right to assets of the ESOP other
than: |
|
|
(i) Collateral given for the loan,
(ii) Contributions (other than contributions of
employer securities) that are made under an ESOP to
meet its obligations under the loan, and
(iii) Earnings attributable to such collateral and
the investment of such contributions, as described
in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(5). |
|
|
|
9. Separate Accounting for ESOP
Contributions and Earnings.
|
|
The payments made with respect to an exempt loan by
the ESOP during a Plan Year must not exceed an
amount equal to the sum of such contributions and
earnings received during or prior to the year less
such payments in prior years. Such contributions
and earnings must be accounted for separately in
the books of account of the ESOP until the loan is
repaid, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(5). |
|
|
|
10. ESOP Loan Default.
|
|
In the event of default upon an exempt loan, the
value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of
the loan must not exceed the amount of default. If
the lender is a disqualified person, a loan must
provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default
only upon and to the extent of the failure of the
Plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan, as
described in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(6). |
|
|
|
11. Assets Withdrawn from Suspense Account.
|
|
The ESOP must consistently allocate to the
Participants ESOP Accounts non-monetary units
representing Participants interests in assets
withdrawn from the Suspense Account, as described
in Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-11(d)(2). |
|
|
|
Ex. 6-2
|
|
|
12. Forfeitures from ESOP Accounts.
|
|
If a portion of a Participants ESOP Account is
forfeited, qualifying employer securities allocated
in #11 above must be forfeited only after other
assets. If interests in more than one class of
qualifying employer securities have been allocated
to the Participants ESOP Account, the Participant
must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion
of each such class, as described in Treas. Reg.
Section 54.4975-11(d)(4). |
|
|
|
13. ESOP Loan Proceeds.
|
|
If securities acquired with the proceeds of an
exempt loan available for distribution consist of
more than one class, a distributee must receive
substantially the same proportion of each such
class, as described in Treas. Reg. Section
54.4975-11(f)(2). |
Ex. 6-3
2007 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Preamble |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1. General |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.2. Accounts |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.3. Active Participant |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.4. Administrator |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.5. After-Tax Savings (ATS) Account |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.6. Annual Addition |
|
|
3 |
|
Section 1.7. Bargaining Unit |
|
|
4 |
|
Section 1.8. Basic ATS Account |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.9. Basic PTS Account |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.10. Beneficiary |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.11. Board |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.12. Break in Service Year |
|
|
5 |
|
Section 1.13. Cash Account |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 1.14. Catch-Up Eligible Participant |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 1.15. Code |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 1.16. Company; Company Affiliate |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 1.17. Company Stock |
|
|
6 |
|
Section 1.18. Company Stock Fund |
|
|
7 |
|
Section 1.19. Compensation |
|
|
7 |
|
Section 1.20. Contribution Percentage |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 1.21. Current Obligations |
|
|
8 |
|
Section 1.21A DB Eligible Participant |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.22. Deferral Percentage |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.23. Deferred Compensation |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.24. Direct Rollover |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.25. Distributee |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.26. Disability Retirement |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 1.27. Disability Retirement Date |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 1.28. Eligible Retirement Plan |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 1.29. Eligible Rollover Distribution |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 1.30. Employee; Leased Employee |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 1.31. ERISA |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.32. ESOP Account |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.33. [Reserved.] |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.34. Hardship |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.35. Highly Compensated Employee |
|
|
14 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 1.36. Hour of Service |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 1.37. Included Affiliate Employee |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 1.38. Leveling Method |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 1.39. Leveraged Company Stock |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.40. Merged Participant |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.41. Merger |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.42. Military Leave |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.43. Normal Retirement |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.44. Normal Retirement Date |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 1.45. Option Stock |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.46. Participant |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.47. Pay |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.48. Payday |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.49. Plan |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.50. Plan Representative |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.51. Plan Year |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.52. Pretax Savings (PTS) Account |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.53. Qualified Account |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 1.54. Qualified Holder |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.55. Qualified Matching Account |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.56. Qualified Non-Matching Account |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.57. Rollover Account |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.58. Rules of the Plan |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.59. Savings Plan |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.60. Separation from the Service |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 1.61. Service |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 1.62. Spousal Consent |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 1.63. Spouse; Surviving Spouse |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 1.64. Statutory Compensation |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 1.65. Stock Account |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.66. Subfund |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.67. Supplement |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.68. Suspense Account |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.69. Trust |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.70. Trust Agreement |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 1.71. Trust Fund |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.72. Trustee |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.73. Unmatched ATS Account |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.74. Unmatched PTS Account |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.75. Valuation Date |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.76. Vested |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 1.77. Years of Vesting Service |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II. ELIGIBILITY |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1. Requirements for Participation |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 2.2. Automatic Enrollment |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 2.3. Notice of Right to Receive Cash and Election |
|
|
26 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 2.4. Inactive Status |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III. PRETAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1. PTS Contributions |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 3.2. Suspension of Deferral |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.3. Commencement, Resumption or Change of Deferred Compensation |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.4. Deposit in Trust |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 3.5. Deferral Percentage Fail-Safe Provisions |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV. AFTER-TAX SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1. ATS Contributions |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 4.2. Change, Commencement, Discontinuance or Resumption of ATS Contributions |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 4.3. Withholding of ATS Contributions |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 4.4. ATS Account |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 4.5. Deposit in Trust |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V. CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE COMPANY |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1. Determination of Annual Contribution |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 5.2. Maximum Annual Contribution |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 5.3. Contribution Date |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 5.4. Form of Contributions |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI. PARTICIPATION IN COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1. PTS Account |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.2. ESOP Account; Qualified Account |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.3. Allocation of Company Contributions and ESOP Stock |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.4. Allocation of Cash Dividends |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 6.5. Allocation of Stock Dividends |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 6.6. [Reserved] |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 6.7. Suspense Account |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 6.8. Release and Allocation of Leveraged Company Stock |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 6.9. Application of Forfeitures |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.10. Diversification |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 6.11. Contribution Percentage Fail-Safe Provisions |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 6.12. Reemployment Rights after Qualified Military Service |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII. INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1. Subfunds |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 7.2. Investment of New Contributions |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 7.3. Investment Transfers |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 7.4. Transfer of Assets |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 7.5. Effect of Non-Election |
|
|
41 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE VIII. VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND AND ACCOUNTS |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1. Determination of Values |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.2. Allocation of Values |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 8.3. Applicability of Account Values |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX. VESTING AND WITHDRAWALS |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.1. Vesting of Accounts |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.2. Unrestricted Withdrawals |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 9.3. Restricted Withdrawals |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.4. Conditions for Hardship Withdrawal |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 9.5. Withdrawal by Reason of Contribution Limitations |
|
|
45 |
|
Section 9.6. Withdrawals Upon Attainment of Age Fifty-Nine and One Half |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 9.7. Qualified Accounts and Stock Accounts |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 9.8. Withdrawals from Subfunds |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X. EMPLOYMENT AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.1. Continuation of Employment |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 10.2. Continuation of Participation |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 10.3. Mandatory In-Service Distributions |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI. BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.1. Normal or Disability Retirement |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 11.2. Rights Upon Normal or Disability Retirement |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 11.3. Distribution of Accounts |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 11.4. Distribution Requirements |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII. BENEFITS UPON DEATH |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12.1. Designation of Beneficiary |
|
|
51 |
|
Section 12.2. Distribution on Death |
|
|
52 |
|
Section 12.3. Election of Other Payment Methods |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII. BENEFITS UPON RESIGNATION OR DISCHARGE |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13.1. Distributions on Resignation or Discharge |
|
|
53 |
|
Section 13.2. Forfeitures |
|
|
54 |
|
Section 13.3. Restoration of Forfeitures |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 14.1. Top-Heavy Determination |
|
|
55 |
|
Section 14.2. Minimum Benefits |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 14.3. Vesting |
|
|
58 |
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE XV. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS |
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 15.1. Duties and Powers of the Administrator |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 15.2. Expenses of Administration |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 15.3. Payments |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 15.4. Statement to Participants |
|
|
60 |
|
Section 15.5. Inspection of Records |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 15.6. Claims Procedure |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 15.7. Conflicting Claims |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 15.8. Effect of Delay or Failure to Ascertain Amount Distributable or to Locate
Distributee |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 15.9. Service of Process |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 15.10. Limitations Upon Powers of the Administrator |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 15.11. Effect of Administrator Action |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 15.12. Contributions to Rollover Accounts |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 15.13. Transfers to Rollover Accounts |
|
|
64 |
|
Section 15.14. Loans to Participants or Former Participants |
|
|
64 |
|
Section 15.15. Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders and Certain
Offsets |
|
|
67 |
|
Section 15.16. Correction of Administrative Error; Special Contribution |
|
|
67 |
|
Section 15.17. Direct Rollovers |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI. TERMINATION, DISCONTINUANCE, AMENDMENT, MERGER, ADOPTION OF PLAN |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 16.1. Termination of Plan; Discontinuance of Contributions |
|
|
68 |
|
Section 16.2. Amendment of Plan |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 16.3. Retroactive Effect of Plan Amendment |
|
|
69 |
|
Section 16.4. Consolidation or Merger; Adoption of Plan by Other Companies |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVII. SALE OF COMPANY STOCK |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 17.1. Option to Sell Shares of Company Stock |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 18.1. Identification of Fiduciaries |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 18.2. Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibilities |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 18.3. Limitation on Rights of Employees |
|
|
73 |
|
Section 18.4. Limitation on Annual Additions; Treatment of Otherwise Excessive Allocations |
|
|
73 |
|
Section 18.5. Voting Rights |
|
|
73 |
|
Section 18.6. Delays in Payment |
|
|
74 |
|
Section 18.7. Restriction on Leveraged Company Stock |
|
|
74 |
|
Section 18.8. Governing Law |
|
|
74 |
|
Section 18.9. Genders and Plurals |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 18.10. Titles |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 18.11. References |
|
|
75 |
|
v
SUPPLEMENT A
SUPPLEMENT B
SUPPLEMENT C
SUPPLEMENT D
SUPPLEMENT E
SUPPLEMENT F
SUPPLEMENT G
SUPPLEMENT H
SUPPLEMENT I
SUPPLEMENT J
SUPPLEMENT K
SUPPLEMENT L
SUPPLEMENT M
SUPPLEMENT N
SUPPLEMENT O
SUPPLEMENT P
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 2
EXHIBIT 3
EXHIBIT 4
EXHIBIT 5
EXHIBIT 6
vi
exv10w18w2
Exhibit 10.18.2
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
2005 DIRECTORS VARIABLE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
The 2005 Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan (Plan) adopted by Avery Dennison
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company), originally effective as of December 1, 2004,
is hereby amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008, to comply with Internal Revenue
Code Section 409A and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder. The Plan is a deferred
compensation plan for non-employee directors of the Company. All vested deferred compensation
balances as of November 30, 2004, grandfathered under the Code Section 409A transition rules, shall
be governed by prior deferred compensation Plan documents and no subsequent amendment shall apply
to such grandfathered amounts. All amounts deferred, contributed or which became vested on or after
December 1, 2004 shall be subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan. The Plan is
intended, and shall be interpreted in all respects, to comply with the provisions of Code Section
409A.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS
2.1 Administrator. Administrator means the administrator appointed by the Committee
to handle the day-to-day administration of the Plan pursuant to Article 9.
2.2 Allocation Election. Allocation Election means the form or electronic
communication by which a Participant elects the Declared Rate(s) to be credited as earnings or
losses to such Participants Deferral Account.
2.3 Annual Deferral. Annual Deferral means the amount of Directors Fees that the
Participant elects to defer for a Calendar Year.
2.4 Beneficiary. Beneficiary means the person or persons or entity designated as
such by a Participant pursuant to Article 8.
2.5 Benefit. Benefit means any benefit provided under the terms of the Plan.
2.6 Change of Control. Change of Control means a change in the ownership or
effective control, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company
(but not a Participating Subsidiary, except as provided under Article 10), within the meaning of
Code Section 409A and shall include any of the following events as such concepts are interpreted
under Code Section 409A:
(a) the date on which a majority of members of the Companys Board of Directors is replaced
during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a
majority of the members of the Companys Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or
election; or
(b) the acquisition, by any one person, or by a corporation owned by a group of persons that
has entered into a merger, acquisition, consolidation, purchase, stock acquisition, asset
acquisition, or similar business transaction with the Company, of:
(i) ownership of stock of the Company, that, together with any stock previously held by such
person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of either (i) the total fair market
value, or (ii) the total voting power of the stock of the Company;
(ii) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total
voting power of the Company, during the twelve-month period ending on the date of such acquisition;
or
(iii) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than
forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company
immediately before such acquisition, during the twelve-month period ending on the date of such
acquisition; provided, however, that any transfer of assets to a related person as defined under
Code Section 409A shall not constitute a Change of Control.
2.7 Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as interpreted
by Treasury regulations and applicable authorities.
2.8 Committee. Committee means the deferred compensation plans administrative
committee appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 9.
2.9 Declared Rate. Declared Rate means the notional rates of return (which may be
positive or negative) of the individual investment options selected by a Participant for such
Participants Deferral Account, as referred to in Article 6.
2.10 Deferral Account. Deferral Account means the notional account established for
record keeping purposes for a Participant pursuant to Section 4.4.
2.11 Director. Director means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who
is not employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
2.12 Directors Fees. Directors Fees means the retainers and meeting fees payable
to a Director for service as a Director, which may be deferred hereunder.
2.13 Disability Benefit. Disability Benefit means the Benefit payable to a
Participant in accordance with Section 7.4 after the Participant has become Disabled.
2.14 Disability or Disabled. Disability or Disabled shall be interpreted in accord
with the requirements of Code Section 409A and shall mean, in the case of a Participant, that the
Participant (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment, which can be expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason
of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which can be expected to result in
death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months,
receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an
accident and health plan covering employees of the Participants employer.
2.15 Distribution. Distribution means any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary
according to the terms of this Plan.
2.16 Early Termination Benefit. Early Termination Benefit means the lump sum amount
payable to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.3.
2.17 Enrollment Period. Enrollment Period means the period(s) designated from year
to year by the Administrator for enrollments.
2.18 Normal Retirement. Normal Retirement means the Termination of Service for
reasons other than death on or after the Participant attains age sixty (60).
2.19 Participant. Participant means a Director who has filed a completed and executed
Participation Election Form with the Administrator, and who is participating in the Plan in
accordance with the provisions of Articles 3 and 4.
2.20 Participation Election. Participation Election means the commitment to make a
deferral under the Plan submitted by the Participant to the Administrator pursuant to Article 4 of
the Plan. The Participant Election may take the form of an electronic communication followed by
appropriate confirmation according to procedures established by the Administrator.
2.21 Plan. Plan means this 2005 Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan, a
non-qualified elective deferred compensation plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.
2.22 Plan Year. Plan Year means the calendar year.
2.23 Rabbi Trust. Rabbi Trust means the trust described in Section 12.7.
2.24 Settlement Date. Settlement Date means the date by which a lump-sum payment
shall be made or the date by which installment payments shall commence under the Plan. Unless
otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be as soon as practicable after, but in all events
no later than ninety (90) days following, the Valuation Date. In the case of a Participants death,
the Administrator shall be provided with the documentation reasonably necessary to establish the
fact of the Participants death. Notwithstanding the forgoing or any other provision of the Plan,
no distribution shall be made prior to the date such distribution is permissible under Coder
Section 409A and any distribution delayed by reason of the application of this prohibition shall be
paid as soon as such distribution is permissible under Code Section 409A.
2.25 Survivor Benefit. Survivor Benefit means those Plan Benefits that become
payable upon the death of a Participant pursuant to Section 7.5.
2.26 Termination of Service. Termination of Service means the cessation of service
as a Director for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of retirement,
Disability or death. For purpose of the preceding sentence, Termination of Service shall be
interpreted consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A for separation from service.
2.27 Valuation Date. Valuation Date means the date on which the Deferral Account is
valued for Distribution purposes. This date shall be the last day of the month in which an event
occurs that triggers a Benefit payment.
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.1 Participation. The Administrator shall notify Participants generally not less than
thirty (30) days (or such lesser period as may be practicable under the circumstances) prior to any
deadline for filing a Participation Election Form. A Director must submit a Participation Election
Form during the Enrollment Period established by the Administrator to become a Participant.
3.2 Participation Election. A Director shall become a Participant in the Plan no later
than the first day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following the date the Director has
filed a Participant Election with the Administrator. To be effective, the Director must submit the
Participant Election during an Enrollment Period or any other such time as determined by the
Administrator. A Director who joins the Company after the first day of the Plan Year may become a
Participant provided such Director files a Participant Election with the Administrator within
thirty (30) days of commencement of service as a Director, to allow deferrals by such new Director
of Directors Fees earned during the balance of such Plan Year.
3.3 Continuation of Participation. A Participant who has elected to participate in the
Plan by submitting a Participant Election shall continue as a Participant in the Plan until the
entire balance of the Participants Deferral Account has been distributed.
ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
4.1 Annual Deferral. On the Participation Election Form, and subject to the
restrictions set forth herein, a Director shall designate the amount of Directors Fees to be
deferred thereby for the next following calendar year, provided that any deferral election shall be
made not later than the last day of the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which such
Directors Fees are earned (or, in the case of a new Participant, the thirtieth (30 th )
day following initial eligibility for the remaining portion of the Plan Year).
4.2 Minimum Deferral. The minimum amount of Annual Deferral that may be deferred shall
be ten percent (10%) of the Participants Directors Fees.
4.3 Maximum Deferral. The standard maximum amount of Annual Deferral that may be
deferred shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Participants Directors Fees. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Committee may further limit the maximum or the minimum amount of deferrals by
any Participant or group of Participants in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE 5
DISCRETIONARY COMPANY CREDITS
The Company, in its sole discretion, may credit to selected Participants Deferral Accounts a
discretionary amount or match in an amount determined by the Company. These amounts and subsequent
earnings are subject to vesting schedules established by the Administrator.
ARTICLE 6
ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT OPTIONS
6.1 Accounts. Solely for record keeping purposes, the Company shall maintain a
Deferral Account under the Plan for each Participant. Annual Deferrals shall be credited by the
Employer to the Participants Deferral Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been
paid to the Participant. Such Account shall be credited (and compounded daily) with a notional rate
of return (positive or negative) based on the Declared Rate(s) elected by the Participant under
Section 6.2. All Distributions shall be debited from the applicable Account on the Valuation Date.
6.2 Participant Election of Declared Rates. The crediting rate on amounts in a
Participants Deferral Account shall be based on the Participants choice among the investment
alternatives made available from time to time by the Committee. The Administrator shall establish a
procedure by which a Participant may make an Allocation Election among any combination of Declared
Rates in one percent (1%) increments up to one hundred percent (100%) and may change the Declared
Rate(s) at least once per week with such change(s) effective as of the first day of the next
following week. Such investment elections may apply to future deferrals and/or to the existing
Deferral Account balances, as indicated by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company shall have no obligation to set aside or invest funds as directed by the Participant and,
if the Company elects to invest funds as directed by the Participant, the Participant shall have no
more right to such investments than any other unsecured general creditor of the Company.
6.3 Declared Rates. A Participant may select from Declared Rates which may from time
to time be established under the Plan and the number of which may be expanded by the Committee; it
being the intention that at all times Participants will have at least nine (9) core investment fund
choices comparable in focus, type and quality to those listed on Exhibit A. The Declared Rates
provide a rate of return (positive or negative) that are based on the actual net performance of the
Declared Rate(s) selected by the Participant. The Declared Rates credited to Participant Deferral
Accounts shall be the actual net performance of the Declared Rates, to which will be added a basis
point credit, which credit (when added to the actual net performance of the Declared Rates) will
together be approximately equivalent on average to crediting the actual gross performance of the
Declared Rates less twenty (20) basis points.
6.4 Valuation of Deferral Accounts. The value of a Deferral Account as of any date
shall equal the amounts theretofore credited or debited to such Deferral Account, plus the deemed
earnings or losses of such Deferral Account in accordance with this Article 6 through the day
immediately preceding such date.
6.5 Vesting. A Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested at all times in
amounts credited to the Participants Deferral Accounts.
6.6 Statement of Deferral Accounts. The Administrator (or an agent thereof) shall
provide to each Participant periodic statements or on-line access to information setting forth the
Participants deferrals, Declared Rate(s) (credits or debits), Distributions and Deferral Account
balance.
6.7 Errors in Benefit Statements, Deferrals, Distributions or Administration. In the
event an error is made in a benefit statement, such error shall be corrected on the next benefit
statement following the date such error is discovered. In the event of an error in the amount of a
Participants deferral, immediately upon the discovery of such error, if possible, the next
deferral of such Participant shall be adjusted upward or downward to correct such prior error
subject to compliance with permissible corrections procedures established under Code Section 409A.
In the event of an error in a Distribution, the applicable Participants Deferral Account shall,
immediately upon the discovery of such error, be adjusted to reflect such under or over payment
and, if possible, the next Distribution to such Participant shall be adjusted upward or downward to
correct such prior error subject to compliance with permissible corrections procedures established
under Code Section 409A. If the remaining balance of a Participants Deferral Account is
insufficient to cover an erroneous overpayment to such Participant, the Company may, at its
discretion, offset other amounts payable to the Participant from the Company to the extent
permitted under all applicable laws, to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s). It is the
intent of the Company that the Plan be interpreted and administered to comply in all respects
with Code Section 409A. However, Participants and/or their Beneficiaries shall be responsible for
any and all taxes resulting from participation in the Plan, and the Company shall have no liability
to the Participant or any Beneficiary in the event any taxes or excise taxes may ultimately be
determined to be applicable to any deferral, contribution, vesting event or Distribution under the
Plan.
ARTICLE 7
BENEFITS
7.1 Normal Retirement Benefit Distribution Election.
(a) Initial Election. At the time of entering the Plan or, if later, on or before
December 31, 2008, Participants shall designate the form of distributions of amounts credited to
their Deferral Account upon Normal Retirement, from among the distribution alternatives specified
herein. A Participant may only change a distribution election for the Deferral Account in
accordance with the change in elections provisions specified in Section 7.1(b).
(b) Modification of Election. A distribution election with respect to an existing
Deferral Account under the Plan may only be changed under the terms and conditions specified by the
Committee in compliance with Code Section 409A. After December 31, 2008, except as expressly
provided in this Article 7, no acceleration of a distribution is permitted and a subsequent
election that delays payment or changes the form of payment shall be permitted if and only if all
of the following requirements are met:
(i) the new election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on
which the new election is made; and
(ii) in the case of payments made on account of Termination of Service (other than by reason
of death or Disability) or Change in Control, the new election delays payment for at least five (5)
years from the date that payment would otherwise have been made, absent the new election.
For purposes of application of the above change limitations, installment payments from a
Deferral Account shall be treated as a single payment. Changes complying with the requirements of
this Section 7.1(b) may be made any number of times with respect to the same Deferral Account but
in no event may any change delay the distribution of benefits payable from any Deferral Account
beyond the date the Participant attains (or a deceased Participant would have attained) age
ninety-two (92). Election changes made pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall be made in accordance
with rules established by the Committee, and shall comply with all applicable requirements of Code
Section 409A and applicable authorities.
7.2 Normal Retirement Benefit Distribution Alternatives. The Participant shall be
entitled to select the form of payment of Distributions from a Deferral Account from among the
following alternatives set forth below. Benefits shall be paid according to the Participants
distribution elections unless such distribution election is superseded by an alternative
distribution event such as death, Disability, or Change in Control, as specified in this Article 7.
(a) Form of Distribution. The available forms of payment from the
Participants Deferral Account upon Normal Retirement shall be as follows:
(i) Lump-Sum. One lump-sum payment.
(ii) Installment Payments. Monthly installments of principal and interest payable over
a period of any number of years up to twenty (20), but in no event ending later than the date on
which the Participant shall attain age ninety-two (92). Installment payments shall be calculated on
an annual basis but paid during the Plan Year at approximately monthly intervals as may be
determined by the Committee, provided that such intervals shall not be less frequent than
quarterly, except in the final year of payments when only one installment shall be made in January
in such final Plan Year. Installment payments shall be based on the Participants Deferral Account
balance at the beginning of the payment period and shall be recalculated annually by dividing the
Participants Deferral Account balance as of the last day of the Plan Year by the number of
remaining years in the payment period based on the Participants retirement payment election.
Deferral Accounts shall continue to be credited during the payment period based on the
Participants choice among Declared Rates as provided in Article 6. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
an installment payout election shall not be available prior to the date that the Participant shall
have qualified for Normal Retirement.
(iii) Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the
total balance payable from all of a Participants Accounts under this Plan (and any other plans
aggregated with this Plan for purposes of Code Section 409A) is less than the applicable dollar
amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the calendar year of payment, the Administrator shall
have the discretion to pay all of the Participants benefits under the Plan (and such other
aggregated plans) in the form of a single lump-sum, at any time, subject to compliance with
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(v), as may be further revised or amended.
If no election is made regarding the form of benefits from a particular Account, benefits from that
Account shall be paid in a single lump-sum.
(b) Commencement of Payment of Benefits. The commencement date for payment of benefits
from a Participants Deferral Account on Normal Retirement shall be upon the Settlement Date next
following the Participants Normal Retirement.
7.3 Early Termination Benefit. In the event of a Participants Termination of Service
for any reason other than death, Disability, or Normal Retirement, the Participant shall receive an
Early Termination Benefit equal to the outstanding balance of the Participants Deferral Account,
credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 6, payable in the form of a single lump-sum
distribution on the Settlement Date next following such early Termination of Service. The
Participant shall be entitled to no further Benefits under this Plan.
7.4 Survivor Benefits. In the event of a Participants death prior to complete
distribution of all of the Participants Deferral Account, the Participants Beneficiary shall
receive a Survivor Benefit equal to the outstanding balance of the Participants Deferral Account,
credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 6, payable in the form of a single lump-sum
Distribution on the last day of the fifteenth (15 th ) month commencing after the month
in which the Participants death occurs, unless the Beneficiary makes a timely election during the
first three (3) months following the Participants death, which is in compliance with Code Section
409A, to delay commencement of the Deferral Account by a minimum of five (5) years and to receive
the benefits in January of a later Plan Year, in the form of a single lump-sum or over a period of
up to twenty (20) years.
7.5 Change of Control or other Benefit. In the event a Change in Control occurs before
a Participants Deferral Account has been fully distributed, the Participant shall receive an
amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account, credited with notional earnings as provided in
Article 6, payable in the form of a single lump-sum distribution on the last day of the fifteenth
(15 th ) month commencing after the month in which such Change in Control occurs, unless
the Participant makes a timely election under Section 7.1(b), during the first three (3) months
following such Change in Control, to delay commencement of the Deferral Account by a minimum of
five (5) years and to receive the benefits in January of a later Plan Year, in the form of a single
lump-sum or over a period of up to twenty (20) years.
7.6 Unforeseeable Emergency. Upon a finding by the Committee that the Participant has
suffered a Unforeseeable Emergency, subject to compliance with Code Section 409A, the Administrator
may at the request of the Participant, approve cessation of current deferrals or accelerate
distribution of benefits under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such
financial hardship. The amount distributed pursuant to this Section 7.7 with respect to an
Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy such emergency plus
amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking
into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or
compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participants assets (to the extent
the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).
ARTICLE 8
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Each Participant and Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or
persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment under this Plan shall be made in the event
of death of the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, prior to complete distribution of
the Participants Benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary designation shall become effective
only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participants or Beneficiarys
lifetime, as the case may be, on a form prescribed by the Administrator.
The filing of a new Beneficiary designation form by a Participant will cancel and revoke all
Beneficiary designations previously filed by such Participant.
If a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or Beneficiary, as
the case may be, or die prior to complete distribution of the Participants Benefits, then the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of such Benefits to the estate of the Participant or
Beneficiary, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
A Committee consisting of three (3) or more members shall be appointed by the Companys Chief
Executive Officer to administer the Plan, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion
(i) to appoint agents and service providers to act on its behalf, (ii) to interpret the Plan, (iii)
to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible
ambiguities, inconsistencies, or admissions), (iv) to make, amend and rescind such rules and
procedures as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (v) to make all
other determinations and resolve all questions of fact necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable
under the Plan. All interpretations of the Committee with respect to any matter hereunder shall be
final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby, subject to the provisions of this
Article 9. All decisions of the Committee shall be by vote of at least a majority of its members.
Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as members of
the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter that relates
solely to such members interest in the Plan as a Participant. The current members of the Committee
are the Chief Executive Officer; the Chief Financial Officer; the Senior Vice President, Human
Resources; the Senior Vice President and General Counsel; the Vice President and Treasurer; the
Vice President, Compensation and Benefits; the Vice President, Associate General Counsel and
Assistant Secretary; the Vice President, Global Finance; the Manager, Corporate Finance and
Investments, and the Director, Financial Reporting at the Companys Miller Corporate Center. The
Committee has designated the Vice President, Compensation and Benefits as the Administrator to
carry out the day-to-day administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee or any other agent
thereof including the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, decision, or action made
in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members
of the Committee and the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and
expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the
performance of such persons duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than
such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or
criminal acts of such persons.
ARTICLE 10
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
The Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Committee (at the
direction of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors) may amend the Plan; provided,
however, that (i) no such amendment shall be effective to decrease the Benefits accrued by any
Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (including, but not limited to, the rate of
earnings credited on Deferral Accounts); (ii) no such amendment shall revise the substantive
provisions of the Plan related to the calculation of Benefits (including, without limitation, the
provisions of Article 6), the minimum number of Declared Rates or the manner or timing of payments
to be made under the Plan so as to prejudice the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary, except
to the extent required by law, and (iii) no amendment shall change the timing or form of
Distributions or otherwise violate the provisions of Code Section 409A so as to result in the
imposition of excise taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be interpreted in all
respects to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the Committee may amend the Plan at
anytime as may be necessary to assure such compliance.
The Company shall not terminate the Plan but may, in its complete and sole discretion, freeze
the Plan and allow no further deferrals into this Plan on a prospective basis. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company or any Participating Subsidiary may accelerate distribution upon termination
of the Plan in the event of a Change in Control subject to compliance with all requirements of Code
Section 409A.
ARTICLE 11
MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS
The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, all such books of account, records and other data
as may be necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan, and to reflect properly the
affairs thereof, and to determine the nature and amount of the interests of the respective
Participants in each Deferral Account. Separate accounts or records for the
respective Participants Deferral Accounts shall be maintained for operational and accounting
purposes, but no such account or record shall be considered as creating a lien of any nature
whatsoever on or as segregating any of the assets with respect to the Deferral Accounts under this
Plan from any other funds or property of the Company.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by ERISA and applicable
substantive provisions of federal law, this Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely
therein.
12.2 Captions. The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs of this Plan are
for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its
provisions.
12.3 Limitation. A Participant and the Participants Beneficiary shall assume all
risks in connection with the performance of any Declared Rate and any decrease in value of the
Deferral Accounts, and none of the Company, any of its officers, employees, or directors, the
Committee or the Administrator shall be liable or responsible therefor.
12.4 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by
registered or certified mail, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of
the Administrator with a copy to the Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company. Such
notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the
date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
12.5 Limits on Transfer. Other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or
legal or judicial process related to dissolution of marriage, no right, title or interest of any
kind in the Plan shall be transferable or assignable by a Participant or the Participants
Beneficiary or be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, levy,
execution or other legal or equitable process, nor subject to the debts, contracts, alimony,
liabilities or engagements, or torts of any Participant or Participants Beneficiary. Any attempt
to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, garnish, attach or take any other action subject to
legal or equitable process or encumber or dispose of any interest in the Plan shall be void.
12.6 Satisfaction of Claims. Payments to any Participant or Beneficiary in accordance
with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full or partial satisfaction of
claims against the Company for the compensation or other amounts deferred and relating to the
Deferral Account to which the payments relate.
12.7 Participant Cooperation. Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by
furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of
Benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and taking
such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to so
cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other
than payment to such Participant of the cumulative deferrals theretofore made pursuant to this
Plan. If a Participant commits suicide during the two (2) year period beginning on the first day on
which he participates in the Plan or if the Participant makes any material misstatement of
information or nondisclosure of medical history, then no Benefits will be payable hereunder to such
Participant of the deferrals theretofore made pursuant to this Plan, provided, that in the
Companys sole discretion, Benefits may be payable in an amount reduced to compensate the Company
for any loss, cost, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Company as a result in any way of
any such action, misstatement or nondisclosure.
12.8 Unfunded Status of Plan; Creation of Rabbi Trust. The Plan is intended to
constitute an unfunded plan of deferred compensation and Participants shall rely solely on the
unsecured promise of the Company for payment hereunder. With respect to any payment not yet made to
a Participant under the Plan, nothing contained in the Plan shall give a Participant any rights
that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. The Company has
established the Avery Dennison Corporation Directors Compensation Trust (Rabbi Trust). The assets
of the Rabbi Trust shall be subject to the claims of the Companys creditors. To the extent any
Benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid to a Participant or Beneficiary from the Rabbi
Trust, the Company shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so
paid, such Benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Company. Participants
and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights,
interest, or claims in or to any specific property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be
beneficiaries of, or have any rights,
claims, or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts, or the proceeds
therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Company (Policies). Apart from the Rabbi Trust,
such Policies or other assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of
Participants, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, or assigns, or held in any way as collateral
security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the
Companys assets and Policies shall be, and shall remain, the general, un-pledged, unrestricted
assets of the Company. The Companys obligations under the Plan shall be merely an unfunded and
unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
12.9 Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or
other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the Benefits
due hereunder, wherever such laws may be enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which
may affect the administration or performance of this Plan; and (to the extent that it may lawfully
do so) the Company hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it will not hinder, delay or impede the realization of any Benefits to which the Participants
hereunder are entitled, but will suffer and permit the realization of all such Benefits as though
no such law had been enacted. The provisions of this Section 12.9 are not intended, however, to
prevent compliance of the Plan with the provisions of Code Section 409A.
12.10 Status. The establishment and maintenance of, or allocations and credits to, the
Deferral Account of any Participant shall not vest in any Participant any right, title or interest
in and to any Plan assets or Benefits except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions
and to the extent expressly set forth in the Plan and in accordance with the terms of the Rabbi
Trust.
12.11 Validity. In the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void, or
unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other
provision of this Plan.
12.12 Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of any breach of any provision of the
Plan by any other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.
12.13 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be
deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may
require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the
singular.
exv10w31w2
Exhibit 10.31.2
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
2005 EXECUTIVE VARIABLE DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
The 2005 Executive Variable Deferred Retirement Plan (Plan) adopted by Avery Dennison
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the Company) on behalf of itself and its
participating Subsidiaries, originally effective as of December 1, 2004, is hereby amended
and restated effective as of January 1, 2008, to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section
409A and applicable authorities promulgated thereunder. The Plan is a deferred compensation
plan for Eligible Executives employed by the Company and its Participating Subsidiaries. All
vested deferred compensation account balances as of November 30, 2004, grandfathered under
the Code Section 409A transition rules, shall be governed by prior deferred compensation
plan documents and no subsequent amendment shall apply to such grandfathered amounts. All
amounts deferred, contributed or which became vested on or after December 1, 2004 shall be
subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan. The Plan is intended, and shall
be interpreted in all respects, to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and those
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, applicable to
an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select
group of management or highly compensated employees.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS
2.1 Account(s). Account or Accounts means the bookkeeping account(s)
established for record keeping purposes for a Participant pursuant to Section 6.1, which
shall include one or more Deferral Accounts, a Company Contributions Account, any Special
Unit Accounts and/or Stock Unit Account which may be established for the Participant by the
Company.
2.2 Administrator. Administrator means the administrator appointed by the
Committee to handle the day-to-day administration of the Plan pursuant to Article 9.
2.3 Allocation Election. Allocation Election means the form or electronic
communication by which a Participant elects the Declared Rate(s) to be credited as notional
earnings or losses to such Participants Account.
2.4 Annual Base Salary. Annual Base Salary means an Eligible Employees
annual salary at the time of deferral, or any other subsequent date as determined by the
Administrator in its discretion, before reductions for contributions to or deferrals under
any pension, deferred compensation or benefit plans sponsored by the Company. For Eligible
Employees who are sales representatives for the Company, Annual Base Salary (solely for the
purpose of computing the maximum deferral amount under Section 4.3) shall include any
commissions earned by such Eligible Employee.
2.5 Annual Deferral. Annual Deferral means the amount of Annual Base Salary
and/or Bonus that the Participant elects to defer under the Plan for a Plan Year.
2.6 Beneficiary. Beneficiary means the person or persons or entity designated
as such by a Participant pursuant to Article 8.
2.7 Benefit. Benefit means any benefit provided under the terms of the Plan.
2.8 Bonus. Bonus means the bonus to which the Participant is entitled from
the Company under any bonus plan or incentive program specified by the Administrator,
including any annual bonus plan or long-term incentive plan, before reductions for
contributions to or deferrals under any pension, deferred compensation or benefit plans
sponsored by the Company.
2.9 Change of Control. Change of Control means a change in the ownership or
effective control, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the
Company (but not a Participating Subsidiary, except as provided under Article 10), within
the meaning of Code Section 409A and shall include any of the following events as such
concepts are interpreted under Code Section 409A:
(a) the date on which a majority of members of the Companys Board of Directors is
replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not
endorsed by a majority of the members of the Companys Board of Directors before the date of
the appointment or election; or
(b) the acquisition, by any one person, or by persons acting as a group, or by a
corporation owned by a group of persons that has entered into a merger, acquisition,
consolidation, purchase, stock acquisition, asset acquisition, or similar business
transaction with the Company, of:
(i) ownership of stock of the Company, that, together with any stock previously held by
such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of either (i) the total fair
market value, or (ii) the total voting power of the stock of the Company;
(ii) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty percent (30%) or more of the
total voting power of the Company, during the twelve-month period ending on the date of such
acquisition; or
(iii) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or
more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of
the Company immediately before such acquisition, during the twelve-month period ending on
the date of such acquisition; provided, however, that any transfer of assets to a related
person as defined under Code Section 409A shall not constitute a Change of Control.
2.10 Code. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as
interpreted by Treasury regulations and applicable authorities.
2.11 Committee. Committee means the deferred compensation plans
administrative committee appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 9.
2.12 Company. Company means Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, acting on behalf of itself and its Participating Subsidiaries, as the context
may require.
2.13 Company Contributions. Company Contributions means discretionary
Matching Contributions or Special Unit Contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the
Participant pursuant to Article 5.
2.14 Company Contributions Account. Company Contributions Account means an
Account established to hold discretionary Matching Contributions pursuant to Sections 5.1
and 6.1.
2.15 Declared Rate. Declared Rate means the notional rates of return (which
may be positive or negative) of the individual investment options selected by a Participant
for such Participants Account, as referred to in Article 6.
2.16 Deferral Account. Deferral Account means an Account established to hold
Annual Deferrals pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 6.1.
2.17 Disability Benefit. Disability Benefit means the Benefit payable to a
Participant in accordance with Section 7.4 after the Participant has become Disabled.
2.18 Disability or Disabled. Disability or Disabled shall be interpreted in
accord with the requirements of Code Section 409A and shall mean, in the case of a
Participant, that the Participant (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, which can be
expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment, which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits
for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering
Employees.
2.19 Distribution. Distribution means any payment to a Participant or
Beneficiary according to the terms of this Plan.
2.20 Early Termination Benefit. Early Termination Benefit means the lump-sum
amount payable to a Participant who ceases to be an Employee pursuant to the provisions of
Section 7.2 or 7.3.
2.21 Eligible Employee. Eligible Employee means an Employee who is (i) a
member of a select group of management, or a highly compensated employee, and (ii) who meets
the annually indexed salary requirement and/or such other eligibility requirements as may be
established by the Committee.
2.22 Employee. Employee means any person employed by the Company or a
Participating Subsidiary.
2.23 Employer. Employer means the Company or the Participating Subsidiary
that is the legal employer of the relevant Participant.
2.24 Enrollment Period. Enrollment Period means the period(s) designated for
a particular Plan Year by the Administrator for enrollments.
2.25 ERISA. ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, as interpreted by applicable authorities.
2.26 Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions means contributions made
by the Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 5.1.
2.27 Participant. Participant means an Eligible Employee who has filed a
completed and executed Participation Election Form with the Administrator, and who is
participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Articles 3 and 4.
2.28 Participating Subsidiary. Participating Subsidiary means a subsidiary
corporation the majority of the outstanding stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly
by the Company.
2.29 Participation Election. Participation Election means the commitment to
make a deferral under the Plan, submitted by the Participant to the Administrator pursuant
to Articles 3 and 4 of the Plan. The Participant Election may take the form of an electronic
communication followed by appropriate confirmation according to procedures established by
the Administrator.
2.30 Plan. Plan means this 2005 Executive Variable Deferred Retirement Plan,
a non-qualified elective deferred compensation plan, as the same may be amended from time to
time.
2.31 Plan Year. Plan Year means the calendar year.
2.32 Settlement Date. Settlement Date means the date by which a lump-sum
payment shall be made or the date by which installment payments shall commence under the
Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be as soon as practicable after,
but in all events no later than ninety (90) days following, the Valuation Date. In the case
of a Participants death, the Administrator shall be provided with the documentation
reasonably necessary to establish the fact of the Participants death. Notwithstanding the
foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, in the event that a Participant is a key
employee (as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of a
corporation, any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market, the
Settlement Date with respect to payments triggered by Termination of Employment (other than
be reason of death or Disability) or Change in Control shall be paid only after the earlier
of (i) the last day of the sixth (6th) complete calendar month following the Participants
Termination of Employment, or (ii) the Participants death, consistent with the provisions
of Code Section 409A. Any payments delayed by reason of the preceding sentence shall be
caught up and paid in a single lump-sum on the first day such payments are permissible
consistent with the application of Code Section 409A.
2.33 Special Unit Contribution. Special Unit Contribution means a
contribution made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 5.2.
2.34 Special Unit Account. Special Unit Account means an Account created to
hold a Special Unit Contribution pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 6.1.
2.35 Special Unit Award Agreement. Special Unit Award Agreement means the
agreement between the Participant and the Company specifying the terms of a Special Unit
Contribution including the vesting schedule and payout elections applicable to such Special
Unit Contribution. The Special Unit Award Agreement may take the form of an electronic
communication followed by appropriate confirmation according to procedures established by
the Administrator.
2.36 Stock Unit Contribution. Stock Unit Contribution means a contribution
made by the Company on behalf of a Participant pursuant to Section 5.3.
2.37 Stock Unit Account. Stock Unit Account means an Account created to hold
all Stock Unit Contribution on behalf of a single Participant pursuant to Sections 5.3 and
6.1.
2.38 Stock Unit Award Agreement. Stock Unit Award Agreement means a
Performance Unit Agreement or such other agreement between a Participant and the Company
specifying the terms of a Stock Unit Contribution. The Stock Unit Award Agreement may take
the form of an electronic communication followed by appropriate confirmation according to
procedures established by the Administrator.
2.39 Survivor Benefit. Survivor Benefit means those Plan Benefits that become
payable upon the death of a Participant pursuant to Section 7.5.
2.40 Termination of Employment. Termination of Employment means the cessation
of a Participants employment with the Employer for any reason, whether voluntary or
involuntary, including by reason of retirement, Disability or death. For purpose of the
preceding sentence, Termination of Employment shall be interpreted consistent with the
requirements of Code Section 409A for separation from service.
2.41 Valuation Date. Valuation Date means the date on which the Account is
valued for Distribution purposes. This date shall be the last day of the month in which an
event occurs that triggers a Benefit payment.
2.42 Years of Participation. Years of Participation means the cumulative
consecutive years of participation in this Plan or in any other nonqualified deferred
compensation plan sponsored by the Company, as determined in the complete and sole
discretion of the Administrator.
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.1 Participation. The Administrator shall notify Eligible Employees generally
not less than thirty (30) days (or such lesser period as may be practicable under the
circumstances) prior to any deadline for filing a Participation Election Form. An Eligible
Employee must submit a Participant Election during the Enrollment Period established by the
Administrator to become a Participant.
3.2 Participation Election. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in
the Plan no later than the first day of the Plan Year coincident with or beginning after the
date the Employee is designated as an Eligible Employee, provided such Employee has filed a
Participant Election with the Administrator. To be effective, the Eligible Employee must
submit the Participant Election during an Enrollment Period or any other such time as
determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may establish a special Enrollment Period
during a Plan Year within thirty (30) days after an Eligible Executive first becomes
eligible to participate in the Plan (if the Eligible Employee is not already a participant
in any plan that is aggregated with this Plan for purposes of Code Section 409A), to allow
deferrals by such newly Eligible Employee of amounts earned during the balance of such Plan
Year.
3.3 Continuation of Participation. A Participant who has elected to participate
in the Plan by submitting a Participant Election shall continue as a Participant until all
Benefits payable to or on behalf of the Participant under the Plan have been distributed. In
the event a Participant becomes ineligible to continue participation in the Plan, but has
not experienced a Termination of Employment, no further Annual Deferrals or Company
Contributions shall be made by or on behalf of the Participant but the Participants
Accounts shall be held and administered in accordance with the Plan until such time as the
Participants Accounts have been completely distributed.
ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
4.1 Annual Deferral. On the Participation Election Form, and subject to the
restrictions set forth herein, an Eligible Employee shall designate the amount of Annual
Base Salary and Bonus to be deferred for the following Plan Year or Bonus performance
period, or such other period as the Committee may determine, provided that any deferral
election shall be made no later than the last day of the calendar year preceding the
calendar year (or, in the case of a new Participant, the thirtieth (30 th ) day
following initial eligibility for the remaining portion of the Plan Year) in which the
services are performed for which such Annual Base Salary or Bonus are earned; except and
provided further that, to the extent allowed by Code Section 409A, the Committee may allow
deferral elections to be made or revised no later than six (6) months before the end of the
performance period solely with respect to any performance-based compensation as defined in
Code Section 409A that is based on services performed over a period of at least twelve (12)
months. For this purpose, the Committee shall determine, in its complete and sole
discretion, whether any Bonus qualifies as performance-based compensation as defined under
Code Section 409A.
4.2 Minimum Deferral. The minimum amount of Annual Deferral that may be
deferred shall be two percent (2%) of a Participants Annual Base Salary.
4.3 Maximum Deferral. The standard maximum amount of Annual Deferral that may
be deferred shall be seventy-five percent (75%) of a Participants Annual Base Salary and
one hundred percent (100%) of a Participants Bonus; provided that, with the approval of the
Administrator, Participants may defer up to one hundred percent (100%) of their Annual Base
Salary, less applicable withholdings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may
further limit the maximum or the minimum amount of deferrals by any Participant or group of
Participants in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE 5
DISCRETIONARY COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS
5.1 Discretionary Matching Contributions. The Employer, in its sole discretion,
may credit to selected Participants Accounts a discretionary amount or match of an Annual
Deferral in any amount determined by the Company. Matching Contributions shall be made in
the complete and sole discretion of the Company and no Participant or Eligible Employee
shall have the right to receive any Matching Contribution regardless of whether Matching
Contributions are made on behalf of other Participants. Matching Contributions shall vest at
the time specified by the Company.
5.2 Special Unit Contributions. The Employer, in its complete and sole
discretion, may credit an amount to the Plan on behalf of an existing Participant or a newly
Eligible Employee as a special bonus award or a deferred signing bonus (a Special Unit
Contribution). Such amounts shall be granted pursuant to a Special Unit Award Agreement
which shall specify the period over which such Special Unit Contribution shall vest. The
Participant may be granted an election with respect to the time and form of payment of a
Special Unit Contribution during the thirty (30) day period following the grant of a Special
Unit Contribution if such Contribution is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for a
minimum of twelve (12) months after the end of such election period (i.e., 13 months after
the grant date), or as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A.
5.3 Stock Unit Contributions. A Participant may be credited an amount under the
Plan as a hypothetical stock contribution (a Stock Unit Contribution), for example,
pursuant to a Performance Unit Award under the Company-sponsored Employee Stock Option and
Incentive Plan or any successor plan or similar plan, as determined by the Company in its
complete and sole discretion, and as evidenced by a Stock Unit Award Agreement. The Stock
Unit Award Agreement may specify that such award is to be contributed to this Plan or the
Participant may be granted an election with respect to such an award to defer such phantom
stock unit award into this Plan within the thirty (30) day period following grant of the
award but only if such stock unit award is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for a
minimum of twelve (12) months after the end of such election period (i.e.,
13 months after the grant date), or as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A.
ARTICLE 6
ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENT OPTIONS
6.1 Accounts. Solely for record keeping purposes, the Company shall maintain up
to five (5) Deferral Accounts under the Plan for each Participant. Annual Deferrals shall be
credited by the Employer to the Participants Deferral Account at the time such amounts
would otherwise have been paid to the Participant. The Company shall also maintain a Company
Contributions Account for each Participant which shall be credited with any Matching
Contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to Section 5.1, as directed by the
Company. In addition to Deferral Accounts and Company Contribution Accounts, separate
Special Unit Accounts shall be maintained for each Special Unit Contribution and a separate
Stock Unit Account shall be maintained for all Stock Unit Contributions made to the Plan on
behalf of a Participant, if any, as directed by the Company. All of a Participants
Accounts, except the Stock Unit Account, shall be credited (and compounded daily) with a
notional rate of return (positive or negative) based on the Declared Rate(s) elected by the
Participant under Section 6.2. Stock Unit Accounts shall be credited as provided in Section
6.4.
6.2 Participant Election of Declared Rates. The crediting rate on amounts in a
Participants Account shall be based on the Participants choice among the investment
alternatives made available from time to time by the Committee. The Administrator shall
establish a procedure by which a Participant may make an Allocation Election among any
combination of Declared Rates in one percent (1%) increments up to one hundred percent
(100%) and may change the Declared Rate(s) at least once per week with such change(s)
effective as of the first day of the next following week. Such investment elections may
apply to future deferrals and/or to the existing Account balances, as indicated by the
Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to set
aside or invest funds as directed by the Participant and, if the Company elects to invest
funds as directed by the Participant, the Participant shall have no more right to such
investments than any other unsecured general creditor of the Company.
6.3 Declared Rates. A Participant may select from Declared Rates which may from
time to time be established under the Plan and the number of which may be expanded by the
Committee; it being the intention that at all times Participants will have at least nine (9)
core investment fund choices comparable in focus, type and quality to those listed on
Exhibit A. The Declared Rates provide a rate of return (positive or negative) that are based
on the actual net performance of the Declared Rate(s) selected by the Participant. The
Declared Rates credited to Participant Accounts shall be the actual net performance of the
Declared Rates, to which will be added a basis point credit, which credit (when added to the
actual net performance of the Declared Rates) will together be approximately equivalent on
average to crediting the actual gross performance of the Declared Rates less twenty (20)
basis points.
6.4 Stock Unit Accounts. A Participants Stock Unit Account shall be credited
with the number of phantom shares of common stock of the Company specified in the Stock Unit
Award Agreement. Amounts credited to a Stock Unit Account shall be distributed in kind,
subject to compliance with all legal requirements. The Committee shall administer any Stock
Unit Account consistent with the intent of the Plan to reflect a hypothetical investment in
common stock of the Company and shall have the complete and sole discretion to establish a
minimum or maximum share level and/or require the adjustment in number or conversion of
notional shares held in a Stock Unit Account to an alternative form of security as
appropriate to accomplish the intent of the Plan to treat such notional stock units
similarly to actual shares of Company common stock. Prior to distribution, Participants
shall have no rights as shareholders with respect to amounts credited to a Stock Unit
Account except that Participants shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalents
on vested awards or otherwise as provided under the terms of the Stock Unit Award Agreement.
Such dividend equivalents shall be considered current earnings on the Stock Unit Account and
shall be credited in the form of additional share units to the Stock Account based on the
value of Company stock as of the date dividends are paid to shareholders of the Company.
6.5 Valuation of Accounts. The value of an Account as of any date shall equal
the amounts theretofore credited or debited to such Account, plus the deemed earnings or
losses of such Account in accordance with this Article 6 through the day immediately
preceding such date.
6.6 Vesting. A Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested at all
times in amounts credited to the Participants Deferral Accounts. Amounts credited to a
Participants Company Contributions Account or Special
Unit Account shall vest as specified by the Company or in the Special Award Agreement.
Amounts credited to a Participants Stock Unit Account shall vest as provided under the
applicable Stock Unit Award Agreement for such Stock Unit Contribution.
6.7 Statement of Accounts. The Administrator (or an agent thereof) shall
provide to each Participant periodic statements or on-line access to information setting
forth the Participants deferrals, Declared Rate(s) (credits or debits), Distributions and
Account balance.
6.8 Errors in Benefit Statements, Deferrals, Distributions or Administration.
In the event an error is made in a benefit statement, such error shall be corrected on the
next benefit statement following the date such error is discovered. In the event of an error
in the amount of a Participants deferral, immediately upon the discovery of such error, if
possible, the next deferral of such Participant shall be adjusted upward or downward to
correct such prior error subject to compliance with permissible corrections procedures
established under Code Section 409A. In the event of an error in a Distribution, the
applicable Participants Account shall, immediately upon the discovery of such error, be
adjusted to reflect such under or over payment and, if possible, the next Distribution to
such Participant shall be adjusted upward or downward to correct such prior error subject to
compliance with permissible corrections procedures established under Code Section 409A. If
the remaining balance of a Participants Account is insufficient to cover an erroneous
overpayment to such Participant, the Company may, at its discretion, offset other amounts
payable to the Participant from the Company to the extent permitted under all applicable
laws, to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s). It is the intent of the Company that the
Plan be interpreted and administered to comply in all respects with Code Section 409A.
However, Participants and/or their Beneficiaries shall be responsible for any and all taxes
resulting from participation in the Plan, and the Company shall have no liability to the
Participant or any Beneficiary in the event any taxes or excise taxes may ultimately be
determined to be applicable to any deferral, contribution, vesting event or Distribution
under the Plan.
ARTICLE 7
BENEFITS
7.1 Normal Benefit Distribution Election.
(a) Initial Election. At the time of entering the Plan or, if later, on or
before December 31, 2008, Participants shall designate the time and form of distributions of
amounts credited to their Accounts, from among the distribution alternatives specified
herein. A Participant may establish up to five (5) Deferral Accounts with different payout
elections. Thereafter, at the time of making an Annual Deferral election under the Plan, the
Participant shall designate the time and form of Distribution of deferrals made pursuant to
such election by directing such deferrals to one or more existing Accounts or by
establishing one or more new Accounts with new payout elections. A Participant shall have no
more than five (5) Deferral Accounts in existence at any one time under the Plan. A
Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into an existing Account in a subsequent
Plan Year but may only make a new distribution election for such Account in accordance with
the change in elections provisions specified in Section 7.1(b). If deferrals are directed to
an Account which is in payout status, such deferrals shall be paid out over the remaining
installment period commencing with the calendar year following the year in which the
deferral is credited to the Account. At the time of entering the Plan or, if later, on or
before December 31, 2008, Participants shall designate the time and form of distributions of
amounts credited to their Company Contributions Accounts. The time and form of payment of a
Special Unit Account shall be specified in the Special Unit Award Agreement or elected
within the first thirty (30) days following the award of such Special Unit Contribution as
provided in Section 5.2. All of a Participants Stock Unit Accounts shall be paid in a
single lump-sum on the Settlement Date next following the Participants Termination of
Employment for any reason unless preceded by a Change in Control as specified in Section
7.6, subject to compliance with all applicable laws.
(b) Modification of Election. A distribution election with respect to an
existing Account under the Plan may only be changed under the terms and conditions specified
by the Committee in compliance with Code Section 409A. After December 31, 2008, except as
expressly provided in this Article 7, no acceleration of a distribution is permitted and a
subsequent election that delays payment or changes the form of payment shall be permitted if
and only if all of the following requirements are met:
(i) the new election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the
date on which
the new election is made;
(ii) in the case of payments made on account of Termination of Employment (other than
by reason of death or Disability), Change in Control, or a scheduled date, the new election
delays payment for at least five (5) years from the date that payment would otherwise have
been made, absent the new election; and
(iii) in the case of payments made according to a scheduled date, the new election is
made not less than twelve (12) months before the date on which payment would have been made
(or, in the case of installment payments, the first installment payment would have been
made) absent the new election.
For purposes of application of the above change limitations, distribution elections
shall be made on an Account by Account basis and installment payments from a single Account
shall be treated as a single payment. Changes complying with the requirements of this
Section 7.1(b) may be made any number of times with respect to the same Account but in no
event may any change delay the distribution of benefits payable from any Account beyond the
date the Participant attains (or a deceased Participant would have attained) age eighty-five
(85). No changes shall be made to the timing or form of distribution of a Stock Unit Account
unless specifically approved by the Committee. Election changes made pursuant to this
Section 7.1(b) shall be made in accordance with rules established by the Committee, and
shall comply with all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and applicable
authorities.
7.2 Benefit Distribution Alternatives. The Participant shall be entitled to
select the time and form of payment of Distributions from a particular Account from among
the following alternatives set forth below. Benefits shall be paid according to the
Participants distribution elections unless such distribution election is superseded by an
alternative distribution event such as death, Disability, Unforeseeable Emergency, early
Termination of Employment, or Change in Control, as specified in this Article 7. No
distribution alternatives shall apply to a Stock Unit Account, which shall be payable only
in the form of a single lump-sum on the Settlement Date next following Termination of
Employment for any reason unless preceded by Change in Control as specified in Section 7.6.
(a) Form of Distribution. The available forms of payment from each of the
Participants Accounts (other than a Stock Unit Account) shall be as follows:
(i) Lump-Sum. One lump-sum payment.
(ii) Installment Payments. Monthly installments of principal and interest
payable over a period of any number of years up to twenty (20), but in no event ending later
than the date on which the Participant shall attain age eighty-five (85). Installment
payments shall be calculated on an annual basis but paid during the Plan Year at
approximately monthly intervals as may be determined by the Committee, provided that such
intervals shall not be less frequent than quarterly, except in the final year of payments
when only one installment shall be made in January of such final Plan Year. Installment
payments shall be based on the Participants vested Account balance at the beginning of the
payment period and shall be recalculated annually by dividing the Participants vested
Account balance as of the last day of the Plan Year by the number of remaining years in the
payment period based on the Participants retirement payment election. Accounts shall
continue to be credited during the payment period based on the Participants choice among
Declared Rates as provided in Article 6. In the event that any amounts credited to a
Participants Account vest after the end of the installment period, such amounts shall be
paid in a single lump-sum on the Settlement Date next following the Participants
Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an installment payout election
shall not be available prior to the date that the Participant shall have completed five (5)
Years of Participation.
(iii) Small Benefit Exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that
the total balance payable from all of a Participants Accounts under this Plan (and any
other plans aggregated with this Plan for purposes of Code Section 409A) is less than the
applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) for the calendar year of payment,
the Administrator shall have the discretion to pay all of the Participants benefits under
the Plan (and such other aggregated plans) in the form of a single lump-sum, at any time,
subject to compliance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(v), as may be further
revised or amended.
If no election is made regarding the form of benefits from a particular Account,
benefits from that Account shall be paid in a single lump-sum.
(b) Commencement of Payment of Benefits. The available commencement dates
for payment from a Participants Accounts (other than a Stock Unit Account) are as follows:
(i) Upon the Settlement Date next following Termination of Employment;
(ii) In January of any specified Plan Year (without regard to Termination of
Employment, except as provided in Section 7.3); or
(iii) Upon the earlier of January of a specified Plan Year or the Settlement Date next
following Termination of Employment.
If a Participant does not elect a commencement date for benefits from a particular Account,
benefits from such Account shall commence on the Settlement Date next following the
Participants Termination of Employment.
7.3 Early Termination Benefit. In the event of a Participants Termination of
Employment for any reason other than death, Disability, or prior to completion of five (5)
Years of Participation, the Participant shall receive an Early Termination Benefit equal to
the outstanding vested balance of each of the Participants Accounts, credited with notional
earnings as provided in Article 6, payable in the form of a single lump-sum distribution on
the Settlement Date next following such early Termination of Employment. The Participant
shall be entitled to no further Benefits under this Plan.
7.4 Disability Benefit. In the event of a Participants Disability prior to
complete distribution of all of the Participants Accounts, the Participant shall receive a
Disability Benefit equal to the outstanding vested balance of each of the Participants
Accounts, credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 6, payable in the form of a
single lump-sum Distribution on the last day of the fifteenth (15 th ) month
commencing after the month in which such Disability occurs, unless the Participant makes a
timely election under Section 7.1(b), during the first three (3) months following
Disability, to delay commencement of a particular Account by a minimum of five (5) years and
to receive the benefits in January of a later Plan Year, in the form of a single lump-sum or
over a period of up to twenty (20) years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no delay in
distribution shall be available for a Stock Account which shall be paid on the Settlement
Date next following Termination of Employment by reason of Disability.
7.5 Survivor Benefits. In the event of a Participants death prior to complete
distribution of all of the Participants Accounts, the Participants Beneficiary shall
receive a Survivor Benefit equal to the outstanding vested balance of each of the
Participants Accounts, credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 6, payable in
the form of a single lump-sum Distribution on the last day of the fifteenth (15
th ) month commencing after the month in which the Participants death occurs, unless
the Beneficiary makes a timely election during the first three (3) months following the
Participants death, which is in compliance with Code Section 409A, to delay commencement of
a particular Account by a minimum of five (5) years and to receive the benefits in January
of a later Plan Year, in the form of a single lump-sum or over a period of up to twenty (20)
years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no delay in distribution shall be available for a
Stock Account which shall be paid on the Settlement Date following death.
7.6 Change of Control or other Benefit. In the event a Change in Control occurs
before a Participants Account has been fully distributed, the Participant shall receive an
amount equal to the balance of the Account, credited with notional earnings as provided in
Article 6, payable in the form of a single lump-sum distribution on the last day of the
fifteenth (15 th ) month commencing after the month in which such Change in
Control occurs, unless the Participant makes a timely election under Section 7.1(b), during
the first three (3) months following such Change in Control, to delay commencement of a
particular Account by a minimum of five (5) years and to receive the benefits in January of
a later Plan Year, in the form of a single lump-sum or over a period of up to twenty (20)
years, except that with respect to a Stock Account, any delayed distribution must be paid in
the form of a single lump-sum.
7.7 Unforeseeable Emergency. Upon a finding by the Committee that the
Participant has suffered a Unforeseeable Emergency, subject to compliance with Code Section
409A, the Administrator may at the request of the Participant, approve cessation of current
deferrals or accelerate distribution of benefits under the Plan in the amount reasonably
necessary to alleviate such financial hardship. The amount distributed pursuant to this
Section 7.7 with respect to an Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount necessary
to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a
result of the distribution, after taking
into account
the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or
compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participants assets (to the
extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).
ARTICLE 8
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Each Participant and Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time, to designate any
person or persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment under this Plan shall be
made in the event of death of the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, prior to
complete distribution of the Participants Benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary
designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during
the Participants or Beneficiarys lifetime, as the case may be, on a form prescribed by the
Administrator.
The filing of a new Beneficiary designation form by a Participant will cancel and
revoke all Beneficiary designations previously filed by such Participant.
If a Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, fails to designate a Beneficiary
as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or
Beneficiary, as the case may be, or die prior to complete distribution of the Participants
Benefits, then the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such Benefits to the
estate of the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 9
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
9.1 Committee. A Committee consisting of three (3) or more members shall be
appointed by the Companys Chief Executive Officer to administer the Plan, which shall have
the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to appoint agents and service providers to act
on its behalf, (ii) to interpret the Plan, (iii) to decide any and all matters arising
hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or
admissions), (iv) to make, amend and rescind such rules and procedures as it deems necessary
for the proper administration of the Plan and (v) to make all other determinations and
resolve all questions of fact necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan,
including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. All
interpretations of the Committee with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final,
conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby, subject to the provisions of this
Article 9. All decisions of the Committee shall be by vote of at least a majority of its
members. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving
as members of the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any
matter that relates solely to such members interest in the Plan as a Participant. The
current members of the Committee are the Chief Executive Officer; the Chief Financial
Officer; the Senior Vice President, Human Resources; the Senior Vice President and General
Counsel; the Vice President and Treasurer; the Vice President, Compensation and Benefits;
the Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary; the Vice President,
Global Finance; the Manager, Corporate Finance and Investments, and the Director, Financial
Reporting at the Companys Miller Corporate Center. The Committee has designated the Vice
President, Compensation and Benefits as the Administrator to carry out the day-to-day
administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee or any other agent thereof including
the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good
faith with respect to the Plan. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of
the Committee and the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and
expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with
the performance of such persons duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan,
other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful
misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.
9.2 Claims Procedure. Any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary may
file a written claim with the Administrator setting forth the nature of the Benefit claimed,
the amount thereof, and the basis for claiming entitlement to such Benefit. The
Administrator shall determine the validity of the claim and communicate a decision to the
claimant promptly and, in any event, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of the
claim. The claim may be deemed by the claimant to have been denied for purposes of further
review described below in the event a decision is not furnished to the claimant within such
ninety (90) day period. If additional information is necessary to make a determination on a
claim, the claimant shall be advised of the need for such additional
information within forty-five (45) days after the date of the claim. The claimant shall
have up to one hundred and eighty (180) days to supplement the claim information, and the
claimant shall be advised of the decision on the claim within forty-five (45) days after the
earlier of the date the supplemental information is supplied or the end of the one hundred
and eighty (180) day period. Every claim for Benefits that is denied shall be denied by
written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant (i) the
specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to any provisions of the
Plan (including any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, criteria, etc.) on which the
denial is based, (iii) description of any additional material or information that is
necessary to process the claim, and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for further
reviewing the denial of the claim and shall include an explanation of the claimants right
to pursue legal action upon an adverse determination on review.
9.3 Review Procedures. Within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a denial on
a claim, a claimant or his/her authorized representative may file a written request for
review of such denial. Such review shall be undertaken by the Committee and shall be a full
and fair review. The claimant shall have the right to review all pertinent documents,
information and data. The Committee shall issue a decision not later than sixty (60) days
after receipt of a request for review from a claimant unless special circumstances, such as
the need to hold a hearing, require a longer period of time, in which case a decision shall
be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after
receipt of the claimants request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and
shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the claimant with specific reference to any provisions of the Plan on which
the decision is based and shall include an explanation of the claimants right to pursue
legal action upon an adverse determination on review.
ARTICLE 10
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
The Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Committee
(at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors) may amend the
Plan; provided, however, that (i) no such amendment shall be effective to decrease the
Benefits accrued by any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (including, but
not limited to, the rate of earnings credited on Accounts); (ii) no such amendment shall
revise the substantive provisions of the Plan related to the calculation of Benefits
(including, without limitation, the provisions of Article 6), the minimum number of Declared
Rates or the manner or timing of payments to be made under the Plan so as to prejudice the
rights of any Participant or Beneficiary, except to the extent required by law, and (iii) no
amendment shall change the timing or form of Distributions or otherwise violate the
provisions of Code Section 409A so as to result in the imposition of excise taxes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not terminate the Plan but may, in its
complete and sole discretion, freeze the Plan and allow no further deferrals into this Plan
on a prospective basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any Participating
Subsidiary may accelerate distribution upon termination of the Plan in the event of a Change
in Control subject to compliance with all requirements of Code Section 409A.
ARTICLE 11
MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS
The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, all such books of account, records and
other data as may be necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan, and to
reflect properly the affairs thereof, and to determine the nature and amount of the
interests of the respective Participants in each Account. Separate Accounts or records for
the respective Participants Accounts shall be maintained for operational and accounting
purposes, but no such Account or record shall be considered as creating a lien of any nature
whatsoever on or as segregating any of the assets with respect to the Accounts under this
Plan from any other funds or property of the Company.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1 Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by ERISA and applicable
substantive provisions of federal law, this Plan shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be
performed entirely therein.
12.2 Exempt ERISA Plan. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained
primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or
highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 401 of ERISA, and therefore to be
exempt from Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
12.3 Captions. The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs of this
Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of
any of its provisions.
12.4 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action
taken hereunder, shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Employee
any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.
12.5 Limitation. A Participant and the Participants Beneficiary shall assume
all risks in connection with the performance of any Declared Rate and any decrease in value
of the Accounts, and none of the Company, any of its officers, employees, or directors, the
Committee or the Administrator shall be liable or responsible therefor.
12.6 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent
by registered or certified mail, to the principal office of the Employer, directed to the
attention of the Administrator with a copy to the Senior Vice President and General Counsel
of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery
is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or
certification.
12.7 Limits on Transfer. Other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution, or legal or judicial process related to dissolution of marriage, no right,
title or interest of any kind in the Plan shall be transferable or assignable by a
Participant or the Participants Beneficiary or be subject to alienation, anticipation,
encumbrance, garnishment, attachment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process,
nor subject to the debts, contracts, alimony, liabilities or engagements, or torts of any
Participant or Participants Beneficiary. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign,
pledge, garnish, attach or take any other action subject to legal or equitable process or
encumber or dispose of any interest in the Plan shall be void.
12.8 Satisfaction of Claims. Payments to any Participant or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full or
partial satisfaction of the Participants and/or Beneficiarys claims against the Company
for the compensation or other amounts deferred and relating to the Account and/or Benefits
to which the payments relate.
12.9 Tax Withholding. The Participant or Beneficiary shall make appropriate
arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state or local income tax
withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax requirements applicable
to the crediting and payment of Benefits under the Plan. If no other arrangements are made,
the Company shall have the right to deduct from amounts otherwise credited or payable in
settlement of an Account any sums that federal, state, local or foreign tax law requires to
be withheld with respect to such credit or payment.
12.10 Participant Cooperation. Each Participant shall cooperate with the
Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Administrator in order to
facilitate the payment of Benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the
Administrator may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested
by the Employer. If a Participant refuses to so cooperate, the Employer shall have no
further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant
of the cumulative deferrals theretofore made pursuant to this Plan. If a Participant commits
suicide during the two (2) year period beginning on the first day on which he participates
in the Plan or if the Participant makes any material misstatement of information or
nondisclosure of medical history, then no Benefits will be payable hereunder to such
Participant of the deferrals theretofore made pursuant to this Plan, provided, that in the
Committees sole discretion, Benefits may be payable in an amount reduced to compensate the
Employer for any loss, cost, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Employer as a
result in any way of any such action, misstatement or nondisclosure.
12.11 Unfunded Status of Plan; Creation of Rabbi Trust. The Plan is intended to
constitute an unfunded plan of deferred compensation and Participants shall rely solely on
the unsecured promise of the Company for payment hereunder. With respect to any payment not
yet made to a Participant under the Plan, nothing contained in the Plan shall give a
Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the
Company. The Company has established the Avery Dennison Corporation Executive Compensation
Trust (Rabbi
Trust). The assets of the Rabbi Trust shall be subject to the claims of the Companys
creditors. To the extent any Benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid to a
Participant or Beneficiary from the Rabbi Trust, the Employer shall have no further
obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such Benefits shall remain
the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Employer. Participants and their Beneficiaries,
heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest, or claims
in or to any specific property or assets of the Employer, nor shall they be beneficiaries
of, or have any rights, claims, or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity
contracts, or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer
(Policies). Apart from the Rabbi Trust, such Policies or other assets of the Employer
shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries,
heirs, successors, or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling
of the obligations of the Employer under this Plan. Any and all of the Employers assets and
Policies shall be, and shall remain, the general, un-pledged, unrestricted assets of the
Employer. The Employers obligations under the Plan shall be merely an unfunded and
unsecured promise of The Employer to pay money in the future.
12.12 Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law
or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or
any portion of the Benefits due hereunder, wherever such laws may be enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, or which may affect the administration or performance of this Plan;
and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede
the realization of any Benefits to which the Participants hereunder are entitled, but will
suffer and permit the realization of all such Benefits as though no such law had been
enacted. The provisions of this Section 12.12 are not intended, however, to prevent
compliance of the Plan with the provisions of Code Section 409A.
12.13 Validity. In the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void,
or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any
other provision of this Plan.
12.14 Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of any breach of any provision
of the Plan by any other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
subsequent breach.
12.15 Gender, Singular and Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof
shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the
person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the
plural and the plural as the singular.
exv12
Avery Dennison Corporation
Exhibit 12
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
(Dollars in millions) |
|
April 3, 2010 |
|
|
April 4, 2009 |
|
|
|
Earnings: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before taxes |
|
$ |
76.9 |
|
|
$ |
(915.9 |
) |
Add: Fixed charges (1) |
|
|
27.8 |
|
|
|
38.2 |
|
Amortization of capitalized interest |
|
|
.9 |
|
|
|
.8 |
|
Less: Capitalized interest |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
104.5 |
|
|
$ |
(877.9 |
) |
|
Fixed charges: (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
$ |
17.5 |
|
|
$ |
27.5 |
|
Capitalized interest |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Interest portion of leases |
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
27.8 |
|
|
$ |
38.2 |
|
|
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (2) |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The ratios of earnings to fixed charges were computed by dividing earnings by
fixed charges. For this purpose, earnings consist of income before taxes plus fixed
charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. Fixed
charges consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and the portion of rent expense
(estimated to be 35%) on operating leases deemed representative of interest. |
|
(2) |
|
For the three months ended April 4, 2009, the Companys earnings were not
sufficient to cover fixed charges by $916.1. This loss primarily reflected the non-cash
goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges of $832 and loss
on extinguishment of debt of approximately $21 recorded in the first quarter of 2009. |
exv31w1
Avery Dennison Corporation
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, Dean A. Scarborough, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Avery Dennison Corporation; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused
such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls
and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal
control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
function): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal
control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dean A. Scarborough
|
|
|
Dean A. Scarborough |
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
May 12, 2010
exv31w2
Avery Dennison Corporation
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, Daniel R. OBryant, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Avery Dennison Corporation; |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused
such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls
and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal
control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based
on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
function): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal
control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel R. OBryant |
|
|
|
|
|
Daniel R. OBryant |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Finance, and
Chief Financial Officer |
May 12, 2010
exv32w1
Avery Dennison Corporation
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER*
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
the undersigned officer of Avery Dennison Corporation (the Company) hereby certifies, to the best
of his knowledge, that:
|
(i) |
|
The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the fiscal
quarter ended April 3, 2010 (the Report) fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company. |
Dated: May 12, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dean A. Scarborough |
|
|
|
|
|
Dean A. Scarborough |
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
* |
|
The above certification accompanies the issuers Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q and is furnished, not filed, as provided in SEC Release
33-8238, dated June 5, 2003. |
exv32w2
Avery Dennison Corporation
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER*
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
the undersigned officer of Avery Dennison Corporation (the Company) hereby certifies, to the best
of his knowledge, that:
|
(i) |
|
the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the fiscal
quarter ended April 3, 2010 (the Report) fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of the Company. |
Dated: May 12, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel R. OBryant |
|
|
|
|
|
Daniel R. OBryant |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Finance, and
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
* |
|
The above certification accompanies the issuers Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q and is furnished, not filed, as provided in SEC Release
33-8238, dated June 5, 2003. |